¥j^4<ii 


.^^  y 


^->ff 


ms 


*>vi 


"^m^- 


^.0(,  /Q^ 


^-^ 


A 


\ 


,•*    r* 


w.,  „,.a.;^  i-* 


arm!  regulations, 


ADOPTED   FOR  THE   USE   OF   THE 


§irmy  of  ih  (^mMtx^U  ^hU^t 


IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  LATE  ACTS  OF  CONGRESS. 


REVISED    FROM   THE     ARMY    REGULATIONS     OF    THE    OLD   UNITED   STATBS 

ARMY,     1857  ;     RETAINING    ALL     THAT     IS     ESSENTIAL 

FOR    OFFICERS    OF    THE    LINE. 


TO   WHICH   IS   ADDED, 

AN  ACT  FOR  THE  ESTABLISHMENT  AND  ORGANIZATION    OF 

THE   ARMY  OF   THE   CONFEDERATE   STATES 

OF    AMERICA. 


ALSO, 

ARTICLES  OF  WAR, 

FOR    THE   GOVERNMENT    OF   THE    ARMY   OF    THE    CONFED- 
ERATE  STATES   OF  AMERICA. 


RICHMOND,    VA.: 
WEST    &    JOHNSTON,    PUBLISHERS, 

NO.  145  MAIN  STREET, 

1861. 


'       ^^^*^" 


//  ^ 


USE 
B 


#» 


REGULATIONS 


FOTi 


THE    A^KMY 


ARTICJ.E  J.    :,  , 

MILITARY   DISCIPLINE. 


1. — All  inferiors  are  recjuired  to  obey  strictly,  and  to  exe- 
cute with  alacrity  and  good  fliith,  the  lawful  orders  of  the 
superiors  appointed  over  them. 

2. — Military  anthority  is  to  be  exercised  with  firmness,  but 
with  kindness  and  justice  to  inferiors.  Punishments  shall  be 
strictly  conformable  to  military  law. 

3. — Superiors  of  every  grade  are  forbid  to  injure  those 
under  them  by  tyrannical  or  capricious  conduct,  or  by  abusive 
language. 

ARTICLE  U. 

RAXK   AND    COMMAND. 

4. — Rank  of  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers : 

1st.  10th.  Cadet. 

2d.  11th.  Sorgeant-Major. 

3d.   Brigadier-deneral.  12th.  Quartermaster-Sergeant  of 

4th.  Colonel.  a  Regiment. 

5th.  Lieut-Colonel.  13th.  Ordnance     Sergeant   and 

6th.  Major.  Hospital  Steward. 

7th.  Captain.  14th.  First  Sergeant. 

Sth.  First  Lieutenant.     15th.  Seigeant. 

9th.  Second  Lieutenant.  16th.  Coiporal.  • 

And  each  grade  by  date  of  commission  or  appointment. 

5. — ^When  commissions  are  of  the  same  date,  the  rank  is  to 
be  decided,  between  officers  of  the  same  regiment  or  corps  bv 
the  order  of  appointment ;  between  officers  of  diflerent  regi- 
ments or  corps  :  1  st,  by  rank  in  actual  service  when  appoint<y|«k 
•2d,  by  former  rank  and  service  in  the  army  or  marine  co|^|^ 
3d,  by  lottery  among  such  as  have  not  been  in   the  military 
service  of  the  Confederate  States.     In  case  of  equality  of  rank 
by  virtue  of  a  brevet  commission,  reference  is  had  to  commit^ 
sions  not  l)revet. 


ivi?18 


4 


G. — Officers  having  brevets,  or  cqnimissions  of  a  prior  date 
to  those  of  the  regiment  in  which  thev  serve,  may  take  place 
in  courts-martial  and  on  detachments,  when  composed  of 
different  corps,  according  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  their 
brevets  or  dates  of  their  former  commissions ;  but  in  tire  reg- 
iaiient,  tr^op,  .or  company  to  which  such  officers  belong,  they 
shall  do  ddt/y -and  take  rank  both  in  courts-martial  and  on 
dptaphments  whi,ch^hall  be  composed  only  of  their  own  corps, 
iiceorcl'iiig'tO'the  eonimissions  by  which  Ihey  are  mustered  in 
the  said  coi'j)S. — ((jlst.  Art.  of  War.) 

7. — If,  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different  corps 
of  the  army  shall  happen  to  join,  or  do  duty  together,  the 
officer  highest  in  rank  of  the  line  of  the  army,  marine  corps, 
or  militia,  by  commission,  there  on  duty  or  in  quarters,  shall 
command  the  whole,  and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  to 
the  service,  Tin! ess  otherwise  specially  directed  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Confederate  States,  according  to  the  nature  of  the 
case. — Q)2dy  Art.  of  War. 

8. — An  officer  not  having  orders  from  competent  authority 
cannot  put  himself  07i  duty  by  virtue  of  his  commission  alone. 

9. — Officers  serving  by  commission  from  any  State  of  the 
Confederacy  take  next  rank  after  officers  of  the  like  grade  by 
commission  from  the  Confederate  States. 

10. — Brevet  rank  takes  effect  only  in  the  following  cases  : 
1st.  by  special  assignment  of  the  President  in  commands  com- 
posed of  different  corps  ;  2d.  on  courts-martial  or  detachments 
composed  of  different  corps.  Troops  are  on  detachment  only 
when    sent  oiat  temporarily  to  perform  a  special  service. 

11. — In  regularly  constituted  commands,  as  garrisons,  posts, 
departments,  companies,  battalions,  regiments,  corps,  brigades, 
divisions,  army  corps,  or  the  army  itself,  brevet  rank  cannot 
be  exercised  except  by  special  assignment. 

12. — The  officers  of  engineers  are  not  to  assume  nor  to  be 
ordered  on  any  duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate  pro- 
fession, except  by  the  special  order  of  the  President. 

13. — An  officer  of  the  Pay  or  Medical  Department  can  not 
rcise  command  except  in  his  own  department.^ 
,4. — Officers  of  the  corps  of  Engineers  or  Ordaance;!^  of 
tlie" Adjutant-General's,  Inspector-General's,  Quai-terma^t^r- 
General's,  or  Subsistence  Department,  though  eligible  to  c<^i- 
mand  according  to  the  rank  they  hold  in  the  army  of  the 
Confederate  States,  and  not  subject  to  the  orders  of  a.jumor 
officer,  shall  not  assume  the  command  of  troops  unless  put 
on  dpiy  under  orders  v^lij^.^pecially  so  direct  by  authority 
of  the  President. 


1^% 


ARTICLE  III. 

SUCCESSION   IN    COMMAND    OR   DUTY. 

15. — The  functions  assigned  to  any  officer  in  these  regula- 
tionsl)y  title  of  office  devolve  on  the  officer  actingin.his  place, 
except  as  specially  excepted. 

lis,— Omitted. 

17. — An  officer  vviio  succeeds  to  any  command  or  duty  stands 
in  regard  to  his  duties  in  the  same  situation  as  his  predeces- 
sor. The  officer  relieved  shall  turn  over  to  his  successor  all 
orders  in  force  at  the  time,  and  aU  the  public  property  and 
funds  pertaining  to  his  command  or  duty,  ajid  shall  receive 
therefore  duplicate  receipts,shovving  the  condition  of  each 
article. 

18. — An  officer  in  a  temporary  command  shall  not,  exCept 
in  urgent  cases,  alter  or  annual  the  standing  orders  of  the  reg- 
ular or  permanent  commander  without  authority  from  the 
next  higher  commander. 

ARTICLE  l\,— Omitted. 

APPOINTMENT  AND  PROMOTION  OF  COMMISSIONED  OFFICERS. 


ARTICLE  V. 

RESIGNATION  OF  OFFICERS. 

24. — No  officer  will  be  considered  out  of  service  on  the 
tender  of  his  resignation,  until  it  shall  have  been  duly  accept- 
ed by  the  proper  authority. 

25. — Resignations  will  be  forwarded  by  the  commanding 
officer  to  the  Adjutant-G-eneral  of  the  army  for  decision  at  the 
War  Department. 

26. — Resignations  tendered  under  charges,  when  forward- 
ed by  any  commander,  will  alwa3^s  be  accompanied  b}'  a  copy 
of  the  charges;  or,  in  the  absence  of  written  charges,  by  a  re- 
port of  the  case,  for  the  information  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

27. — Before  presenting  the  resignation  of  any  officer,  tlie 
Adjutant-General  will  ascertain  and  report  to  the  War  De- 
partment the  state  of  such  officer's  accounts  of  money,  as  well 
as  of  public  property,  forwhiclihe  may  have  been  responsible. 

28. — In  time  of  war,  or  with  an  army  in  the  field,  resigna- 
tions shall  take  effect  within  thirty  days  from  the  date  of^the 
order  of  acceptance. 

29. — Leaves  of  absence  will  not  be  granted  by  command- 
ing officers  to  officers  on  tendering  their  resignation,  unless 
the  resignation  be  unconditional  and  immediate. 


4 
ARTICLE  VI^ 

i;.\(iIANGE  OR  TRANSFER    OF  OFFICERS. 

30..  .The  transfer  of  officers  from  one  regiment  or  corps  to 
another  will  be  made  only  by  the  War  Department,  on  th(^ 
jnutual  application  of  the  parties  desiring  the  exchange. 

31...  An  officer  shall  not  be  transferred  from  one  regiment 
or  corps  to  another  with  prejudice  to  the  rank  of  any  officer  of 
the  regiment  or  corps  to  which  he  is  transferred. 

ARTICLE  VII. 

APPOINTMENl  S    ON   THE  STAFF. 

:\2.— (Omitted.) 

33. — General  C3fficers  appoint  their  own  Aides-de-camp. 

34. — (Omitted,) 

35. — All  officer  of  a  mounted  corps  shall  not  l)e  separated 
from  his  regiment,  except  for  duty  connected  with  his  particu- 
lar arm. 

36. — The  senior  Lieutenant  present,  holding  the  appoint- 
ment of  Assistant  Commissary  of  Subsistence,  is  entitled  to 
perform  the  duties. 

ARTICLE  Vm. 

DISTRinUTION  OF  THE  TROOrS. 

37. — The  military  geographical  departments  will  be  estab- 
lished by  the  War  Department.  In  time  of  peace,  brigades 
or  divisions  will  not  be  formed,  nor  the  stations  of  the  troops 
changed,  without  authority  from  the  War  Department. 

ARTICLE  IX.— (Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE  X.— (Omitted.) 

CARE  OF  ARMAMENT  OF  FORTIFICATIONS. 


ARTICLE  XL— (Omitted.) 

ARTILLERY  PRACTICE. 

ARTICLE  XII. 

REGIMENTS. 

69. — On  the  organization  of  a  regiment,  companies  receive 
a  permanent  designation  by  letters  beginning  with  A,  and  the 
officers  are  assigned  to  companies;  afterward,  company  officer's 


succeed  to  companies,  ^promoted  to  fill  vacancies.     Compa- 
nies take  place  in  the  battalion  according  to  the  rank  of  their 
.  captains. 

70 — Captains  must  serve  with  their  campanies-  Though 
subject  to  the  tcmporarj  details  of  service,  as  for  courts-mar- 
tial, militarv  boards,  &c.,  they  shall  not  be  detailed  for  any 
duty  which  may  separate  tjiem  for  any  considerable  time  from 
their  companies. 

•Tl. — The  commander  of  a  regiment  will  appoint  the  adju- 
tant from  the  subalterns  of  the  regiment.  He  will  nominate 
the  regimental  quarter- master  to  the  Secretary  of  war  for  ap- 
pointment if  approved.  He  will  appoint  the  non-commis- 
sioned staff  of  the  regiment ;  and,  upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  comjiany  commander,  the  sergeants  and  corporals  of 
companies. 

72. — In  cases  of  vacancy,  and  till  a  decision  can  be  had 
from  regimental  head-quarters,  the  company  commanders 
may  make  temporary  appointments  of  non-commissioned 
officers. 

73. — Commanders  of  regiments  are  enjoined  to  avail  them- 
selves of  every  opportunity  of  instructing  both  officers  and 
men  in  the  exercise  and  management  of  field  artillery;  and 
all  commanders  ought  to  encourage  useful  occupations,  and 
manly  exercises,  and  diversions  among  their  men,  and  to  re- 
press dissipotion  and  immortality. 

74. — It  is  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  be  cautious  in  re- 
proving non-commissioned  officers  in  the  presence  or  hear- 
ing of  privates,  lest  their  authority  be  weakened  ;  and  non- 
commissioned officers  are  not  to  be  sent  to  the  guard-room 
and  mixed  with  privates  during  confinement,  but  be  conside- 
red as  placed  i  arrest,  except  in  aggravated  cases,  where 
escape  may  be  apprehended. 

75- — Noil:  commissioned  officers  may  be  reduced  to  the 
ranks  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial,  or  by  order  of  the 
commander  of  the  regiment  on  the  application  of  the  com- 
pany commander.  If  reduced  to  the  ranks  by  garrison 
•4'courts,  at  posts  not't-^^  head-quarters  of  the  regiment,  the 
company  commander  wiM  immediately  forward  a  transcript 
of  the  order  to  the  regimental  cammander. 

76. — Every  non-commissioned  officer  shall  be  furnished 
with  a  certificate  or  warrant  of  his  rank,  signed  by  the  colo- 
nel and  countersigned  by  the  adjuant.  Black  warrants,  on 
preachment,  are  furnished  from  the  Adjuant-General's  offi- 
ce. The  first,  or  orderly  sergeant,  will  be  selected  by  the 
captain  from  the  sergeants. 


6 


,  saddler,  or  harness-maker,  will  be  mus- 


77. — When  it  is  desired  to  have  bands  of  music  for  regi- 
ments, there  will  be  allowed  for  each,  sixteen  privates  to  act 
as  musicians,  in  addition  to  the  chief  musicians  authorized 
by  law,  provided,  the  total  number  of  privatesin  the  regiment, 
including  the  band,  does  not  exceed  the  legal  standard. 

78. — The  musicians  of  the  band  will,  for  the  time  being,  be 
dropped  from  the  company  muster-rolls,  but  they  will  be  in- 
structed as  soldiers,  and  liable  to  serve  in  the  ranks  on  any 
occasion.  They  will  be  mustered  in  a  separate  squad  under 
the  chief  musician,  with  the  non-commissioned  staft',  and  be 
included  in  the  aggregate  in  all  regimental  return3. 

79. —  W^hen  a  regiment  occupies  several  stations,  the  band 
will  be  kept  at  the  head-quarters,  provided  troops  (one  or 
more  companies)  be  serving  there.  The  field  music  belong- 
ing to  companies  not  stationed  at  regimental  head-quarters 
will  not  be  separated  from  their  respective  companies. 

80. — Ko  man,  unless  he  be  a  carpenter,  joiner,  carriage- 
maker,  blacksmith 
tered  as  an  "artificer.' 

81. — Every  article,'excepting  arms  and  accoutrements,  be- 
longing to  the  regiment,  is  to  be  marked  with  the  number 
and  name  of  the  regiment. 

82. — Such  articles  as  belong  to  companies  are  tobemark- 
the  with  the  letter  of  the  company,  and  number  and  name  of 
the  regiment ;  and  such  as  belong  to  men,  with  their  indi- 
vidual  numbers,  and  the  letter  of  the  company. 

83. — The  books  for  each  regiment  shall  be  as  follows: 

1.  General  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by 
10|  inches,  to  contain  all  orders  and  circulars  from  general 

department,  division,   or  brigade   head-quarters,   with   an 
index. 

2.  Regimental  Order  Book,  of  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches 
by  lOJ  inches,  to  contain  regimentalorders,  withan  index. 
3.  Letter  Book,  f  three  quires  of  paper,  16  inches  by 
lOJ  inches,  to  contain  the  correspondence  of  the  com- 
manding officer  on  regimental   subjects,  with  an  index. 

4,  An  index  of  letters  required  to  be  kept  on  file,  in  the  fol- 
lowing form ; 


.No. 

NAMK    OK    WRITKK. 

UATK. 

SUBJECT. 

1 
2 
3 
4 

Capiuiu  A.  13 

Adjt.  Gen.  R.J 

Captain  F.  G 

Lieutenant  C.  D.. . 

July     id,    Iblti 
Sept.     4,    1841 
Oct.     11,    184( 
Nov.      2,    184( 

Appoiutnieni   ol  JSon,  (Join.   Officers. 
Recruiting  Service. 
Krror  in  Company  Return. 
Application  tor  Leave. 

The  date  of  receipt  should  be  endorsed  on  all  letters.    They 


should  be  numbered  to  correspond  with  the  index,  and  filed 
in  regular  order,  for  easy  reference. 
5.  Descnptivc  Book,  of  five  quires  of  paper,  sixteen  inches  by 
ten  and  a  half  inches,  to  contain  a  list  of  the  officers  of  the 
regiment,  with  their  rank,  and  dates  of  appointment,  and 
promotions;  transfers,  leaves  of  absence,  and  places  and 
date  of  birth.  To  contain  also,  the  names  of  all  enlisted 
soldiers  entered  according  to  priority  of  enlistments,  giving 
their  description,  the  dates  and  periods  ^f  their  enlist- 
ments; and  under  the  head  of  remarks,  the  cause  of  dis- 
charge, character,  death,  desertion,  transfer;  in  short, 
every  thing  relating  to  their  military  history.  ^This  book 
to  be  indexed. 

One  copy  of  the  monthly  returns  will  be  filed. 

POST  BOOKS. 

84. — The  following  books  will  be  kept  at  each  post :  A 
Morning  Report  Book,  a  Guard  Report  Book,  an  Order  Book, 
a  Letter  Book,  each  two  quires  foolscap;  also,  copies  of  the 
monthly  post  returns. 

ARTICLE  XIII. 

COMPANIES. 

S5.  The  captain  will  cause  the  men  of  the  company  to  be 
numbered,  in  a  regular  series,  including  the  non-commissioned 
officers,  and  divided  into  four  squads,  each  to  be  put  under 
the  charge  of  a  non-commissioned  officer. 

86. — Each  subaltern  officer  will  be  charged  with  a  squad 
for  the  supervision  of  its  order  and  cleanliness  ;  and  captains 
will  require  thfeir  lieutenants  to  assist  them  in  the  perfonnance 
of  all  company  duties. 

87. — As  far  as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  squad  will  be 
quartered  together. 

88. — The  utmost  attention  will  be  paid  by  commanders  of 
companies  to  the  cleanliness  of  their  men,  as  to  their  persons, 
clothing,  arms,  accoutrements,  and  equipments,  and  also  as  ta 
their  quarters  or  tents. 

89. — The  name  *of  each  soldier  will  be  labeled  on  his  bunk, 
and  his  company  number  vdll  be  placed  against  his  arms  and- 
accoutrements. 

90.-^The  anns  will  be  placed  in  the  ann-racks,  the  stop- 
pers in  the  muzzles,  the  cocks  let  down,  and  their  bayonets  in 
their  scabbards ;  the  accoutrements  suspended  over  the  arms, 
and  the  swords  hung  up  by  the  belts  on  pegs. 


J 


91. — The  knapsack  of  each  man  will  be  placed  on  the  lowei 
T^helf  of  his  biink,  at  its  foot,  packed  ^yith  his  effects,  and 
ready  to  be  slung ;  the  grejit-coat  on  the  same  shelf,  rolled 
i\\\d  strapped;  the  coat,  folded  inside  out,  and  placed  under 
the  knai)sack ;  the  cap  on  the  second  or  upper  shelf;  and  the 
boots  well  cleaned. 

92. — Dirty  clothes  will  be  kept  in  an  appro] >riate  part  of 
the  knapsack  ;♦  no  article  of  any  kind  to  be  put  under  the 
bedding. 

93. — Cooking  utensils  and  table  equipage  will  be  cleaned 
i\nd  arranged  in  closets  or  recesses;  blacking  and  brushes  out 
of  view;  the  fuel  in  boxes. 

94. — Ordinarily  the  cleaning  will  be  on  Saturdays.     The^ 
chiefs  of  squads  will  cause  bunks  and  bedding  to  be  overhauled ; 
floors  dry  rubbed  ;  tables  and  benches  scoured  ;  arinscleanecl ; 
accoutrements  whitened  and  polished ;  and  every  thing  put 
in  order. 

95. — Where  con\  eniences  for  bathing  are  to  be  had,  the 
men  should  bathe  once  a  week.  The  feet  to  be  washed  at  least 
twice  a  week.    The  hair  Jcrqjt  short,  and  beard  neatly  trimmed. 

96. — Non-commissioned  officers,  in  command  of  squads, 
will  be  held  more  immediately  resjionsible  that  their  men 
^observe  what  is  prescribed  above;  that  they  wash  their  hands 
and  faces  dail}";  that  they  brush  or  comb  their  heads;  that 
those  who  are  to  go  on  duty  put  their  arms,  accoutrements, 
dress,  &c.,  in  the  best  order,  and  that  such  as  have  permis- 
sion to  pass  the  chain  of  sentinels  are  in  the  dress  that  may 
be  ordered. 

97. — Commanders  of  companies  and  S(|uads  will  see  that, 
the  arms  and  accoutrements  in  possession  of  the  men  are 
always  kept  in  good  order,  and  that  proper  care  be  taken  in 
.^cleaning  them. 

98. — When  belts  are  given  to  a,  soldier,  the  captain  will 
v8ee  that  they  are  propeily  fitted  to  the  body  ;  and  it  is  for- 
bidden to  cut  any  belt  without  his  sanction. 

99. — Cartridge-boxes  and  bayonet  scabbards  w^ill  be  polished 
with  blacking  ;  varnish  is  injurious  to  the  leather,  and  will 
not  be  used 

100.— All  arms  in  the  hands  of  the  troops,  whether  brown- 
ed or  bright,  will  be  kept  in  the  state  in  wiiich  they  are  issued 
by  the  Ordnance  Department.  Arms  will  not  be  taken  to 
•pieces  without  permi^ision  of  a  commissioned  officer.  Bright 
Barrels  will  be  kept  clean  and  free  from  rust  without  polish- 
ing them  ;  care  should  be  taken  in  nibbing  not  to  bruise  or 
bend  the  barrel.     After  firing,  wash  out  the  bore  ;  wipe  it  dry, 


and  then  pass  a  bit  of  cloth,  slightly  greased,  to  the  bottom. 
In  these  operations,  a  rod  of  wood  with  a  loop  in  one  end  is 
to  be  used  instead  of  the  rammer.  The  barrel,  when  not  in 
nse,  will  be  closed  w^ith  a  stopper.  For  exercise,  each  soldier 
should  keep  himself  provided  with  a  piece  of  sole-leather  to 
fit  the  cup  or  countersink  of  the  li^nnner. 

(For  care  of  ai'ms  in  service,  see  ( )rdnaHce  Manual,  page 
185,  &c.) 

101. — Arms  shall  not  be  left  loaded  in  quarters  or  tents,  or 
when  the  men  are  off  duty,  except  by  special  orders. 

102. — Ammunition  issued  will  be  inspected  frequently. 
Each  man  will  be  made  to  pay  for  the  rounds  expended  with- 
out orders,  or  not  in  the  way  of  duty,  or  which  maybe  damag- 
ed or  lost  by  his  neglect. 

103. — Ammunition  will  be  frequently  exposed  to  the  diy, 
atr,  or  sunned. 

104. — Special  care  shall  be  taken  to  ascertain  tnat  no  ball- 
cartridges  are  mixed  with  the  blank  cartridges  issued  to  the 
men. 

105.^ — All  knapsacks  are  to  be  painted  black.  Those  for 
the  artillery  will  be  marked  in  the  centre  of  the  cover 
with  the  number  of  the  regiment  only,  in  figures  of  one 
and  a  half  inch  in  length,  of  the  character  called  full-face, 
with  yellow  paint.  Those  for  the  infantry  will  be  marked  in 
the  same  way,  in  white  paint.  Those  for  the  ordnance  will 
be  marked  with  tw^o  cannon,  crossing  ;the  cannon  to  be  seven 
and  a  half  inches  in  length,  in  yellow  paint,  to  resemble  those 
on  the  cap.     The  knapsack  straps  will  be  black. 

106. — The  knapsacks  will  also  be  marked  upon  the  inner 
side  with  the  letter  of  the  company  and  the  number  of  the  sol- 
dier, on  such  part  as  may  be  readily  obseiTcd  at  inspections. 

107. — Haversacks  will  be  marked  upon  the  flap  with  the 
number  iind  name  of  the  regiment,  the  letter  of  the  company, 
and  number  of  the  soldier,  in  black  letters  and  figures.  And 
each  soldier  must,  at  all  times,  be  provided  with  a  haversack 
and  canteen,  and  will  exhibit  them  at  all  inspections.  It  will 
be  worn  on  the  left  side  on  marches,  guard,  and  when  paraded 
for  detached  service — the  canteen  outside  the  haversack, 

108. — The  front  of  the  drums  will  be  painted  with  the  arms 
of  the  Confederate  States,  on  a  blue  field  for  the  infantry,  and 
on  a  red  field  for  the  artillery.  The  letter  of  the  company 
and  number  of  the  regiment,  under  the  arms,  in  a  scroll. 

109. — Officers  at  their  stations,  in  camp  or  in  garrison,  will 
always  wear  their  proper  uniform. 


10 

110. — Soldiers  will  wear  the  prescribed  iiniformiiicampor 
garrison,  and  will  not  be  permitted  to  keep  in  their  possession 
any  other  clothing.  When  on  fatigue  parties,  they  will  wear 
the  proper  fatigue  dress. 

111. — In  camp  or  barracks,  the  compay  officers  must  visit 
the  kitchen  daily  and  inspect  the  kettles,  and  at  all  times  care- 
fully attend  to  the  messing  and  economy  of  their  respective 
companies.  The  commanding  officer  of  the  post  or  regiment 
will  make  frequent  inspections  of  the  kitchens  and  messes. 

112. — The  bread  must  be  thoroughly  baked,  and  not  eaten 
until  it  is  cold.  The  soup  must  be  boiled  at  least  five  hours, 
and  the  vegetables  always  cooked  sufficiently  to  be  perfectly 
soft  and  digestible. 

113. — Messes  will  be  prepared  by  privates  of  squads,  inclu- 
ding private  musicians,  eaqh  taking  his  tour.  The  greatest  care 
will  be  observed  in  washing  and  scouring  the  cooking  uten- 
sils; those  made  of  brass  and  copper  should  be  lined  with  tin. 

114. — T]je  messes  of  prisoners  will  be  sent  to  them  by  the 
cooks. 

115. — No  persons  will  be  allowed  to  visit. or  remain  in  the 
kitchens,  except  such  as  may  come  on  duty,  or  be  occupied 
as  cooks. 

116. — Those  detailed  for  duty  in  the  kitchens  will  also  be 
required  to  keep  the  furniture  of  the  mess-room  in  order. 

117. — On  marches  and  in  the  field,  the  only  mess  furniture 
of  the  soldier  will  be  one  tin  plate,  one  tin  cup,  one  knife, 
fork,  and  spoon,  to  each  man,  to  be  carried  by  himself  on  the 
march. 

118. — If  a  soldier  be  required  to  assist  his  first  sergeant  in 
the  WTiting  of  the  company,  to  excuse  him  from  a  tourofmili- 
viary  duty, the  captain  will  previously  obtain  the  sanction  of 
^'hk  own  commander,  if  he  have  one  present  ;  and  whether 
there  be  a  superior  present  or  not,  the  captain  will  be  respon- 
sible that  the  man  so  employed  does  not  miss  two  successive 
tours  of  guard  duty  by  reason  of  such  employment. 

119. — Tradesmen  may  be  relieved  from  ordinary   military^'! 
duty  to  make,  to  alter,  or  to  mend  soldiers'  clothing,  &c.  Comr 
pany  commanders  will  fix  the  rates  at  which  work   shall   be 
done,  and  cause  the  men,  for  whose  benefit  it  is  done,  to  pay 
for  it  at  the  next  pay  day. 

120. — Each  company  officer,  serving  with  his  company,  may 
take  from  it  one  soldier  as  waiter,  w^ith  his  consent  and  the 
consent  of  his  captain.  No  other  officers  shall  take  a  soldier 
as  a  waiter.  Every  soldier  so  employed  shall  be  so  reported 
and  mustered. 


11 

121.— Soldiers  taken  as  officers'  waiters  shall  be  acquainted 
with  their  military  duty,  and  at  all  times  be  completely  armed 
and  clothed,  and  in  every  respect  equipped  according  to  the 
rules  of  the  service,  and  have  all  their  necessaries  complete  and 
in  good  order-  They  are  to  fall  in  with  their  respective  com- 
panies at  all  reviews  and  inspections,  and  are  liable  to  such 
drills  as  the  commanding  officer  shall  judge  necessary  to  fit 
them  for  service  in  the  ranks. 

122. — Non-commissioned  officers  will,  in  no  case,  be  per- 
mitted to  act  as  waiters;  nor  are  they,  or  private  soldiers,  not 
waiters  to  be  employed. in  any  menial  office,  or  made  to  per- 
form any  service  not  military,  for  the  private  benefit  of  any 
officer  or  mess  of  officers. 

COMPANY     BOOKS. 

123. — The  following  books  are  allowed  to  each  company: 
one  descriptive  book,  one  clothing  book,  one  order  book,  one 
morning  report  book,  each  one  quire,  sixteen  inches  by  ten. 
One  page  of  the  descriptive  book  will  be  appropriated  to  the 
list  of  ofiicers;  two  to  the  non-commissioned  officers;  two  to  the 
register  of  men  transferred;  four  to  the  register  of  men  discha^rg- 
ed;  two  to  register  of  deaths;  four  to  register  of  deserters — 
the  rest  to  the  company  description  list. 

LAUNDRESS. 

124. — Four  women  will  be  allowed  to  each  company  as  wash- 
er-women, and  will  receive  one  ration  per  day  each. 

125. — The  price  of  washing  soldiers'  clothing,  by  the  month, 
or  by  the  piece,  will  be  determined  by  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration. 

126. — Debts  due  the  laundiiess  by  soldiers,  for  washing,  will 
be  paid,  or  collected  at  the  pay-table,  under  the  direction  of 
the  captain. 

AETICLE  XIY.— Omitted. 

OKDNANCE   SEEGEANTS. 


AETICLE  XY. 

TRANSFER   OF  SOLDIERS. 

141.— -No  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  will  be  trans- 
ferred from  one  regiment  to  another  without  the  anthority  of 
the  commanding  general. 

142- — The  colonel  may,  upon  the  application 'of  the  captains, 
transfer  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  frona  one  com- 


pany  to  another  of  his  regiment — with  consent    ot'the  (lei>arfc- 
ment  commander  in  case  of  change  of  post. 
-  143. — When  soldiers  are  anthorized  to  be  transferred,  the 
transfer  will  take  place  on  the  tirst  of  a  month,  with  a  view 
to  the  more  convenient  settlement  of  their  accounts. 

144:. — In  all  cases  of  transfer,  a  complete  descriptive  roll 
will  accompany  the  soldier  transferred,  which  roll  will  em- 
brace an  account  of  his  pay.  clothing,  and  other  allowance*; 
also,  all  stoppages  to  be  made  on  account  of  the  government, 
and  debts  due  the  laundress,  as  well  as  such  other  facts  as 
may  be  necessary  to  show  his  character  and  military  history. 

ARTICLE  XVI. 

DECEASED      OFFICERS. 

145. — Whenever  an  officer  dies,  or  is  killed  at  any  military 
post  or  station,  or  in  the  vicinity  of  the  same,  it  will  be  the 
duty  of  the  commanding  officer  to  report  the  fact  direct  to  the 
Adjutant  Goneral,  with  the  date,  and  any  other  information 
proper  to  be  communicated.  If  an  officer  die  at  a  distance 
from  a  military  post,  any  officer  having  intelligence  of  the 
same  will  in  like  manner  communicate  it,  specifying  the  day 
of  his  decease;  a  duplicate  of  the  report  will  be  sent  to  Depart- 
ment Head-Quarters. 

146. — Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers,  required 
by  the  94th  Article  of  War,  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General. 

147. — If  a  legal  administrator  or  family  connection  be  pres- 
ent, and  take  charge  of  the  eifects,  it  will  be  so  stated  to  the 
iVdj  utant-(-r  eneral . 

AETICLE  XVII. 

DECEASED      SOLDIERS. 

148. — Inventories  of  the  effects  of  deceased  non-commission- 
ed officers  and  soldiers,  required  by  the  95th  Article  of  War, 
will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  by  the  command- 
er of  the  company  to  which  the  deceased  belonged,  and  a 
duplicate  of  the  same  to  the  coloned  of  the  regiment.  Final 
statements  of  pay,. clothing,  &c,  will  I  e  sent  with  the  inven- 
tories. When  a  ^^^ier  dies  at  a  post  or  station  absent  from 
his  company,  it  will  be  the  duty  of  his  immediate  commander 
to  furnish  the  required  inventory,  and,  at  the  same  time,  t  > 
forward  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  company  to  wdiich  tho 
soldier  belonged,  a  report  of  l^iis  death,  specifying  the  datt', 
place,  and  cause ;  to  what  time  he  was  last  paid,  and  the  money 


.^n^ 


'% 


or  otlier  efiects  in  his  possession  at  tlie  time  of  his  decease  ; 
which  report  will  be  noted  on  the  next  muster  roll  of  the  com- 
pany to  wliich  the  man  belonged.  Each  inventory  will  bc^ 
endorsed,  "  Inventory  of  the  eftccts  of ,  late  of  com- 
pany (— ) regiment  of ,  who  died  at ,  the 

day  of ,  186 — ."     If  a  legal  representative  receive 

the  effects,  it  will  be  stated  in  the  report.  If  the  soldier  leave 
no  effects,  the  fact  will  be  reported. 

14:9. — Should  the  effects  of  a  deceased  non-commissioned 
officer  or  soldier  not  be  administered  upon  within  a  short  j)e- 
riod  after  his  decease,  they  shall  be  disposed  of  by  a  Council 
•of  Administration,  under  the  autliority  of  the  commanding- 
officer  of  the  post,  and  the  proceds  deposited  with  the  Pay- 
master, to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States,  until  they  shall 
be  claimed  by  the  legal  repre^ntativcs  of  the  deceased. 

150. — In  all  such  cases  of  sales  by  the  Council  of  Adminis- 
tration, a  statement  in  detail,  or  account  of  the  proceeds,  duly 
certified  by  the  Council  and  Commanding  officer,  accompanied 
by  the  Paymaster's  receipt  for  the  proceeds,  will  be  forwarded 
by  the  commanding  officer  to  the  Adjutant-General.  The 
statement  will  be  indorsed,  "Report  of  the  proceeds   of  the 

effects  of ,  late  of  company  ( — ) — regiment  of . 

who  died  at ,  the— day  of ,  186—." 

ARTICLE  XYIII. 

i'  DESERTERS. 

151. — If  a  soldier  desert  from,  or  a  deserter  be  received  at 
any  post  other  than  the  station  of  the  company  or  detachment 
to  which  he  belonged,  he  shall  be  promptly  reported  by  the 
commanding  officer  of  such  post  to  the  commander  of  his  com- 
pany or  detachment.  The  time  of  desertion,  apprehension- 
and  delivery  will  be  stated.  If  the  man  be  a  recruit,  unat- 
tached, the  required  report  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant- 
General.  When  a  report  is  received  of  the  apprehension  or 
surrender  of  a  deserter  at  any  post  other  than  the  station  of 
the  company  or  detachment  to  which  he  belonged,  the  com- 
mander of  such  company  or  detachment  shall  immediately 
forward  his  description  and  account  of  clothing  to  the  officer 
making  the  report. 

152. — A  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  be  paid  for  the  appre- 
hension and  delivery  of  a  deserter  to  an  officer  of  the  army 
at  the  most  convenient  post  or  recruitin^^  station.  Rewards 
thus  paid  will  be  promptly   reported  by  tlie  disbursing  officer 


14 

to  the  officer  commanding  the  company  in  Avhich  the  deserter 
is  mustered,  and  to  the  autliority  competent  to  order  his  trial. 
The  reward  of  thirty  dollars  will  include  the  remuneration  for 
all  expenses  incurred  for  apprehending,  securing  and  deliver- 
ing a  deserter. 

153. — When  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers  are  sent 
in  pursuit  of  a  deserter,  the  expenses  necessarily  incurred  will 
be  paid  whether  he  be  apprehended  or  not,  and  reported  as 
in  case  of  rewards  paid. 

154. — Deserters  shall  make  good  the  time  lost  by  desertiop, 
unless  discharged  by  competent  authority. 

155. — ISTo  deserter  shall  be  restored  to  duty  without  trial, 
except  by  the  authority  competent  to  order  the  trial. 

156.— -Eewards  and  expenses  paid  for  apprehending  a  de- 
serter  will  be  set  againt  his  pay,  when  adjudged  by  a  court- 
martial,  or  wh6n  he  is  restored  to  duty  without  trial  on  such 
condition. 

157. — In  reckoning  the  time  of  service,  and  the  pay  and 
allowances  of  a  deserter,  he  is  to  be  considered  in  service 
when    delivered  up  as  a  deserter  to  the  proper  authority. 

158. — An  apprehended  deserler,  or  one  who  surrenders  him- 
self, shall  receive  no  pay  while  waiting  trial,  and  only  such 
clothing  as  may  be  actually  necessary  for  him. 

ARTICLE  XIX. 

DISCHARGES. 

159. — No  enlisted  man  shall  be  discharged  before  the  expi- 
ration of  his  term  of  enlistment  without  authority  of  the  War 
Department,  except  by  sentence  of  a  general  courtmartial,or  by 
the  commander  of  the  department  or  of  an  army  in  the  field, 
on  certificate  of  disability,  or  on  application  of  the  soldier  after 
twenty  years'  service. 

160. — When  an  enlisted  man  is  to  be  discharged,  his  com- 
pany commander  shall  furnish  him  certificates  of  his  account, 
according  to  Form  4,  Pay  Department. 

161. — Blank  discharges  on  parchment  will  be  furnished 
from  the  Adjutant  General's  office.  No  discharge  shall  be 
made  in  duplicate,  nor  any  certificate  given  in  lieu  of  a 
discharge. 

162. — The  cause  of  discharge  will  be  stated  in  the  body  of 
the  discharge,  and  the  space  at  foot  for  character  cut  ofi^,  unless 
^  recommendation  is  given. 

163. — Whenever  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 


1.5 

be. unlit  for  Uio  military/:  service  in  consequence  of  wounclg, 
disejise  or  infirmity,  liis*  captain  shall  forward  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  department  or  of  the  army  in  tlic  field, 
through  the  commander  of  the  regiment  or  post,  a  state- 
ment of  liis  case,  with  a  certificate  of  his  disability  signed 
by  the  senior  surgeon  of  the  hospital,  regiment,  or  post,  ac- 
cording to  the  fc^rm  prescribed  in  the  Medical  Regulations. 

1G4. — If  the  rocommendation  for  the  discharge  of  the  inva- 
lid be  approved,  the  authority  therefor  will  be  endorsed  on 
the  "certificate  of  disability,"  v^diich  will  be' sent  back  to  be 
completed  and  signed  by  the  commanding  olHcer,  who  will 
then  send  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-Generars  office. 

16-5,— -Omitted. 

166. — The  date,  place,  and  cause  of  .discharge  of  a  soldier 
absent  from  his  company  \vill  be  reported  hf  the  commander 
of  the  post  to  his  company,  commander.  • 

167.— Company  commanders  are  required  to  keep  the  blank 
discharges  and  certificates  carefully  in  their  own  custody. 

ARTICLE  XX. 

TKAVELIX©  ON  DUTY. 

168.— Whenever  an  officer  traveling  under  orders  arrives 
at  his  post,  he  will  submit  to  the  commanding  officer  a  report, 
in  wnting,  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  travel,  with  a  copy  of 
the  orders  under  which  tlie  joiu'ney  was  performed,  and  an 
explanation  of  any  delay  in  the  execution  of  the  orders  ;  which 
report  the  commanding  officer  shall  transmit,  withliis  opinion, 
on  it,  to  Department  Head-Quarters.  If  the  officer  be  supe-. 
nor  in  raiik  to  the  commander,  the  rerpiired  report  will  be 
made  by  the  senior  himself. 

169. — Orders  detaching  an  officer  for  a  special  duty,  imply, 
unless  otlierwise  stat(^d,  that  he  is  thereafter  to  join  his  proper 
station. 

ARTICLIJ;XXI. 

■     ■      ,    'M  *      '    .« 

LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  JO  OFFICERS. 

/  "'"^  ■'"•■'       . 

170.  -in  no  case  will  leaves  of  ab8end4{!|(|gran{e(l,  so  thai 
a  companyv^Kv  h'ffc'vvithout  one  of  its  comrnlnoiml  ojica-ftj  oi- 
that  a  garrtscJhed  post  be  left  without  two  conmiissioned 
offi<iers  and  com oetent  medical  attendance;  nor  shall  leave  of 


16 

absence  be  granted   to  an  officer  during  the. season  .of  active 
operatioiis,  except  on  urgent  neces^it}'. 

171. — When  not  otherwise  specified,  Icavefe  of  absence  will 
be  considered  as  connnencing  on  tlie  day  that  the  officer  is 
relieved  from  duty  at  his  post.  He  wil  I  rejiort  himself  month  1 } 
giving  his  address  for  the  next  thirty  days,  to  the  commander 
of  his  post  and  of  his  regiment  or  coi'ps,  and  to  the  Adjutant- 
General;  and  in  his  first  report  state  tlie  day  when  his  leave  of 
absence  commenced  ;  at  the  expii'ation  of  liis  leave  lie  will  join 
his  station. 

172. — In  time  of  peace,   commanding  officers  may  grant 
leaves  of  absence  as  follows:  the  commander  of  a  post  not  to  • 
exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month  ;  the  com- 
mander of  a  geographical  department   not  to  exceed  sixty 
days  ;  the  general   commanding  the  army  not  to  exceed  foui- 
months.     Applications  for  leave  of  absence  for  more  than  four 
months,  or  to  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  or  of  the  general 
staff,  orsei'ving  on  it  (aids-de-camp),  for  more  than  thirty  days,    i 
must  be  referred  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  the  decision  of-  . 
the  Secretary  of  War.     In  giving  a,  permission  to  apply   for 
the  extensionof  a  leave  of  absence,  the  tei'm  of  the  extension 
should  be  stated. 

173. — The  immediate  commander  uf  the  officer  applying 
for  leave  of  absence,  and  all  intermediate  commanders,  will 
endorse  their  ophiion  on  the  application  before  I'orwarding  it. 

174. — The  comni(mder  of  a  post  may  take  leave  of  absence 
not  to  exceed  seven  days  at  one  time,  or  in  the  same  month, 
i'ej)orting  the  fact  to  his  next  su}>erior. 

M':),—OmiUc(l. 

\  7  G.— Ko  leave  of  absence  exceeding  seven  days,  except  on 
extraordinary  occasions,  when  the  circumstances  must  be, 
])articularly  stated  (and  except  as  provided  in  the  preceding 
paragraph),  shall  be  granted  to  any  officer  until  he  has  joined 
Ids  regiment  or  coi-ps,  and  served  therewith  at  least  two  years. 

\11.— Omitted. 

lis.— Omitted. 

179. — An  application   foi'  leave  of  absence  on  account  of 


-ickness  must  be  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  the  *senior 
medical  officer  present,  in  the  followiug  fonii : 

,  of  the  repjiment  of ,  having   applied  for  a  certificate  on 

which  to  ground  an  application  for  hnive  of  absence,  I  do  hereby  eertity 
that  I  have  carefully  examined  this  officer,  and  find  that — [Ilere  the 
nature  of  the  difiease,  fcound,  or  dimhility  is  to  Ije  fully  stated,  and 
the 'pe'i'lod  during  ichich  the  ojp^'.er  has  suffered  under  its  effects]  And 
(havin  consequence  thereof,  he  is,  in  my  opinion,  unfit  for  duty.  I  fur- 
ther declare  my  belief  that  he  Will  not  be   able  to  resume  his  duties  in  a 

lesH  period  than .     [ffere  xtate  miulidly  and  explt'cUly  the  opinion 

as  to  theperiod  which  icillj^rohahly  elapse  hefore  the  officer  will  he  aile 
to  resume  his  duties.  When  there  is  no  reason  to  expect  a  recovery,  or 
lohen  the  pro^yect  of  recovery  is  distant  and  uncertain^  or  token  a  change 

of  climate  is  recommended,  it  musthe  so  stated.    Dated  at ,  this — 

day  of .  "  ,    .'     Signature  of  the  Medical  Officer. 

180. — When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness  from  join- 
ing his  station,  he  will  transmit  certificates  in  the  above  form 
monthly,  to  the  commanding  officer  of  his  post  and  regiment' 
or  corps,  and  to  the  Adjutant-General :  and  when  he  can  not 
procure  the  certificate  of  a  medical  officer  of  the  army,  he  will 
■>nb8titute  his  own  certificate  on  honor  to  his  condition,  and 
a.  full  statement  of  his  case.  If  the  officer's  certificate  is  not 
I  *  Satisfactory,  and  whenever  an  officer  has  been  absent  on  ac- 
count of  sickness  for  one  year,  he  shall  be  examined  by  a 
medical  board,  and  the  case  specially  reported  to  the  President. 

181,— In  all  reports  of  absence,  or  application  for  leave  of 
absence  on  account  of  sickness,  the  officer  shall  state  how  long 
he  has   been  absent  already  on  that  account,    and  by  whose 
\ : permission. 

AKTICLEXXII. 

FURLOUGHS  TO  ENLISTED  M^N. 

182. — Furloughs  will  be  granted  only  by  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  post,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment 
actually  quartered  with  it.  Furloughs  may  be  prohibited  at 
the  discretion  of  the  officer  in  command. 

[.      183. — Soldiers  on  furlough  shall   not  take  with  them  their 
I   arms  or  accoutrements. 

J  84. — Form  of  furlough  : 

TO  ALL  WHOM  IT  MAY  CONCERN. 

The  bearer  hereof, ,  a  Sergeant  (corporal,  or  private  as   the  case 

may    be)    of  Captain company  —  regiment   of ,   aged— 

^   years,  —  feet,  —  inches  high, complexion, eyes, hair,  and 

-    by  profession  a .  born  in  the of ,  and  enlisted  at — -, 


IS 

in  the of ,  on  ibe  —day  of ,  eigb toon  hundred  and  -^, 

♦o  serve  for  the  period  of -,  is  hereby  permitted  to  go   to ,  in 

tho  county   of ,  State  of ,  he  having   received    a  furlougli 

from  the  —  day  of ,  to  the  —  day  of ,  at  which  period   ho  will 

rejoin  his  company  or  regiment  at ,  or  wherever   it  then  may  be, 

or  be  considered  a  dewerter. 

Subsistence  has  been  furnished  to   said ,  to  the  —  day  of , 

and  pay  to  the  —  day  of ,  both  iiu^hisive. 

Given  under  my  hand,  at .  tjiis  —  day  of ,  IB — . 

Signatvre  of  the  ojfficer  ) 
giving  tM furlough,    j 

ARTICLE  XXIII. 

COUNCILS  OF  ADMINISTIUTTOX. 

IS'3.— The  commanding  ofliccr  of  every  post  shall,  at  least 
once  in  every  two  months,  convene  a  Fast  Council  of  Ad  mi  yi- 
istraiion^  to  consist  of  three  regimental  or  company  officers 
next  in  rank  to  himself;  or,  if  tifiere  be  but  two,  then  the  tic(n 
next ;  if  but  one,  the  one  next ;  and  if  there  be  none  other 
than  himself,  then  he  himself  shall  act. 

186. — The  junior  member  will  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  council  in  a  book,  and  submit  the  same  to  the  command- 
ing officer.  If  he  disapprove  the  proceedings,  and  the  coiin- 
cil,  after  a  reconsideration,  adhere  to  its  decision,  a  copy  oi 
the  wltole  shall  be  sent  by  the  officer  commanding  to  the  next 
higher  commander,  whose  decision  shall  be  final,  and  entered 
inthe  Council  book,  and  tho  whole  be  published  in  orders  Ibi 
the  information  and  government  of  all  concerned. 

187. — The  proceedings  of  Councilsof  Administration  shall 
be  signed  by  tho  president  and  recorder,  and  the  recorder  o1 
each  iiieeting,  after  entering  the  whole  proceedings,  t/^^gethei 
with  the  final  order  thereon,  shall  deposit  the  book  with  tht 
commanding  officer.  In  like  manner,  the  approval  or  obje^ 
tions  of  the  officer  ordering  tlie  Council  will  be  signed  witl 
his  own  band. 

188. — ^The  Post  Council  shall  prescribe  the  quantity  an( 
kind  of  clothing,  small  equipments,  and  soldiers  necessaries 
groceries,  and  all  articles  which  the  sutlers  may  be  require 
to  keep  on  hand;  examine  the  sutler's  books  and  papers,  an( 
fix  the  tariffof  prices  ofthe  said  goods  or  commodities;  inspec 
the  sutler's  weights  and  measurses;  fix  tlie  laundress  charges 
and  make  tho  regulations  for  the  post  school. 

189. — Pursuant  to  the  30th  Article  of  War,  commanding 
officers  reviewing  the  proceedings  ofthe  Council  of  Admini< 
tration  will  scrutinize  the  tariff  of  prices  proposed  by  then^ 
and  t«ke  care  that  the  stores  actually  furnished  by  the  sutlc 
correspond  to  the  quality  pi-cscribed. 


19 
POST   FUND 

190. — A  Tost  Fund  shall  be  raised  at  each  post  by  a  tax  on 
the  sutler,  not  to  exceed  10  cents  a  month  for  every  officer  and 
soldier  of  the  connnand,  according  to  the  average  in  each 
month  to  be  ascertained  by  the  Council,  and  from  the  saving 
on  the  flour  ration,  ordinarily  83  per  cent.,  by  baking  the 
soldiers' bread  at  a  post  bakery.  Provided,  that  when  want 
of  vegetables  or  other  reasons  make  it  necessary,  the  com- 
manding officer  may  order  the  iiour  saved,  or  any  part  of  it, 
issued  to  the  men,  after  paying  expenses  of  baking. 

1 91. — The  commanding  officer  shall  designate  an  officer  to 
be  post  treasurer,  who  shall  keep  the  account  of  the  fund, 
subject  to  the  inspection  of  the  Council  and  commanding  of- 
ficer, and  disburse  the  fund  on  the  warrants  of  the  command- 
ing officer,  drawn  in  ])ursuance  of  specific  resolves  of  the  Coun- 
cil. 

192. — The  following  are  the  objects  of  expenditure  of  the 
post  fund  :  1st.  expenses  of  the  bake-house  ;  2d.  expenses  of 
the  soldiers'  children  at  the  post  school. 

193. — On  the  last  day  of  April,  August,  and  December,  and 
when  relieved  from  the  duty,  the  treasurer  shall  make  out  his 
account  with  the  fund  since  his  last  account,  and  submit  it, 
with  his  vouchers,  to  the  Council  of  Admiuistration,  to  be  ex- 
amined by  them,  and  recorded  in  the  Council  book,  and  then 
forwarded  by  the  commanding  officer  to  Department  Head- 
Quarters. 

194. — At  each  settlement  of  the  treasurer's  account,  the 
Council  shall  distribute  the  unexpended  balance  ot  the  post 
fund  to  the  several  companies  and  other  troops  in  the  ratio  of 
their  average  force  during  the  period. 

■*195. — AVhen  a  company  leaves  the  post.  it*hall  then  receive 
its  distributive  sliare  of  the  accrued  fund. 

196. — The  regulations  in  regard  to  a  post  fund  will,  as  far 
as  practicable,  be  applied  in  the  field  to  a  regimental  fund,  to 
be  raised,  administered,  expended,  and  distributed  in  like 
manner,  by  the  regimental  commander,  and  a  regimental 
council. 

•  COMPANY    FUND. 

197. — The  distributions  from  the  post  or   regimental   fund, 

and  the  savini^s   from    the   com[)any  rations,    constitute    the 

Company  Fund,  to  be  disbursed  by  the  captain  for  the  benefit 

f  the  enlisted  men  of  the  company,  pursuant   to   reso'ves  of 


20 

the  Company  Council,  consisting  of  ail  the  company  officers 
'present.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  in  the  Council,  the  commander 
of  the  post  shall  decide.  The  Council  shall  be  convened  one  ; 
in  two  months  by  the  captain,  and  whenever  lie  may  think 
proper. 

198. — ^Their  proceedings  shall  be  recorded  in  a  book,  signed 
by  all  tlie  Council,  and  open  at  all  times  to  the  inspection  of 
the  commander  of  the  post.  Every  four  months,  and  when 
ever  another  officer  takes  command  of  the  company,  and  when 
the  company  leaves  the  post,  the  account  of  the  company 
fund  shall  be  made  up,  audited  by  the  Council,  recorded  in 
the  Council  book,  and  submitted,  with  a  duplicate,  to  the  post 
commander,  who  shall  examine  it  and  forward  the  duplicate 
to  Department  Head-Quarters. 

199.— -The  supervision  of  the  company  fund  by  the  post 
commander  herein  directed  shall,  in  the  field,  devolve  on  the 
commander  of  the  regiment. 

ARTICLE  XXW.— Omitted. 

CHAPLAINS. 


AETICLE  XXY. 

S  U  T  L  E  11  S  . 

202. — Every  military  post  may  have  one  Sutler,  to  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Secretary  of  War  on  the  recommendation  of 
the  Council  of  Administration,  approved  by  the  commanding 
officer. 

203.— A  Sutler  shall  hold  his  office  for  a  term  of  three  yeai-s, 
unless  sooner  removed  ;  but  the  commanding  officer  may,  for 
cause,  suspend  a  Sutler's  privilege  until  a  decision  of  the  War 
Department  is  received  in  the  case. 

204. — In  case  of  vacancy,  a  temporary  appointment  may  be 
made  by  the  commanding  officer  upon  the  nomination  of*  thi3 
Council  of  Aduiinistration. 

205. — ^Troops  in  campaign,  on  detachment,  or  on  distant 
service,  will  be  allowed  Sutlers,  at  the  rate  of  one  for  every 
regiment,  corps,  or  separate  detachment ;  to  be  appointed  by 
the  commanding  officer  of  such  regiment,  corps,  or  detach- 
ment upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Council  of  Administra- 
tion, subject  to  the  approval  of  the  general  or  other  officer  in 
command. 

206. — ISTo  tax  or  burden  in  any  shape,  other  than  the  au- 


•>\ 

thorized  assossmcut  for  the  post  fund,  will  be  imposed  on 
the  Sutler.  If  there  be  a  spare  building,  the  use  of  it  may 
be  allowed  him,  he  being  responsible  that  it. is  Jcept  in  re- 
pair. If  there  be  no  such  building,  he  may  be  allowed  to 
erect  one  ;  but  this  article  gives  the  Sutler  no  claim  to 
(Quarters,  transportation  for  himself  or  goods,  or  to  any  mili- 
tary allowance  -whatever. 

2oT. — The  tariff  of  prices  fixed  by  the  Council  of  Admin- 
istration shall  be  exposed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  Sut- 
ler's store.  ISTo  difference  of  prices  will  be  allowed  on  cash 
or  credit  sales 

208. — Sutlers  are  not  allowed  to  keep  ardent  spirits  or 
other  intoxicating  drinks,  under  penalty  of  losing  their  situ- 
ations. 

•  209. — Sutlers  shall  not  farm  out  or  underlet  the  business 
and  privileges  granted  by  their  appointment. 

ARTICLE  XXVI. 

MtLlTAllY   DISCUSSIONS   AND    PUBLICATIONS. 

210. — Deliberations  or  discussions  among  any  class  of 
military  men,  having  the  object  of  conveying  praise,  or  cen- 
sure, or  any  mark  of  approbation  toward  their  superiors  or 
others  in  the  military  service  ;  and  all  publications  relative 
to  transactions  between  officers  of  a  private  or  personal  na- 
ture, whether  newspaper,  pamphlet  or  hand-bill,  are  strictly 
prohibited. 

ARTICLE  XXVn. 

ARRESTS   AND   CONFINEMENTS. 

211. — None  but  commanding  officers  have  power  to  place 
officers  under  i^^'rest  except  for  ofi:enses  expressly  designated 
in  the  2Tth  Article  of  War. 

212  — Officers  are  not  to  be  put  in  arrest  for  light  offenses. 
For  these  the  censure  of  the  commanding  officer  will,  in 
most  cases,  answer  the  purpose  of  discipline. 

213. — .\.n  officer  in  arrest  may,  at  the  discretion  of  his 
commanding  officer,  have  larger  limits  assigned  him  than 
his  tent  or  quarters,  on  written  application  to  that  eftect. 
Close  confinement  is  not  to  be  resorted  to  unless  under  cir- 
cumstances of  an  aggravated  character. 

214. — In  ordinary  cases,  and  where  inconvenience  to  the 
service  would  result  from  it,  a  medical  officer  will  not  be  put 
in  arrest  until  the  court-martial  for  his  trial  convenes. 

215. — The  arrest  of  an  officer,  or  confinement  of  a  soldier. 


22' 

will,  as  soon  as  practicable,  be  notified  to  Lis  immediate 
commander. 

216. — All  prisoners  under  guard,  without  written  charges, 
will  be  released  by  the  officer  of  the  day  at  guard-mounting, 
unless  orders  to  the  contrary  be  given  by  the  commandinj^ 
officer. 

217.— On  a  march,  company  officers  an^l  non-commissioned 
officers  in  arrest  will  follow  in  the  rear  of  their  respective 
companies,  unless  otherwise  particularly  ordered. 

21 8. — Field  officers,  commissioned  and  non-commissioned 
staff  officers,  under  the  same  circumstances,  will  follow  in 
the  rear  of  their  respective  regiments. 

219.— An  officer  under  arrest  will  not  wear  a  sword,  or 
visit  officially  his  commanding  or  other  superior  officer,  un- 
less sent  for;  and  in  case  of  business,  lie  v.'ill  make  known 
his  object  in  writing. 

'aeticle  XXVIU. 

ijoUKs  OF  Service  and  kOll-calls. 

220. — In  garrison,  r^mZZa  will  be  at  5  o'clock  in  May, 
June,  July,  and  August,  at  6  in  March,  April,  September, 
and  October,  and  at  half-past  6  in  November,  December, 
Januarj^  and  February ;  retreat  at  sunset;  the  troojp^  mr- 
geon^s  call^  signals  for  breakfast  and  dinner  at  the  hours  pre- 
scribed by  the  commanding  officer,  according  to  climate  and  . 
season.  In  the  cavalry,  ^i^a&Z^-caZZ^immediately  after  reveille, 
and  an  hour  and  a  half  before  retreat ;  vMter-caUa  at  the 
hours  directed  by  the  commanding  officer. 

221. — In  camp,  the  commanding  officer  prescribes  the 
hours  of  reveille,  reports,  roll-calls,  guard-moirn ting,  meals, 
stable-calls,  issues,  fatigues,  &c. 

222. —  SIGNALS. 

1.  To  go  for  fuel — j)oing  stroke  and  ten  stroke  roU. 

2.  To  go  for  water — tioo  strokes  and  a  flam. 
8.  For  fatigue  party— ^^o/z^^r'^  marcli. 

4.  Adjutant's  ^2X\— first 2^art  of  the  troop. 

I).  FirsL  r'....* '.ant's  call — one  roll  and  four  iajm. 

0.  Sergeant's  call — one  roll  and  three  taps. 

7.  Corp'/ral's  call — one  roll  and  'two  taps. 

8.  For  the  drummers — the  drummer's  call. 

223  —The  drwnmer's  call  tiJhall  be  beat  by  the  drums  of  the 
police  guard  five  minues  bel  re  the  time  of  beating  the  stated 


2:i 

callB,  ^heu  the  drummers  will  assemble  before  the  colors  of 
their  respective  regiments,  and  as  soon  as  the  heat  begins 
(Ml  the  right,  it  will  be  immediately  tafccen  up  along  the  line, 

KOLL-OALLS. 

22^.~Thor,e  shall  be  daily  at  ^least  three  stated  foU-cail8» 
\  iz  :  at  reveille^  retreat^  and  tattoo.  Tliey  will  be  made  on  the 
company  parades  by  the  first  sergeants,  sujyerintendcd  hy  a 
rommissioned  officer  of  the  company.  The  captains  will  re- 
port the  absentees  without  leave  to  the  colonel  or  command- 
ing officer. 

225. — Immediately  after  r^t'/Z/^j  roll  call  (after  stable-duty 
in  the  cavalry),  the  tents  or  quarters,  and   the   space   around 
them,  will  be  put  in  order  by  the  men  of  the  companies,  u- 
]^erintended  by  the  chiefs  of  squads,  and  the  guard-house  or 
guard  tent  by  the  guard  or  prisoners. 

22(3.^ — The  morning  reports  of  companies,  signed  by  the  Cap- 
.tains  and  First  Sergeants,  will  be  handed  to  the  Adjutant  be- 
fore eight  o'clock  in  the  morning,  and  will  be  consolidated  by 
the  Adjutant  within  the  next  hour,  for  the  information  of  the 
Culonel  ;  and  if  the  consolidation  is  to  be  seni  to  higher  au- 
ihority,  it  will  be  signed  by  the  Colonel  and  the  Adjutant. 

ARTIOLE  XXIX. 

noXOKS    TO    BK    PAID    BY    Till-:   TUOOIS. 

227.~nie  President  or  Vice  President  is  to  be  saluted  with 
the  highest  honors— all  standards  and  colors  dropping,  officers 


an 


d  troops  saluting,  di^ums  beating  and  trumpets  soundin 


228." — A  General cornm.anding-in  chief  is  to  be  received-- 
by  cavalry,  with  sabres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  the  march, 
and  all  the  officers  saluting,  standards  dropping;  by  infantry, 
with  drums  beating  the  march,  colors  dro])[)ing,  officei'S  salu- 
ting, and  arms  presented. 

229. — A  21ajoi- General  is  to  be  received — by  cavalry,  with 
;<abres  presented,  trumpets  sounding  twice  the  trunjpet-ilourish, 
and  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  with  three  ruliies,  colore 
<lropping,  olhcers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

230. — A  Brigadier- Generally  to  be  received — by  cavalry, 
with  sab-res  presented,  trumpets  sounding  once  the  trnmnet- 
ilourish,  and  officers  saluting  ;  by  infantry,  with  two  ruffles, 
colors  dropping,  officers  saluting,  and  arms  presented. 

231. — An  Adjutant- Gentrul  or  Inspector- General^  if  under 
the  rank  of  a  General  officer,  is  to  be  received  at  a  review  or 
inspection  of  the  troops*  under  arms — bv  cavalry,  with  sabres 


■a 

presented,  officers  saiuting;  by  infantry,  officers  saluting  and 
arms  presented.  The  same  honors  to  be  paid  to  anyfiehi-offi- 
cer  authorized  to  review  and  inspect  the  troops.  'When  the 
inspecting  officor.is  junior  to  the  officer  commanding  the  pa- 
rade, no  compliments  will  be  paid  :  he  will  be  received  only 
with  swords  drawn  and  arms  slwuldered. 

•♦ 
232. — All  guards  are  to  turn  out  and  present  arms  to  Gener- 
al officers  as  often  as   they   pass   them,  except   the  personal 
guards  of  (ieneral  officers,  which  turn  out  only  to  the  Gene- 
rals whose  guards  thev  are,  and  to  officers  of  superior  rank. 

233.— To  commanders  of  regimen ts,garrisons,or  camps,  tlieir 
own  guards  turn  out,  and  present  arms  once  a  day  ;  after  which, 
they  turn  out  with  shouldered  arms. 

234. — To  the  members  of  the  Ciibinei  ;  to  the  Chief  Justice, 
the  President  of  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States  ;a'ndti> 
Governors^  with\n  tJieir  respective  States  and  Territories — the 
same  honors  will  be  paid  as  to  a  General  comraandingin-chief. 

%%^.— Officers  of  aforeig-n.  service  may  be  complimented 
with  the  honors  due  to  their  rank. 

236. — American  and  Foreign  Envoys  or  Ministers  will  be 
received  with  the  compliments  diie  to  a  Major-General. 

237. — ^The  colors  of  a  regiment  passing  a  guard  are  to  be 
saluted,  the  trumpets  sounding,  and  the  drums  beating  a  march. 

238. — When  General  officers  or  peraons  entitled  to  salute^^pass 
ill  the  rear  of  a  guard,  the  officer  is  only  to  make  his  men  stand 
shouldered,  and  not  to  face  his  guard  ab9ut,  or  beat  his  drum. 

239. — When  General  officers,  or  persons  entitled  to  a  salute, 
pass  guards  while  in  the  act  of  relieving,  both  guards  are  to 
salute,  receiving  tlie  word  oco  mmand  from  the  senior  offieer 
of  the  whole. 

240. — All  guards  are  to  be  under  arms  when  armed  parties 
approach  their  posts  ;  and  to  parties  commanded  by  commis- 
sioned officers,  they  are  to  |)resent  their  arms,  drums  beating  u 
march,  and  officers  saluting. 

241. — Xo  compliments  by  guards  or  sentinels  will  be  paid 
between  retreat  and  revcMle^  except  as  prescribed  f(fi'  grand 
rou7ids. 

242. — All  guards  and  sentinels  are  to  pay  the  same  compli- 
ments to  the  officers  of  the  navy,  marines,  and  militia,  in  the 
service  of  the  Confederate  States,  as  are  directed  to  be  paid  to 
the  officers  of  the  armv,  according  to  their  relative  ranks. 


243. — It  is  equally  the  duty  of  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers,  at  all  times  and  m  all  skiiations,  to  pay  the  proper 
compliments  to  officers  of  the  navy  and  marines,  and  to 
officers  of  other  regiments,  when  in  uniform,  as  to  officei*s  of 
their  own  particular  regiments  and  corps. 

244.— Courtesy  among  military  men  is  indispOTsable  to 
discipline.  Respect  to  superiors  will  not  be  confined  to  obe- 
dience on  duty,  but  will  beiBxtended  to  all  occasions.  It  is^ 
always  the  duty  of  the  inferior  to  accost  or  to  offer  first  the. 
customary  salutation,  and  of  the  superior  to  return  such  com- 
plimentary notice. 

245. — Sergeants,  with  swords  drawn,  will  salute  by  bring- 
ing them  to  a  present — with  muskets,  by  bringing- the  left  hand 
across  the  body »  so  as  to  strike  the  musket  near  the  right 
shoulder.  Corporals  out  of  the  ranks,  and  privates  not  sen- 
tries, will  carry  their  muskets  at  a  shoulder  as  sergeant,  and 
salute  in  like  manner.  « 

246. — When  a  soldier  without  arms,  or  with  side-arm?  only, ^ 
meets  an  officer,  he  is  to  raise  his  hand  to  the  right  side  ot 
the  visor  of  his  cap,  palm  to  the  front,  elbow  raised  as  high 
as  the  shoulder,  looking  at  the  same  time  in  a  respectful  and 
soldier-like  manner  at  the  officer,  who  will  return  the  compli- 
ment thus  offiered. 

247. — A  non  commissioned  officer  or  soldier  being  seated^ 
and  without  particular  occupation,  will  rise  on  the  approach 
of  an  officer,  and  make  the  customary  salutation.  If  standing,. 
he  will  turn  toward  the  officer  for  the  same  purpose.  If  the 
parties  remain  in  the  same  place  or  on  the  same  ground,  such 
compliments  need  not  be  repeated. 

SATA'TES. 

248. — ^The  national  salute 'is  determined  by  the  number  of 
States  composing  the  Confederacy,,  at  the  rate  of  one  gun  for 
each  State. 

249. — The  President  of  the  Confedcrnte  Sfaie.<<  alone  is  to  re- 
cieve  a  salute  of  twenty-one  guns. 

250. — The  Vice  Prrsidcnt  is  to  receive  a  salute  of  seventeen 
gun^. 

251.  — The  Heads  if  the,  great  Executive  Dcimrtmeiits  of  the 
National  Gover?mcnt ;  the  General  commanding  the  artny  ;  the 
Governors  of  States  and  Territories^  within  their  respective 
jurisdictions,  fifteen  guns. 

252. — A  Major- General^  thirteen  guns. 


253. — A  Brigadkr-Gintral^  eleven  yinis. 
^  254:. — Foreign  ships  of  war  will  be  saluted  in  return  for  a 
similai-  compliment,  gun  for  gun,  on  notice  being  ofiiciallv 
received  of  such  intention.  .  If  there  be  several  posts  in  sigli't 
of,  or  within  six  miles  of  each  other,  the  })riucij)al  only  shall 
reciprocatqpjompliments  with  ships  passing. 

.  2^^- — Officers  of  the  Navy  will  be  saluted  accordin^c  to  rela- 
tive rank.  ^ 

.  -^^- — Foreign  Officers  invited  to  visit. a  fort  or  ])0st  may  be 
saluted  according  to  their  relative  rank. 

257. — Envoys  and  Ministers,  of  the  Confederate  States  aiid 
foreign  powej-s  are  to  be  saluted  with  thirteen  guns. 

258. — A  General  officer  will  be  saluted  butoncein  ayear  at 
each  post,  and  only  when  notice  of  his  iftteiition  to  visit  ths 
}K>st  has  been  given. 

259. — Salutes  to  individuals  are  to  be  fired  on  their  arrival 

260.     OmilUd. 


KSOOKTS  OF  HONOR. 

201. — Escorts  of  honor  may  be  composed  of  cavalry  or  in- 
fanti'y,  or  both,  according  to  circuiiistances.  The^^  are  guards 
of  honor  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  escorting  personages 
«'f  high  rank,  civil  or  military.  The  troops  for  tliis  ])urpose 
will  be  selected  for  their  soldierly  appearance  and  superior 
discipline. 

262. — The  escort  will  be  drawn  up  in  line,  the  centre  oj)- 
])osite  to  the  place  where  the  personage  presents  himself,  with 
an  interval  between  the  wings  to  receive  him  and  his  retinue. 
On  his  appearance,  he  will  be  received  with  the  honors  due 
to  his  rank.  When  he  has  taken  his  place  in  the  line,  the 
whole  will  be  wheeled  into  platoons  or  companies,  as  the  case 
may  be,  and  take  up  the  march.  The  same  ceremony  will  be 
observed,  and  the  same  honors  paid,  on  his  leaving  the  escort. 

263. — When  the  position  of  the  escort  is  at  a  considerable 
distance  from  the  point  where  he  is  expected  to  be  received, 
as,  for  instance,  where  a  court-yard  or  wharf  intervenes,  Ji 
double  line  of  sentinels  will  be  posted  from  that  point  to  the 
oscort,  facing  inward,  and  the  sentinels  will  successively 
.salute  as  he  passes. 

20i. — An  officer  will  be  appointed  to  attend  him,  to  bear 
such  communications  as  he  may  have  to  make  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  escort. 


KUNEIJAI.    K0N0K8. 

2()5. — On  the  receipt  of  official  intelligence  of  the  death  of 
the  President  of  the  ConfederaU  States^  at  any  post  or  cain[>, 
iho  commanding  officer  shall,  on  the  following  day,  canse  a 
gun  to  be  tired  at  every  half  honr,  beginning  at  sunrise,  and 
ending  at  sunset.  When  posts  are  contiguous,  the  firing  will 
take  place  at  the  post  only  comirianded  by  the  superior  officei-. 

266. — On  theday  of  interment  of  a  General  commandingMii' 
chiefs  a  gun  will  be  tired  at  every  half-hour,  until  the  proces- 
sion moves,  beginning  at  sunrise. 

267. — The  funeral  escort  of  a  General  Gommanding-in-chief 
shall  consist  of  a  regiment  of  infantry,  a  squadron  of  cavalry, 
and  six  pieces  of  artillery. 

■  26S. — ^That  of  a  Major- General^  a  regiment  of  infantry,  jt 
squadron  of  cavalry,  and  four  pieces  of  artillery, 

269. — ^That  of  a  Brigadier-General,  a  regiment  of  infantry^ 
one  company  of  cavalry,  and  two  pieces  of  artillery. 

270. — That  of  a  Colonel^  a  regiment. 

271. — That  .of  a  Lieutenant- Colonel^  six  companies, 

272.— That  of  %.Major^  four  dbmpanies. 

27o — ^That  of  a  Ccfptain^  one  company. 

274. — ^That  of  a  Suhiltern^  half  a  company. 

275.— The  funeral  escort  e.hall  always  be  commanded  by  an 
officer  of  the  same  rank  with  the  deceased  ;  or,  if  norie  such 
be  present,  by  one  of  the  next  inferinr  grade. 

276. — The  funeral  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  stati- otiicer 
shall  consist  of  sixteen  rank  and  file,  coramaicled  by  a  sergeant. 

277. — -That  of  a  Sergeant,  of  fourteen  rank  and  file,' com- 
manded by  a  Sergeant. 

278. — That  of  a  Corporal,  of  twelve  rank*  and  file,  com- 
manded by  a  Corporal ;  and, 

279. — ^That  of  a  private,  of  eight  rank  and  file,  commandiMJ 
by  a  Corporal.  ,  '  • 

280. — ^The  escort  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks,  opposite  to 
the  quarters  or  tent  of  the  decefised,  with'  shouldered  arms 
and  bayonets  unfixed  ;  the  artillery  and  cavalry  on  the  right 
of  the  infantry.  . 

281. — On  the  appearance  of  the  corpse,  the  officer  ^^>m- 
manding  the  escort  will  command, 

Present    Arms! 

when  the  honors  due  to  the  deccascl  will  be  paid  by  the 


<lrums  and  trumpets.  The  music  will  tlien  play  aii  appropriate 
air,  and  the  coffin  will  then  be  taken  to  the  right,  where  it 
will  be  halted.     The  commander  will  next  order, 

1.  Skoulder     Arms!     2-  By  compamj  {op  flaioon)^  left  wheel. 
3.  March.     4.  Re'verse    ArMs!     5.   Column^  farioard.     G. 
,  Guide  right,    1.  March. 

The  arms  will  be  reversed  at  the  order  by  bringing  the  fire- 
lock under  the  left  arm,  butt  to  the  front,  barrel  downward.* 
<eft  hand  sustaining  the  lock,  the  right  steadying  the  firelock 
•behind  the  back ;  swords  are  reversed  in  a  similar  manner 
tmder  the  right  arm. 

282. — ^The  column  will  be  marched  "in  slow  time  to  solemn 
music,  and,  on  reaching  the  grave,  will  take  a  direction  so  as 
that  the  guides  shall  be  next  to  the  grave.  When  the  centre 
of  the  column  is  opposite  tlie  grave,  the  commander  "will 
o^<3er, 

1.  Cdlutiin.  2.  Halt!     3.   Eight  into  line  ^v^heel.    4.  March! 

The  coffin  is  then  brought  along  the  front,-  to  the  opposite  side 
of  the  grave,  and  the  commander  then  orders, 

1.  Shoulder    A^ms!     2.  Present   'Arms! 

And  when  the  coffin  reaches  the  grave,  he  adds, 

1.  Shoulder    Arms!     2.  Rest  on    ArmsT 

The  rest  on  arms  is  done  b}^  placing  the  muzzle  on  the  left 
foot^  both  hands  on  the  butt,  the  head  on  the  hands  or  bowed, 
right  knee  bent. 

283, — After  the  funeral  service  is  performed,  and  the  coffin 
is  lowered  iuto^he  grave,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  Attention!    2.    Shoidder    Arms!     3'.    Load  at   toill.     4. 
Load  ! 

When  three  rounds  of  small  arms  will-  be  fired  by  tlie  escort, 
taking  care  to  ^elevate  the  pieces. 

284 --This  being  done,  the  commander  will  order, 

1.  By   company   (or  platoon)^  right  loheel.     2.   March!     o 
Colut/m,  forioari.     4.   Guide  left.     5.    Quick    March. 

The.  music  will  not  begin  to  play  until  the  escort  is  clear  of 
the  enclosure. 

285. — When  the  distance  to  the  place  of  interment  is  con- 
siderable, the  escort  may  march  in  common  time  and  in 
column  of  route,  after  leaving  the  camp  or  garrison,  and  till 
it  approaches  the  burial  ground. 


2'J  ♦ 

'\2bti. — ^Tlie  pall  bearers,  six  in  luiiaber,  will  be  selected  from 
the  grade  of  the  deceased,  or  from  the  grade  or  grades  next 
above  or  below  it.  ^       " 

287 — At  the  funeral  of  an  oilicer,  as  many  in  commission  oti 
the  army,  division,  brigade,  or  regiment,  according  to  the 
rank  of  the  deceased,  as  can  conveniently  be  spared  from  other 
duties,  will  join  in  procession,  in  uniform  and  with  side  arms. 
The  funeral  of  a  non-commissioned  otiicer  pr  private  will  be 
attended,  in  like  manner,  by  the  non-commissioned  officers  ov^ 
]>rivates  of  the  regiment  or  comj^any,  accoVding  to  tlie  rank  ot 
the  deceased,  with  side-arms  only. 

288.— -Persons  joining  in  the  procession  follow  the  coffin  in 
the  inverse  order  of  their  rank. 

289. — The  usual  badge  of  military  mourning  is  a  piece  of 
black  crape  around  the  left  arm,  above  the  elbow,  and  also 
upon  the  sword  hilt  ;  and  will  be  worn  when  in  full  or  In 
undress.  .  ^ 

290. — As  family  mourning,  crape  will  be  worn  by  officers 
(when  in  uniform)  only  around  the  left  arm. 

291. — Tlie  drums  of  a  funeral  escort  will  be  covert'd  with 
black  crape,  or  ihin  black  serge. 

29^. — Funeral  honors  will  be  .paid  to  deceased  officers  with- 
out military  rank  according  to  their  assimilated  grades. 


AETIGLE  XXX. 

INSPECTIONS   OF   THE   TROOPS. 

293.— The  inspection  of  troops,  as  a  division,  .regiment,or  oth- 
er body  composing  a  garrison  or  command,  not  less  than  a  com- 
pany, will  generally  be  preceded  by  a  review. 

204. — ^There  will  be  certain  periodical  inspections,  t,<)  wit  : 
1.  The  commanders  of  regiments  and  posts  will  make  an  in- 
spection of  their  commands  on  the  .last  day  of  every  month. 
'2.  Captains  will  inspect  their  companies  every  Sunday  morn- 
ng. — No  soldier  will  be  excused  from  Sunday  inspection 
'  xcept  the  guard,,  the  sick,  and  the  necessary  attendants  ^  in 
:he  hospital. 
V>.  Medical  officers  haying  charge  of  hospitals  will  also  make  a 

thorough  inspection  of  them  every  Sunday  morning. 
4.  Inspection  when  troops  are  mustered  for  payment. . 

295. — Besides  these  inspections,  frequent  visits  will  be  made 
by  the  commanding  officer,  company  and  medical  officei's, 


;:o 


dnring  the montli,  to  the  men's  quarters,  the  hospital  giuirxl- 
house,  <S?c. 

FORM    OF   IX3rE<JTI0N. 

296.— The  pi*esent  example  embraces  a  battalion  of  infantry. 
The  inspecting  officer  and  the  field  and  stalF  otHcei^  will  be  on 
foot. 

297. — ^The  battalion  being  in  the  order  of  battle,  the  Colonel 
will  cause  it  to  break  into  open  column  of  companies,  right  in 
front.  He  w^ill  next  order  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  w^hen  the 
color-rank  and  color-guard,  under  the  direction  of  the  Adju- 
tant, will  take  post  ten  paces  in  front,  and  the  band  ten  paces 
in  rear  of  the  column. 

298. — The  Colonel,  seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 
l.OJicersandSerg^ts,  to  the  fiwxt  of  your  companies.'^.  March. 
Tlie  officers  will  form  themselves  in  one  rank,  eight  paces,  an»l 
the  non-commissioned  officers  in  one  rank,  six  paces,  in  ad- 
vance, along  the  whole  tronts  of  their  respective  companies, 
froni  right  tnleft,  in  the  order  of  seniority  ;  the  pioneers  and 
music  of  each  company,  in 'one  rank,  two  paces  behind  th(> 
non-commissioned  officers. 

.  299.  —The  Colonel  will  next  command. 

Field  and  8ta-ff  to  the  front    March  ! 

llie  coniJMissioned  officers  thus  designated  will  form  thenj- 
selves  in*ne  rank,  on  a  line  equal  to  the  front  of  the  column, 
six  paces  in  front  of  the  colors^  from  right  to  left,  in  tHe  order 
of  .senioritj'- ;  and  the  non-commissioned  staff,  in  a  simil.-n- 
manner,  two  paces  in  rear  of  the  preceding  rank.  The  Colo- 
nel, seeing  the  movement  executed,  will  take  post  on  the- 
right  of  the  Lieutenant-Colonel,  and  wait  tlie  approach  of  th-' 
inspecting  officer.  But  such  ol  the  field  officers  as  may  ht' 
superior  in  rank  to  the  Inspector  will  not  take  post  in  ^  ivo\\i 
of  the  battalion.  .      • 

300. — The  Inspector  Avill  commence  in  front.  After  iii- 
specting  the  dress  and  general  appearance  of  the  field  anH 
■commissioned  staff  under  arms,  the  Inspector,  accompaniec: 
by  these  officers,  will  pass  down  the  open  column,  looking  \\\ 
every  rank  in  front  and  rear. 

301. — The  Colonel  will  now  command, 

1 .   Order  arms.     2.  Rest  1^ 
When  the  Inspector  will  pt^ceed  to  raakc  fi  r^ritito  inspectiou 


of  the  several  ranks  or  divisions,  in  succession,  commencing 
in  front. 

302. — As  the  inspector  a])})roaches  the  non-commissioned 
statf,  cOlor-rank,  the  color-^uard,  and  the  band,  the  Adjutant 
will  «2jive  the  necessary  orders  for  the  inspection  of  arms,  boxes, 
and  knapsacks.  The  colors  will  he  planted  firm  in  the  ground, 
to  enable  the  color-bearers  to  display  the  contents  of  their 
knapsacks.  The  non-commissioned  staff  may  be  dismissed  as 
soon  as  inspected  ;  but  the  color-rank  and  color  guard  will 
remain  until  the  colors  are  to  be  escorted  to  the  place  from 
which  they  were  taken. 

303. — As  the  Inspector  successively  approaches  the  compa- 
nies, the  Captains  will  command, 

1.     Attention.     2.   Company.     3  Inspection— •xiaih\ 

The  inspecting  officer  will  then  go  through  the  whole  com- 
pany, and  minutely  inspect  the  arms,  accoutrements,  and  dress 
of  each  soldier.  After  this  is  done,  the  Captain  will  com- 
mand, 

6(^6';i— Boxes. 

When  the  ammunition  and  the  boxes  will  be  examined. 
304. — The  Captain  will  then  command,     ^ 

1.  Shoulder— A.n'M^\  6.   Totherewi\  openm'der. 

2.  Clout  order.  7.  Makcii  ! 

3.  Makcii  I  8.  Front  r«n^ -About— Face  I 

4.  Order    Arms!  9.    Unsling    hiapsacks. 

5.  Stach    AiiMsI  10.  Open    Icnapsachs. 

305. — The  Sergeants  will  face  inward  at  the  2d  command, 
and  close  npon  the  centre  of  the  3d,  and  stack  their  arms  at 
the  5th  command;  at  the  6th  command  they  face  outward, 
and  resume  their  positions  at  the  7th.  AVhen  the  ranks  are 
closed,  preparatory  to  talce  arrns,  the  Sergeants  will  also  close 
upon  the  centre,  and  at  the  Avord,  take  their  arms  and  resume 
their  places. 

306. — ^The  knapsacks  will  be  placed  at  the  feet  .of  the  men 
"the  flaps  from  them,  with  the  great-coats  on  the  flaps,  and  the 
knapsacks  leaning  on  the  greatcoats.  In  tliis  position  the 
Inspector  will  examine  their  contents,  or  so  may  of  them  as 
he  may  think  necessary,  commencing  with  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  the  men  standing  at  attention. 

307. — When  the  Inspector  has  passed  through  the  company, 
the  Captain  will  command, 

Hcimck — Knajjsacls ; 

3j 


when  CMcli  soldier  will  r'epnck  and  buckle  up  his  knaiJsack^ 
leaving  it  on  the  ground,  the  number  upward,  turned  from 
him,  and  then  stand  at  rest. 

;308. — The  Captain  will  then  command, 

«         1.  Attention.     2.   Company.     3.  Sling — Knapsacks. 

At  the  word  di7ig,  each  soldier  will  take  his  knapsack,  holding 
it  by  the  inner  straps,  and  stand  erect;  at  the  last  W'ord  he 
will  replace  it  on  his  back.     The  Captain  will  continue, 

4.  J^ront  rank — About — Face  !  S.  SJioulder — Arms ! 

o.  Close  order.  "  9.  Officers  and   Sergeants^ 

(i,  March  I  to  your  posts. 

7.  TaJce — Arms!  10.  March! 

and  will  cause  the  company  to  file  off  to  their  tents  and  quar- 
ters, except  the  company  that  is  to  re-escort  the  colors,  which 
will  await  the  further  orders  of  the  Colonel. 

309. — In  an  extensive  column,  some  of  the  rearmost  com- 
panies may,  after  the  inspection  of  dress  and  general  appear- 
ance, be  permitted  to  stack  arms  until  ^usthefore  the  Inspector 
approaches  them,  whtm  they  will  be  directed  to  take  arms  and 
jcsume  their  position. 

310. — The  inspection  of  the  troops  being  ended,  the  field 
and  staff  will  next  accompany  the  Inspector  to  the  hospital, 
magazine,  arsenal,  quarters,  sutler's  shop,  guard-house,  and 
such  other  places  as  he  may  think  proper  to  inspect.  The 
Captains  and  subalterns  repair  to  their  companies  and  sections 
to  await  the  Inspector. 

311. — The  hospital  being  at  all  times  an  object  of  particular 
interest,  it  .will  be  critically  and  minutely  inspected. 

312. — The  men  will  be  formed  in  the  company  quarters  in 
front  of  their  respective  bunks,  and  on  the  entrance  of  the 
Inspector  the  word  Attention!  will  be  given  by  the  senior  non- 
commissioned officer  present,  when  the  whole  will  salute  with 
the  hand,  without  uncovering.  * 

313. — The  Inspector,  attended  by  the  company  officers,  will 
examine  the  general  arrangement  of  the  interior  of  the  quar- 
UiYS,  the  bunks,  bedding,  cooking,  and  table  utensils,  and  such 
other  objects  as  may  present  themselves  ;  and  afterw^ards  the 
exterior. 

314. — The  Adjutant  shall  exhibit  to  the  luspector  the  regi- 
mental books  and  papers,  iucluding  those  relating  to  the 
transactions  of  the  Council  of  Administration.    The  company 


books  and  papers  will  also  be  exhibited,  the  whole  together, 
generally  at  the  Adjutant's  office,  and  in  the  presence  of  the 
officers  not  otherwise  particularly  engaged. 

315. —  The  Inspector  will  examine  critically  the  books  and 
accounts  of  the  administrative  and  disbursing  officers  of  the 
command,  and  the  money  and  property  in  their  keeping. 

316. — The  inspection  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  conform 
to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  re- 
gard being  had  to  the  system  of  instruction  for  those  arms  of 
service  respectively. 

ARTICLE  XXXJ. 

MUSTERS. 

317. — The  musters  will  be  made  by  an  Inspector-General, 
if  present,  otherwise  by  an  officer  specially  designated  by  the 
Commander  of  the  Army,  Division,  or  Department ;  and  in 
absence  of  either  an  Inspector-General  or  officer  specially 
designated,  the  muster  will  be  made  by  the  commander  of  the 
post. 

318.— When  one  inspecting  officer  can  not  muster  all  the 
troops  himself  on  tlie  day  specified,  the  commanding  officer 
will  designate  such  other  competent  officers  as  may  be  neces- 
sary, to  Ssist  him. 

319. — All  stated  musters  of  the  troops  shall  be  preceded 
by  a  mimite  and  careful  inspection  in  the  prescribed  mode  ; 
and  if  the  command  be  more  than  a  company,,  by  a  review,  be- 
fore inspection. 

:}20. — The  mustering  officer  having  inspected  the  compa- 
nies in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right,  returns  to  the  first 
company  to  muster  it.  The  company  being  at  ordered  arms, 
witli  open  ranks,  as  wdien  inspected,  tlie  Captain  will,  as  the 
mustering  officer  approaches,  command, 

i.  Attention.     2.   Comjiany  !     3.   Shovldrr — Akms  ! 
4.  Support — Arms  ! 

The  mustering  ofiicer  will  then  call  over  the  names  on  the  roll, 
and  each  man,  as  his  name  is  called,  will  distinctly  answer. 
Here  !  and  bring  his  piece  to  a  carry  and  to  an  order. 

321. — After  each  company  is  mustered,  the  Captain  will 
order  it  to  be  marched  to  the  company  parade,  and  there 
dismissed  to  quarters  to  await  the  Inspector's  visit. 

Z22. — After  mustering  the  companies,  the  mustering  officer,. 


:]4 

atteDcled  by  the  company  commanders,  will  visit  tlie  guard 
hospital,  to  verify  the  presence  of  the  men  reported  there. 

328.— The  muster  and  payrolls  will  be  made  on  the  printed 
forms  furnished  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office,  and  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  given  on  them.  On  the  muster-rolls 
companies  are  desigjiated  by  the  name  of  the  captain,  whether 
present  or  absent.  The  pay-roll  is  left  blank,  to  be  filled  by 
the  Paymaster 

324. — One  copy  of  each  muster-roll  will  be  transmitted  by 
the  mustering  officer  to  the  Adjutant-Generars  office  in  tlie 
War  Department  within  three  days  after  the  muster. 

ARTICLE  XXXll. 

FORMS  OF  PARADE. 

325.  On  all  parades  of  ceremony,  such  as  Reviews,  Guard- 
mounting,  at  Troop  or  Retreat  parades,  instead  of  the  word 
*'/P6'.s-^"  which  allow^s  the  men  to  move  or  change  the  position 
of  their  bodies,  the  conmiand  will  be  "Pakade  Rest!"  At 
the  last  word  of  this  command,  the  soldier  w-ill  carry  the  right 
foot  six  inches  in  thcvvear  of  the  left  heel,  the  left  knee  slightly 
bent,  the  body  upright  upon  the  right  leg;  the  musket  rest- 
ing against  the  hollow  of  the  right.shoulder,  the  hands  crossed 
in  front,  the  backs  of  them  outward,  and  the  left  ha#d  upper- 
most. At  the  word  "Attention!"  the  soldier  wall  resume 
the  correct  position  at  order  arms.  In  the  positions  here 
indicated,  the  soldier  wdll  remain  silent  and  motionless;  and 
it  is  particularly  enjoined  upon  all  officers  to  cause  the  com- 
mands above  given,  on  the  part  of  the  soldier,  to  be  executed 
with  great  briskness  and  spirit. 

S2ij.  Officers  on  all  duties  under  anns  are  to  have  their 
swords  drawn,  without  waiting  for  any  words  of  command  for 
that  pui^^ose. 

1.  DRESS  PARADE. 

327.  There  shall  be  daily  one  dress  parade,  at  troop  or 
retreat,  as  the  commanding  officer  may  direct. 

328.  A  signal  will  be  beat  or  sounded  half  an  hour  before 
troop  or  'retreat,  for  the  music  to  assemble  on  the  regimental 
parade,  and  each  company  to  turn  out  under  arms  on  its  ow^i 
parade,  for  roll-call  and  inspectio   n  y  its  own  officers. 

329.  Ten  minutes  after  that  signal,  the  Adjutant's  call  will 
be  given,  when  the  Captains  w^ill  march  their  companies  (the 
band  playing)  to  the  regimental  parade,  where  they  take  their 


positions  in  the  order  of  battle.  Wlien  the  line  is  fornjejil,  the 
Captain  of  the  first  company,  on  notice  from  the  Adjutant, 
steps  one  pace  to  the  front,  and  gives  to  his  company  the  com- 
mand, "  (9/'6?^r  Arms!  Parade  Rkst  !"  which  is  iepea<-ed 
by  each  Captain  in  succession  to  the  left.  The  Adjutant  takes 
post  two  paces  on  the  right  of  the  line  ;  the  Sergeant-major 
two  paces  on  the  left.  The  music  will  be  formed  in  two  ranks 
on  the  right  of  the  Adjutant.  The  seni(;r  officer  present  will 
take  the  command  of  the  parade,  and  wttl  take  post  at  a 
suitable  distance  in  front,  opposite  the  centre,  facing  the  line. 

330.  When  the  companies  have  ordered  arms,  the  Adju- 
tant will  order  the  music  to  beat  off^  when  it  will  commence 
on  the  right,  beat  in  front  of  the  line  to  the  left,  and  back  to 
its  place  on  the  right. 

381:  AVhen  the  music  has  ceased,  the  Adjutant  will  step 
two  paces  to  the  front,  face  to  the  lett,  and  command, 

1.  Attention/    2.  Battalion.     3.  SJioulder    Arms!    -i.  Pre- 
pare to  open  ranks  !    5.  To  the  rear,  open  order  !    6.  March. 

At  the  sixth  command,  the  ranks  will  bo  opened  according  to 
the  system  laid  down  in  the  Infantry  Tactics,  the  commist^ioned 
officei'S  marching  to  the  front,  the  company  officers  four  paces, 
field  officers  six  paces,  opposite  to  their  positions  in  the  order 
of  battle,  where  they  will  halt  and  dress.  Tlie  Adjutant, 
seeing  the  ranks  aligned,  will  command, 

Front! 

and  march  along  the  front  to  the  centre,  face  to  the  riglit,  and 
pass  the  line  of  company  officers  eight  or  ten  paces,  where  he 
will  come  to  the  right  about,  and  command. 

Present     Ar:^is  ! 

when  arms  will  be  presented,  officers  saluting. 

332.  Seeing  this  executed,  he  will  face  about  to  the  coni- 
manding  officer,  salute,  and  report,  ''aSV>,  the  parade  is 
formed.''^  The  Adjutant  will  then,  on  intimation  to  that  eft'ect, 
take  liis  station  tliree  paces  on  the  left  of  the  commanding 
officer,  one  pace  retired,  passing  round  his  rear. 

333.  The  commanding  officer  having  acknowledged  the 
salute  of  the  line  by  touching  his  hat,  will,  after  the  Adjutant 
has  taken  his  post,  draw  his  sword,  and  command, 

1.  Battalion.     2.  Shoulder     AR>rs! 


;u; 


and  add  sucli  exercises  as  he  may  think  proper,  concluding 
with 

Order    Arms  ! 

then  retnrn  his  sword,  and  direct  the  Adjutant  to  receive  the 
reports. 

334:.  Tiie  Adjutant  will  now  pass  round  the  right  ot  the 
commanding  ofticer,  advance  upon  the  line,  halt  midway  be- 
tween him  and  the  line  of  company  officers,  and  command, 

1.  First  Sergeants^  to  the  front  and  centre,     2.  Makoh. 

At  tlie  tirst  command,  they  will  shoulder  arms  as  Sergeants, 
march  two  paces  to  the  front,  and  face  inward.  At  the  second 
command,  they  will  march  to  the  centre,  and  halt.  The  Adju- 
tant will  then  order. 

1.   Front — FjCE.     '2.  Report. 
At  the  last  word,  each  in  succession,  beginning  on  the  right, 
will  salute  by  bringing  the  left  hand  smartly  across  the  breast 
to  the  right  shoulder,  and  report  the  result  of  the  roll-call 
previously  made  on  the  company  parade.  • 

335.     The  Adjutant  again  commands, 

I.  First  Sergeants,  outward — Fack!  2.  To  your  posts — Makcii! 

whjen  they  will  resume  their  places,  and  order  arms.  The 
Adjutant  will  now  face  to  tlie  commanding  officer,  salute, 
report  absent  officers,  and  give  the  n?sult  of  tlie  First  Ser- 
geants' reports.  The  commanding  officer  will  next  direct  the 
orders  to  be  read,  wlieii  the  Adjutant  will  \\\m  about,  and 
announce, 

Attention  to  Orders. 
He  will  then  I'ead  the  orders. 

836.  The  orders  having  been  read,  the  Adjutant  will  face 
to  the  commanding  officer,  salute,  and  rejiort ;  when,  on  an 
inthnation  from  the  commander,  he  will  face  again  to  the 
line,  and  announce. 

Parade  is  dismissed. 

All  the  officers  will  now  return  their  swords,  face  inward  and 
close  on  the  Adjutant,  he  having  taken  position  in  their  line, 
the  field  officers  on  the  flanks.     The  Adjutant  commands, 

1.  Front— Face  [     2.  Forward — March! 
when   they   will   nuirch  forward,  dressing  on  the  centre,  the 
music  playing  ;  and  when  within  six  paces  of  the  commander, 
the  Adjutant  will  give  the  word. 

Halt! 


The  officers  will  then  y;ilute  the  oomiiuiii(Uno-  officer  hy  rai-sirii^ 
tlie  liand  to  the  cap,  and  there  remain  until  he  shall  have  com- 
municated to  thein  such  instructions  as  he  may  have  to  give,  or 
intimates  that  the  ceremony  is  linislied.  As  the  officers  dis- 
perse, the  First  Sergeants  will  close  the  ranks  of  their  respec- 
tive companies,  and  march  tliem  to  the  company  parades, 
wliere  they  will  be  dismissed,  the  hand  continuing  to  play  un- 
til the  companies  clear  the  regimental  j)arade. 

337.— All  field  and  company  officers  ami  men  will  be  pre - 
^Qut  at  dress  jytf^ades,  \m\ess  especially  excused,  or  on  some 
duty  incompatable  with  such  attendance. 

338. — A  dress  parade  once  a  day  will  not  be  dispensed  with, 
except  on  extraordinary  and  urgent  occasions. 

II.       REVII^W    OK    A    BATTAI.IOX    OF    IXFAN  riiV. 

339. — Preparatory  to  a  review,  the  Adjutant  will  cause  a 
camp-color  to  be  placed  80  or  100  ])aces,  or  more,  according 
t(v  the  length  of  the  line,  in  front  of,  and  opposite  to,  where 
the  centre  of  the  battalion  will  rest,  where  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer is  supposed  to  take  his  station  ;  and,  although  he  may 
choose  to  quit  that  position,  still  the  color  is  to  be  considered 
as  the  point  to  which  all  the  movements  and  formations  are 
relative. 

340. — The  Adjutant  will  also  cause  points  to  be  iparked,  at 
suitable  distances,  for  the  wlieelings  of  the  divisions  ;  so  that 
their  right  flanks,  in  marcliingpast,  shall  only  be  about  four 
j)aces  from  the  camp-color,  where  it  is  supposed  the  reviewing 
officer  ])laces  himself  to  receive  the  salute. 

341. — The  battalion  being  formed  in  the  order  of  battle,  at 
shouldered  arms',  the  colonel  will  command. 

1.  Battalioin^ 2n'e2X(re  for  review  !  2.  To  the  rear^  open  ord,:r. 

3.  March  ! 

At  the  word  Makch,  ihe field  and  staft' officers  dismount  ;  tiie 
company  officers  and  the  color-rank  advance  four  paces  in  front 
of  the  front  rank,  and  ])lace  themselves  opposite  to  tiieir  respec- 
tive places  in  the  order  of  battle.  The  color-guard  replace  the 
color-rank.  The  staff  officers  place  themselves,  according  tj 
rank,  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  rank  of  company  officers, 
and  one  pace  from  eaf*h  other  ;  the  music  takes  post^as  at  pa- 
rade. The  non-commissioned  stafx  take  ])ost  (»ne  pace  i\'y*\u 
each  other,  and  three  paces  on  tlie  right  of  ihe  front  rank  of 
the  battalion. 


3S 

34:2. — When  the  ranks  are  aligned,  the  colonel  will  com- 
mand, 

Front ! 
and  place  himself  eight  paces,  and  the  Lieutenant-Colonel  and 
Major  \fill  place  themselves  two  paces,  in  front  of  the  rank  of 
company  officers,  and  opposite  to  tlieir  respective  places  in  the 
order  of  battle,  all  facing  to  tlie  front. 

343. — When  the  reviewing  officer  presents  himself  before 
the  centre,  and  is  fifty  or  sixty  paces  distant,  the  Colonel  will 
face  abont,  and  conmiand. 

Present — Arms  !  . 

and  resume  his  front.  The  men  present  arms,  and  the  officers 
salute,  so  as  to  drop  their  swords  with  the  last  motion  of  the 
firelock.  The  non-commissioned  stafi"  salute  by  bringing  the 
sword  to  ajt>6>?'.9^,  tne  hilt  resting  on  the  breast,  the  blade  iu 
front  of  the  face,  inclining  a  little  outward.  The  music  will 
play,  and  all  the  drums  beat,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  re- 
viewing officer.  The  colors  only  salute  such  persons  as,  from 
their  rank^  and  by  regulation,  (See  Article  XXIX,)  are  entitled 
to  that  honor.  '  If  the  reviewing  officer  be  junior  in  rank  to 
the  commandant  of  the  parade,  no  compliment  will  be  paid 
to  him,  but  he  will  be  received  wdth  arms  carried,  and  the 
ufficers  will  not  salute  as  tiie  column  passes  in  review. 

314. — The  reviewing  officer  having  halted,  aiid  acknowledg- 
ed the  salute  of  the  line  by  touching  or  raising  his  cap  or  hat, 
the  Colonel  will  face  about  and  command, 

Shoulder — Arms  ! 

when  the  men  shoulder  thtir  pieces  ;  the  officers  and  non- 
commissioned staft*  recover  their  swords  with  the  last  motion, 
and  the  Colonel  faces  to  the  front. 

345. — The  reviewing  officer  will  then  go  toward  the  right, 
the  whole  remaining  perfectly  steady,  witiiout  paying  any  fur- 
ther complin:ient,  while  he  passes  along  the  front  of  the  bat- 
talion, and  proceeds  round  the  left  flank,  and  aloiig  the  rear  of 
the  file-closers,  to  the  right.  While  the  reviewing  ofticer  is 
going  round  the  battalion,  the  band  will  play,  and  will  cease 
when  he  has  returned  to  the  right  fiank  of  the  troops. 

346. — When  the  reviewing  officer  turns  off,  to  place  him- 
self by  the  camp- color  in  front,  the  Colonel  will  face  to  the 
line  and  command, 

1.  Clo'^e  Order.  2.  March! 

At  the  first  command,  the  field  and  company  officers   will 


I'ace  to  the  riglit-iibout,  and  at  the  second  conimand  all  persons?, 
except  the  Colonel,  will  resume  their  places'  in  the  order  of 
battle  ;  the  field  and  staff  officers  mount. 

347. — ^The  reviewing  officer  having  taken  his  position  near 
the  camp-color,  the  Colonel  will  command, 

1.  By  company^  right  wheel,     2.    Quiclc — March  !    3.   Pass 

in  review.   4.  Column^  forward.  5.  Guide  right.  6.  March  ! 

The  battalion,  in  column  of  companies,  right  in  front,  will  then, 
in  common  time,  and  at  shouldered  arras^  be  put  in  motion  ; 
the  Colonel  four  paces  in  front  of  the  Captain  of  the  leading 
company  ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel  on  a  line  with  the  leading 
company  ;  the  Major  on  a  line  with  the  rear  company  ;  the 
Adjutant  on  a  line  with  tlie  second  Company  ;  the  Sergeant- 
Major  on  a  line  with  the  company  next  preceding  the  rear — 
each  six  paces  from  the  flank  (left)  opposite  to  the  reviewing 
officer  ;  the  staff  officers  in  one  rank,  according  the  order  of 
precedency,  from  the  right,  four  paces  in  rear  of  the  column  ; 
the  music,  preceded  by  tlie  principal  musician,  six  paces  before 
the  Colonel  ;  the  pioneers,  preceded  by  a  Corporal,  four  paces 
before  the  principal  musician;  and  the  Quartermaster-Sergeant 
two  paces  from  the  side  opposite  to  the  guides,  and  in  line 
wnth  the  pioneers. 

348. — All  other  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  will 
march  past  in  the  i)laces  prescribed  for  them  in  the  march  of 
an  open  column.  The  guides  and  soldiers  will  keep  their  heads 
steady  to  the  front  in  passing  in  rev  iew\ 

349. — The  color-bearer  will  remain  in  the  ranks  while  pass- 
ing and  saluting. 

350. — The  music  will  begin  to  play  at  the  command  to 
march,  and  after  passing  the  reviewing  officer,  wheel  to  the 
left  out  of  the  column,  and  take  a  position  opposite  and  facing 
him,  and  will  continue  to  play  until  the  rear  of  the  column 
shall  have  passed  him,  when  it  will  ceascj  ajid  follow  in  the 
rear  ofthe  battalion,  unless  the  battalion  is  to  pass  in  quich 
tt'fne^\9>0y  in. which  case  it  will  keep  its  position. 

3.51. — The  officers  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer  when  thet 
arrive  within  six  paces  of  him,  and  recover  their  swords  when 
six  paces  past  him.  All  officers,  in  saluting,  will  cast  their 
eyes  toward  the  reviewing  officer. 

352. — The  Colonel,  when  he  has  saluted  at  the  head  of  the 
battalion,  will  place  himself  near  the  revie  wiiig  officer,  and  will 
remam  there  until  the  rear  has  passed,  when  he  will  rejoin 
the  battalion. 


40 

353.  The  Colors  will  salute  the  reviewing  officer,  if  enti- 
tied  to  it,  when  with  in  six  paces  of  him,  and  be  raised  when  they 
have  passed  by  him  an  equal  distance.  The  drums  will  beat 
a  march,  or  ruffie,  according  to  the  rank  of  the  reviewing  offi- 
cer, at  the  same  time  that  the  colors  salute. 

354:.--AVhen  the  column  has  passed  thereviewingofficer,  the 
Colonel  will  direct  it  to  the  ground  it  marched  from  and  com- 
mand, 

(luide    left, 

in  time  for  the  guides  to  cover.  The  column  having  arrived 
:on  its  ground,  the  Colonel  will  command. 

1.   Column.     2.  Halt  ! 

form  it  in  order  of  battle,  and  cause  the  ranks  to  be  opened,  as 
in  paragraph  341.  The  review  will  terminate  by  the  whole 
saluting  as  at  the  beginning. 

355. — If,  however,  instructions  have,  been  previously  given 
to  march  the  troops  past  in  qiiich  time  also,  the  Colonel  will, 
instead  of  changing  the  guides,  halting  the  column,  and  wheel- 
ing it  into  line,  as  above  directed,  give  the  command, 

1.   Qairlc  time.     2.  March. 

In  passing  the  reviewing  officer  again,  no  salute  will  l)e  offer- 
ed by  either  officers  or  men.  The  music  will  have  kept  its 
position  opposite  the  reviewing  officer,  and  at  tlie  last  com- 
mand will  commence  playing,  and  as  the  column  approaches, 
will  place  itself  in  front  oi,  and  march  off  with  the  column,  and 
continue  to  play  until  the  battalion  is  halted  on  its  original 
ground  of  formation.  The  Eeview  will  terminate  in  the  same 
mauFier  as  prescribed  above. 

356. — The  Colonel  will  afterwards  cause  the  troops  to  per- 
form such  exercises  and  manonivres  as  the  reviewing  officer 
may  direct. 

357. — When  two  or  more  battalions  are  to  be  reviewed, 
they  will  be  formed  in  parade  order,  with  the  proper  intervals, 
ffnd  will  also  perform  the  sanae  movements  1  hat  are  laid  down 
for  a  single  battalion,  observing  the  additional  directions  that 
are  given  for  such  movements  when  applied  to  the  line.  The 
Brigadier-General  and  his  staff,  on  foot,  will  place  themselves 
opposite  the  centre  of  the  brigade  ;  the  Brigadier-General  two 
paces  in  front  of  the  rank  of  Colonels,  his  aid  two  paces  ow  his 
right,  and  one  retired  ;  and  the  other  brigade  staff  officers, 
Jthosehavinii'  the  rank  <>f  field  officers,  in  the  rank  of  Lieutenant- 


41 

Oolonels  and  Majors  ;  and  those  below  that  rank,  in  the  rank 
of  company  officers. 

3-58. — In  passing  in  review,  a  Major-General  will  be  four 
paces  in  front  of  the  (Jolonel  of  the  leading  battalion  of  bis 
division  ;  and  the  Brigadier-General  will  be  on  the  right  of  the 
Colonels  of  the  leading  battalions  of  their  brigades ;  staff  otH- 
('(^'s  on  the  left  of  their  Generals. 

3-)9. — When  the  line  exceeds  two  battalions,  the  reviewing' 
officer  may  cause  them  to  march  past  in  quick,  tune  only.     In 
such  cases  the  mounted  officers  only  will  salute. 

360. — A  number  of  companies  less  than  a  battalion  will  be 
reviewed  as  a  battalion,  and  a  single  company  as  if  it  were 
with  the  batalliou.  In  the  latter  case,  the  company  may 
pass  in  column  or  platoons. 

3()1. — If  several  brigades  are  to  be  reviewed  together,  or  in 
one  line,  this  further  difference  will  be  observed  :  the  review- 
ing personage,  joined  by  the  General  of  the  division,  on  the 
1  ight  of  his  division,  will  proceed  down  the  line,  parallel  to 
its  front,  and  when  near  the  Brigadier-Generals  respectively, 
will  be  saluted  by  their  brigades  in  succession.  Tlie  music 
of  each,  after  the  prescribed  salute,  will  play  while  the  review- 
ing personage  is  in  front,  or  in  rear  of  it,  and  only  theii. 

30:2.— In  nuirching  in  review,  with  several  battalions  in 
common  time,  the  music  of  each  succeeding  battalion  will 
commences  to  play  when  the  music"  of  the  preceding  one  has 
ceased,  in  or<der  to  follow  its  battalion.  When  marching  in 
(juick  time,  the  nujsic  will  begin  to  play  when  the  rear  com- 
pany of  tlu'  jrreceeding  battalion  has  passed  the  reviewing 
officer. 

303. — The  reviewing  officer  or  personage  will  acknowledge 
the  salute  by  raising,  or  taking  off  his  cap  or  hat,  when  the 
conmiander  of  the  troops  salutes  him  ;  and  also  when  the 
colors  pass.  The  remainder  of  the  time  occupied  by  the  pas- 
sage of  the  troops,  he  will  be  covered. 

364. — The  review  of  cavalry  and  artillery  will  be  conducted 
on  similar  principles,  and  according  to  the  systems  of  instruc- 
tion for  those  arms  of  the  service. 

HI.       CUAKD-MUI'XTING. 

365. — Camp  and  garrison  guards  will  be  relieved  e\ery 
twenty-four  hoin\s.  The  guards  at  outposts  will  ordinarily  be 
relieved  in  the  same  manner;  but  this  must  depend  on  their 


12 

distances  from  camp,  or  other  circumstances,  which  may 
sometimes  require  their  continuing  on  duty  several  days.  In 
such  cases  they  must  be  previously  warned  to  provide  them- 
selves accordingly. 

•366. — At  the  first  call  for  guard-mounting,  the  men  warned 
for  duty  turn  out  on  their  company  parades  for  inspection  by 
^the  Fn'st  Sergeants;  and  at  the  second  call,  repair  to  the  regi- 
mental or  garrison  parade,  conducted  by  the  first  Sergeants. 
Each  detatchment,  as  it  arrives,  will,  under  the  direction  of 
the  Adjutant,  take  post  on  the  left  of  the  one  that  preceded 
it,  in  open  order,  arms  shouldered,  and  bayonets  fixed;  the 
supernumeraries  five  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  men  of  their 
respective  companies  ;  the  First  Sergeants  in  the  rear  of  them. 
The  Sergeant-Major  will  dress  the  ranks,  count  the  files,  verify 
the  details,  and  when  the  guard  is  formed,  report  to  the  Adju- 
tant, and  take  post  tw^o  paces  on  the  left  ot  the  front  rank. 

•B67 — The  Adjutant  then  commands  jPro??^  when  the  officer 
of  the  guard  takes  post  twelve  paces  in  front  of  the  centre, 
the  Sergeants  in  one  rank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  offi- 
cers; and  the  Corporals  in  one  j-ank,  four  paces  in  the  rear  of 
the  Sergeants — all  facing  to  the  front.  The  Adjutant  then 
assigns  their  places  in  the  guard. 

868. — The  Adjutant  will  then  command, 

1.   Officer,  and  no7i-commissioned  officers.     2.  About-^— Face  ! 
3.   Inspect  your  gnards — March  ! 

The  non-commissioned  officers  then  take  their  posts.  The 
commander  of  the  guard  then  commands, 

1 .   Order — Arms  !     9.  Inspection — Arms. 

and  inspects  his  guard.  When  there  is  no  commissioned  offi- 
cer on  the  guard,  fhe  Adjutant  will  inspect  it.  During  in- 
spection, the  band  w^ill  play. 

369. — The  inspection  ended,  the  officer  of  tlie  guard  takes 
post  as  though  the  guard  were  a  company  of  a  battalion,  in 
open  order,  under  review;  at  the  same  time,  also,  the  officers 
of  the  day  will  take  post  in  front  of  the  centre  of  the  guard  ; 
the  old  officers  of  the  day  three  paces  on  the  right  of  the  new 
officer  of  the  day,  one  pace  retired. 

o70. — The  Adjutant  will  now  command, 

1.  Parade — Rest  !     2.    Troop — Beat  off! 
when  the  music,  beginning  on  the  right,  will  beat  down  the 


4.': 

line  in  front  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  to  the  left,  and  back 
to  its  place  on  the  right,  where  it  will  cease  to  play. 

371. — The  Adjutant  then  commands, 
I.  Attention!     2,  Shoulder — Arms!     3.  Close  order — March! 
At  the   word   '*  close  order,"  the  officer  will  face  about ;  at 
•Muarch,"  resume  his  post  in  lim\     The  Adjutant  tht^i  ronj- 
mands. 

Present — Arms  ! 

At  which  he  will  face  to  the  new  officer  of  the  day,  salute,  and 
leport,  "  Sir,  the  guard  isjormedy  The  new  officer  of  the  day, 
after  acknowledging  the  salute,  will  diiect  the  Adjutant  to 
inarch  the  guaixl  in  review,  or  by  flank  to  its  post.  But  if  the 
Adjutant  be  senior  to  the  officer  of  the  day,  he  will  repoi-t 
without  saluting  with  the  sw^ord  then,  or  when  marching  the 
guard  in  review. 

372. — In  review,  the  guard  march  past  the  officer  of  tlie 
(lay,  according  to  the  order  of  review,  conducted  by  the  Adju- 
I  ant,  marching  on  the  left  of  the  first  division  ;  the  Sergeant- 
^Tajor  on  the  left  of  the  last  division. 

373. — When  the  colunm  has  passed  the  officer  of  the  day, 
the  officer  of  the  guard  marches  it  to  its  post,  the  Adjutant 
and  8ergeant-Major  retiring.  The  music  which  has  wheeled 
out  of  the  column,  and  taken  post  opposite  the  officer  of  the 
day,  will  cease,  and  the  old  officer  of  the  day  salute,  and  give 
the  old  or  standing  orders  to  the  new  ofllcer  of  the  day.  The 
supernumeraries,  at  the  same  time,  will  be  marched  by  the 
First  Sergeants  to  their  respective  company  parades,  and 
dismissed. 

374. — In  bad  weatlier,  or  at  night,  oi"  after  fatiguing  marches, 
the  ceremony  of  turning  off  may  be  dispensed  with,  but  not 
the  inspection. 

37-3. — Grand  guards,  and  other  brigade  guards,  are  organized 
;iiid  mounted  on  the  brigade  parade  by  the  staff  officer  of  the 
parade,  under  the  direction  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
biigade,  according  to  the  principles  here  prescribed  for  the 
police  guard  of  a  regiment.  The  detail  of  each  regiment  is 
assembled  on  the  regimental  parade,  verified  by  the  Adjutant, 
and  marched  to  the  brigade  parade  by  the  senior  officer  of  the 
detail.  After  inspection  and  review,  the  officer  of  tlie  day 
directs  the  several  guards  to  their  respective  posts. 

37G. — The  officer  of  the  old  guard  having  his  guard  paraded, 
on  the  approach  of  the  new  guard,  commands, 
Prcsnit — Arms! 


4.1 

r377. — Tlie  new  guard  will  inarch,  in  quick  lime,  past  the 
old  guard,  at  shouldered  arms,  officers  saluting,  and  take  post 
four  paces  on  its  right,  w^here,  being  aligned  with  it,  its  coin- 
inander  will  order. 

Present — Arm.S. 
The  two  officers  will  then   approach  each  other,  and  salute. 
They  will   then  return  to  their  respective  guards,  and  com- 
mand, 

1.  Shoulder — Arms!     2.  Ordei- — Arms! 

378. — The  officer  of  the  new  guard  will  now  direct  the 
detail  for  the  advanced  giuird  to  be  formed  and  marched  to  its 
post,  the  list  of  the  guard  made  and  divided  into  three  reliefs, 
experienced  soldiers  placed  over  the  arms  of  the  guard  and  at 
the  remote  and  responsible  posts,  and  the  young  soldiers  in 
posts  near  the  guard  for  instruction  in  their  duties,  and  wnll 
himself  proceed  to  take  possession  of  the  guard-house  or 
gu9,rd-tent,  and  the  articles  find  prisoners  in  charge  of  the 
guard. 

379. — During  the  time  of  relieving  the  sentinels  and  of  call- 
ing in  the  small  posts,  the  old  conunander  will  give  to  the  new^ 
all  the  inforaiation  and  instructions  relating  to  his  post. 

380. — The  first  relief  having  been  designated  and  ordered 
two  paces  to  the  front,  the  Corpoi'al  of  the  new  guard  w^ill 
take  charge  of  it,  and  go  to  relieve  the  sentinels,  accompanied 
by  the  corporal  of  the  old  guard,  who  will  take  command  ol" 
the  old  sentinels,  when  the  wdiole  are  relieved. 

381. — If  the  sentinels  are  numerous,  the  Sergeants  are  to  be 
(miployed,  as  well  as  the  Corporals,  in  relieving  them. 

382. — The  relief,  with  arms  at  a  support,  in  two  ranks,  will 
march  by  flank,  conducted  by  the  Corporal  on  the*side  of  the 
leading  front-rank  man  ;  and  the  men  will  be  numbered  alter- 
nately in  the  front  and  rear  rank,  the  njan  on  the  right  of  the 
front  rank  being  No  1.  Should  an  officer  approach,  the  Coi- 
poral  will  command  carry  arms,  and  resume  the  support  arms 
when  the  otKcer  is  passed. 

383. — The  sentinels  at  the  guard-house  or  guard-tent  will 
be  the  first  relieved  and  left  behind ;  the  others  are  relieved  in 
succession. 

384. — When  a  sentinel  sees  the  relief  approaching,  he  will 
halt  and  face  to  it,  with  liis  arms  at  a  shoulder.  At  six  paces, 
the  Corporal  will  command, 

1.  Relhi.     '2.  Halt. 


•l.> 


when  the  relief  will  halt  and  cany  anus.  The  (.'orj)oral  wilF 
then  add,  "  No.  1,"  or  "  No.  2*,"  or  ''  No.  3/'  according  to  the 
number  of  the  post, 


The  two  sentinels  will,  with  arms  a.t'port,  then  approach  each 
other,  when  the  old  sentinel,  under  the  correction  of  the  Cor- 
poral,  will  whisper  the  instructions  to  the  new  sentinel.  This 
done,  the  two  sentinels  will  shoulder  arms,  and  the  old  senti- 
nel will  pass,  in  quick  time,  to  his  place  in  rear  of  the  relief. 
The  Corporal  will  then  command, 

1.  Sup2?ort — Arms  !     2.  Fonoard,     3.  March  ! 

and  the  relief  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  until  the  whole 
are  relieved. 

3S5. — The  detachments  and  sentinels  from  the  old  guard 
having  come  in,  it  will  be  marched,  at  shouldered  arms^  alone 
the  front  of  the  new  guard,  in  -  quick  time,  the  new  guard 
standing  mi  prese7ited  arms  ;  officers  saluting,  and  tlie  music  of 
both  guards  beating,  except  at  the  outposts. 

386. — On  arriving  at  the  regimental  or  garrison  parade,  the 
commander  of  the  old  guard  will  send  the  detachments  com- 
posing it,  under  charge  of  the  non-commissioned  officers,  to 
their  respective  regiments.  Before  the  men  are  dismissed, 
their  pieces  will  be  drawn  or  discharged  at  a  target.  On  re- 
joining their  companions,  the  chiefs  of  squads  wdll  examine 
the  arms,  &c.,  of  their  men,  and  cause  the  whole  to  the  put 
away  in  good  order. 

387. — When  the  old  guard  has  marched  off  fifty  paces,  the 
otiicer  of  the  new  guard  will  order  his  men  to  stack  their  arms, 
or  place  them  in  the  arm-racks. 

388. — ^The  commander  of  the  guard,  will   then   make  him- 

^self  ivpquainted  with  all  the  instructions  for  his  post,  visit   the 

sentinels,  and  question  them  and  the  non-commissioned  officei-s 

relative  to  the  instructions  they  may  have  received  from  other 

])ersons  of  the  old  guard. 

vVETICLE  XXXIII. 


GUARDS. 


389. — Sentinels  will  be  relieved  every  two  hours,  unless  the 
state  of  the  weather,  or  other  causes,  should  make  it  neces- 
sary or  proper  that  it  be  done  at  shorter  or  longer  intervals. 

390. — Each  relief,    before    mounting,  is  inspected  by  the 


46 

commander  of. the  guard  or  of  its  ])ost.     The   Corporal  reports 
to  him,  and  presents  the  old  relief  on  its  return. 

391. — The  coiintersign,  or  watcliword,  is  giv^en  to  sucli  per- 
sons as  are  entitled  to  pass  during  the  night,  and  to  officers, 
non-commissioned  officers,  and  sentinels  of  the  guard.  Inte- 
rior guards  receiv^e  the  countersign  only  when  ordered  by  the 
commander  of  the  troops. 

392. — The^«?'<9Z6  is  imparted  to  such  officers  only  as  have  a 
right  to  visit  the  guards,  and  to  make  the  grand  rounds  ;  and 
to  officers  commanding  guards. 

393. — As  soon  as  the  new  guard  has  been  marched  off,  the 
officer  of  the  day  will  repair  to  the  office  of  the  commanding- 
officer  and  report  for  orders. 

394. — Tlie  officer  of  the  day  must  see  that  the  officer  of  the 
guard  is  furnished  with  the  parol  and  countersign  before  re- 
treat. 

395. — The  officer  of  the  day  visits  the  guards  during  the  day 
at  such  times  as  he  ma^^  deem  necessary,  and  makes  his  rounds 
at  night  at  least  once  after  12  o'clock. 

396. — Upon  being  relieved,  the  officer  of  the  day  will  make 
such  remarks  in  the  report  of  the  officer  of  the  guard  as  cir- 
cumstances require,  and  present  the  same  at  head  quarters. 

397. — Commanders  of  guards  leaving  their  posts  to  visit 
their  sentinels,  or  on  other  duty,  are  to  mention  their  inten- 
tion, and  the  probable  time  of  their  absence,  to  the  next  in 
command. 

898. — The  officers  are  to  remain  constantly  at  their  guards, 
except  while  visiting  their  sentinels,  or  necessarily  engaged 
elsewhere  on  their  proper  duty. 

399. — I:s"either  officers  nor  soldiers  are  to  take  off  their  clo- 
thing or  accoutrements  while  they  are  on  guard. 

400. — The  officer  of  the  guard  must  see  that  the  counter- 
sign is  duly  communicated  to  the  sentinel-3  a  ttle  before 
twilight. 

401. — When  a  fire  breaks  out,  or  any  alarm  is  raised  in  a 
garrison,  all  guards  are  to  be  immediately  under  arms. 

402. — Inexperienced  officers  are  put  on  guard  as  supernu- 
meraries, for  the  purpose  of  instruction. 

403. — Sentinels  will  not  take  orders  or  allow^  themselves  to 
be  reheved,  except  by  an  officer  or  non-commissioned  officer 
of  their  guard  or  party,  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  thtconnnand- 


47 

ing  officer;  in  which  case  the  orders  will  be  immediately 
notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard  by  the  officer  giving 
them. 

404. — Sentinels  will  report  every  breach  of  orders  or  regu- 
lations they  are  instructed  to  enforce. 

405. — Sentinels  must  keep  themselves  on  the  alert,  observ- 
ing every  thing  that  takes  place  within  sight  and  hearing  of 
their  post.  They  will  carry  their  arms  habitually  at  support, 
or  on  either  shoulder,  but  will  never  quit  them.  In  wet 
weather,  if  there  be  no  sentry-box,  they  vv^ill  secure  arms. 

406.— Ko  sentinel  shall  quit  his  post  or  hold  conversation 
not  necessary  to  the  proper  discharge  of  his  duty. 

407. — All  persons,  of  whatever  rank  in  the  service,  are  re- 
(juired  to  observe  respect  toward  sentinels. 

408. — In  case  of  disorder,  a  sentinel  must  call  otit  the  guard; 
and  if  a  lire  take  place,  he  must  cry — "  i^^Ve /"  adding  the 
number  of  his  post.  If  in  either  case  the  danger  be  great,  he 
must  discharge  his  firelock  before  calling  out. 

409. — It  is  the  duty  of  a  sentinel  to  repeat  all  calls  made 
from  posts  more  distant  from  the  main  body  of  the  guard  than 
his  own,  and  no  sentinel  will  be  posted  so  distant  as  not  to  be 
heard  by  the  guard,  either  directly  or  through  other  sentinels. 

410. — Sentinels  will  present  arms  to  general  and  field  offi- 
cers, to  the  officer  of  the  day,  and  to  the  commanding  officer 
of  the  post.     To  all  other  otlicei's  they  will  carry  arms. 

411. — When  a  sentinel  in  his  sentry-box  sees  an  officer  ap- 
proaching, he  will  stand  at  attention^  and  as  the  officer  passes 
will  salute  him,  by  bringing  the  left  hand  briskly  to  the 
nmsket,  as  high  as  the  right  shoulder. 

412. — The  sentinel  at  any  post  of  tlie  guard,  when  he  sees 
any  body  of  troops,  or  an  officer  entitled  to  compliment,  ap- 
proach, must  call  "  Turn  out  the  guard  .'"  and  announce  who 
approaches. 

413. — Guards  do  not  turn  out  as  a  matter  of  compliment 
after  sunsq];;  but  sentinels  will,  when  officers  in  uniform  a]*- 
proach,  pay  them  proper  attention,  by  facing  to  the  proper 
front,  and  standing  steady  at  shouldered  arms.  This  will  be 
observed  until  the  evening  is  so  far  advenced  that  the  senti- 
nels begin  challenging. 

114. — After  retreat  (or  the  hour  appointed  by  the  com- 
manding o  cer),  until  broad  daylight,  a  sentinel  challenge, 
evory  person  who  approaches  him,  taking,  at  the  vaiietimeg 

4 


48 

the  position  of  arms  jwrl.  He  will  sufier  no  person  to  come 
nearer  than  witliin  reach  of  his  bayonet,  until  the  person  has 
given  the  countersign. 

415. — A  sentinel,  in  challenging,  will  call  out— "  Who  corner 
there?''  U  answered—"  Frimd,  with  the  countersign,'"  and  he 
be  instructed  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  he  will  replv 
"Advance  friend,  with  the  countersign!"  '  If  iinswored— 
''  Friends  /"  he  will  reply,  ''  Ilalt  friends  !  Admnce  m\e,  with 
ilte-  countersign P^  If  answered — "-.Belief  ''Patrol^'''  or 
''  Grand  rounds,''  he  will  reply— '' Bait  /  Advance,  Sergeant, 
{or  Corpo7'al)  with  the  countersign  P"  and  satisty  himself  that 
the  party  is  what  it  represents  itself  to  be.  If  he  have  no 
authority  to  pass  persons  with  the  countersign,  if  the  wrong 
countersign  be  given,  or  if  the  persons  have  not  the  counter- 
sign, he  wiH  cause  them  to  stand,  and  call,  "  Corporal  of  the 
Guard  P' 

41C. — In  the  daytime,  when  the  sentinel  before  the  guard 
bees  the  officer  of  the  day  approach,  he  will  call — "  Tw^n  out 
the' guard  !  Ojjicer  of  the  day."  The  guard  will  be  paraded, 
and  salute  with  presented  arms. 

417. — When  any  person  approaches  a  post  of  the  guard  at 
night,  the  sentinel  before  the  post,  after  challenging,  causes 
him  to  halt  until  examined  by  a  non-commissioned  officer  of 
the  guard,  if  it  be  the  officer  of  the  day,  or  any  other  offi- 
cer entitled  to  inspect  the  guard  and  to  make  tiie  rounds,  the 
non-commissioned  officer  will  call — "  Turn,  out  the  guard  P' 
when  the  guard  will  be  paraded  at  shouldered  arms,  and  the 
officer  of  the  guard,  if  he  thinks  necessary,  may  demand  the 
countersign  and  parole. 

418.— The  officer  of  the  day,  wishing  to  make  the  rounds, 
will  take  an  escort  of  a  non-commissioned  officer  and  (women. 
When  the  rounds  are.  challenged  by  a  sentinel,  the  Sergeant 
will  answer — *'  Grand  rounds  P'  and  the  sentinel  will  reply — 
^'  Halt,  grand  ronnds  !  Advance,  Sergeant,  v:ith  the  coxinter- 
ugnp'  Upon  which  the  Sergeant  advances  and  gives  the 
countersign.  The  sentinel  will  then  cry — ^^  Advance  roundsp' 
and  stand  at  a  shoulder  till  they  have  passed. 

410. — When  the  sentinel  before  the  guard  challenges,  and 
is  answered — '^  Grand  rounds,''  he  will  reply — "  llcdt,  grand 
rounds  !  2  urn  out  the  guard  ;  grand,  rounds  P'  U pon  whi cl i 
the  guard  will  be  drawn  up  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer 
commanding  the  guard  will  then  order  a  Sergeant  and  two 
men  to  advance ;  when  within  ten  paces,  the  Sergeant  chal- 
ienges.    The  Sergeant  of  the  grand  round  answers — "  Grand 


49 


FORM  OV  GUARD  UKPOllT. 
Rq)ort  of  a  Guard  mounted  at    . ,  '  ■,  pu  the ,  atid  relieved  on  the- 


1 

'• 

.' 

I'M     -»•:  ■ 

Parole. 

^ 

i 

Articles  m  il              .£        ;S  i: 

Charge. 

J           1     II 

Sh- 

<n 

'                -=.9. 

u 

a 

(» 

M 

33 

« 

i             *-e»»5 

Couutorsign. 

i 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

i 

& 

1 

1 

1       .      "?"< 
1             1 

J 

32 

o 

:^ 

^ 

^ 

-< 

f 

1             2; 

Detail. 

—4 

i 

1 

LltiT  OF  TIIK  GUARD. 


Reliefs  and  when  posted.                             j 

Where  posted. 

1st  Relief.               2d  Relief.      1 
From—  to—  and       !    Erom—  to—     j 
—  to  —              j      and—  to— 

8d.  Relief.      i 
From —  to —     i 
and —  to — 

Remarks 

No.    Name. 

Co 

Rt. 

1st 
4th 
6th 

;  Name.  [Co. 

Rt. 

3d. 
2d. 

5th. 

Name. 

Co. 

8th; 

9th 
10th 

Guard    House. 
Magazine. 

Quarm'r.  Storo. 
Sei^TGiuird. 
Crp^l.        '• 

• 

1  C.  D. 

2  E.    F. 

3  G.   H. 

A. 
B. 

c. 

I  I.  J.    D. 
JK.L.    E. 

IM,  N.    F. 

[0.  P. 

Iq.  r. 

i  S.  T. 

G. 
H. 
I. 

, 

1  1  Sergeant  W.  V.  Go.  A.,  1st  Artillery. 

2  1  Coi-poral  W.  X.  Co.  B.,  1st  Infantry. 

3  Corporal  Y.  Z  ,  Co. C,  3d  Infantry. 

i 


rFST  OF  PRISONERS. 


No. 

N 

anies. 

a 

s 
6 

"c 
a> 

s 

Confined. 

1 

j  Charges. 

Sentences . 

Remarks. 

1 

When. 

By  Whom. 

^ 

'  V  ■ 

1 

1 

1 

3 
4 
.5 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

A.  b;  c, 

Lieut. 
Con 

—  Regt.  - 
rtmaiiding  t 

le  Oaarc 

50 

rounds  /"  The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  replies — "  Advancr^ 
Sergeant^  loith  the  countersign  /"  The  Sergeant  of  the  rounds 
advances  alone,  gives  the  countersign,  and  returns  to  liis  round. 
The  Sergeant  of  the  guard  calls  to  his  officer — *'  The  counter- 
sign is  right  /"  on  which  the  officer  of  the  guard  calls — "  Ad- 
vance^ rounds  !  The  officer  of  the  rounds  then  advances  alone, 
the  guard  standing  at  shouldered  arms.  The  officer  of  the 
rounds  passes  along  the  front  of  the  guard  to  the  officer,  who 
keeps  his  post  on  the  right,  and  gives  him  the  parole.  He 
then  examines  the  guard,  orders  back  his  escort,  and,  taking 
a  new  one,  proceeds  in  the  same  manner  to  other  guarded. 
420. — All  material  instructions  given  to  a  sentinel  on  post 
by  persons  entitled  to  make  grand  rounds,  ought  to  be 
promptly  notified  to  the  commander  of  the  guard. 

421. — Any  General  officer,  or  the  commander  of  a  post  or 
garrison,  may  visit  the  guards  of  his  command,  and  go  the 
grand  rounds,  and  be  received  in  the  same  manner  as  pre- 
scribed for  the  officer  of  the  day. 

ARTICLE  XXXIV. 


OEDERS    AND    CORRESPONDENCE. 

422. — The  orders  of  commanders  of  armies,  divisions,  brig- 
ades, regiments,  are  denominated  orders  of  such  army, 
division,  &c.,  and  are  either  general  or  special.  Orders  are 
numbered,  general  and  special,  in  seperate  series,  each  begin- 
ning with  the  year. 

423. — General  orders  announce  the  time  and])lace  of  issues 
and  payments,  hours  for  roll  calls  and  duties  ;  the  number  and 
kind  of  orderlies,  and  the  time  when  they  shall  be  relieved  ; 
police  regulations,  and  the  prohibitions  required  by  circum- 
stances and  localities ;  returns  to  be  made,  and  their  forms ; 
laws  and  regulations  for  the  array  ;  promotions  and  appoint- 
ments; eulogies  or  censures  to  corps  or  individuals,  and  gene- 
rally, whatever  it  may  be  important  to  make  known  to  the 
w^hole  command. 

424.— Special  orders  are  such  as  do  not  concern  the  troops 
generally,  and  need  not  be  published  to  the  whole  command; 
such  as  relate  to  the  march  of  some  particular  corps,  the  estab- 
lishment of  some  post,  the  detaching  of  individuals,  the  grant- 
ing requests,  c%c.,  &c. 

425. — :A  general  order,  and  an  important  special  order,  must 
be  read  and  approved  by  the  officer  whose  order  it  is,  before 
it  is  issued  by  the  staff  officer. 


w 


up  I  I!  .iinpiiiiu 


P  426. — All  order  will  state  at  the  head  the  source,  place  and 
date,  aud  at  the  foot,  the  name  of  the  commander  who  gives 
it ;  as  for  example  : 

Head- Quarters  of  the  JFirst  Brigade,  Second.  Division. 
Camp  at ,  \st  June,  186 

General  Ordees,  1 

^0. .  / 

By  commandof  Brigadier-General  A.  B. 

C.  D.,  Assistant  Adjutant- General. 

427. — Orders  may  bo  put  in  the  form  of  letters,  but  gene- 
rally in  the  strict  military  form,  through  the  office  of  the  Adj  u- 
tant  or  Adjutant-General  of  the  command. 

428. — Orders  are  transmitted  through  all  the  intermediate 
commanders  in  the  order  of  rank.  When  an  interni.ediate 
!  commander  is  omitted,  the  officer  who  gives  the  order  shall 
j  inform  him,  and  he  who  receives  it  shall, report  it  to  his  im- 
mediate superior 

429. — Orders  for  any  body  of  troops  will  be  addressed  to 
the  commander,  and  will  be  opened  and  executed  by  the  com- 
mander present,  and  published  or  distributed  by  him  w^hen 
necessary  ;  printed  orders,  however,  are  generally  distributed 
direct  to  posts  from  the  head  quarters  where  issued. 

430. — Orders  assigning:  the  stations  of  officers  of  engineers, 
ordnance,  and  ofthestafr  departments,  except  as  provided  in 
the  regulations  for  troops  in  the  campaign,  will  be  given  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  through  the  Adjutant-Generars  office, 
or  by  commanders  of  geographical  departments,  under  the 
special  authority  of  the  War  Department.  The  commander 
of  a  department,  who,  in  consequence  of  the  movement  of 
troops  or  other  necessity  of  the  service,  removes  an  officer 
from  the  station  assigned  to  him  by  the  Secretary  of  War, 
shall  promptly  report  the  case  to  the  Adjutant  General. 

4ol. — A  file  of  the  printed  orders  will  be  kept  with  the 
Jioad-(|uarters  of  each  regir^ent,  with  each  company,  and  at 
each  military  post,  and  will  be  regularly  turned  over  by  the 
(  ommander,  when  relieved,  to  his  successor. 

4-32. — If  general  orders  are  not  received  in  regular  succes- 
sion, commanding  officers  will  report  the  missing  numbers 
to  the  proper  he  ad- quarters. 

483. — The  orderly  hours  being  fixed  at  each  head-quarters, 
the  staff  officers  and  chiefs  of  the  special  services  either  at- 
tend in  person,  or  send  their  assistants  to  obtain  the   orders^ 


t 


52 

of  the  diiy  ;  and  the  First  Sergeants  of  companies  repair  for 
that  pna^^ose  to  the  regimental  or  garrison  head -quarters. 

434. — During  marches  and  active  operations,  and  w 
the  reguhir  orderly  hours  cannot  be  oTjserved,  all  orders  wil* 
he  either  sent  direct  to  the  troops,  or  the  respective  com" 
manders  of  regiments  or  corps  will  be  informed  when  to 
send  to  hoad-quarters  for  them.  Under  the  same  circum- 
stances, orders  will  be  read  to  the  troops  dunnga  halt,  with- 
out waiting  for  the  regular  parades. 

435. — Orders  to  any  ofilcer  to  make  a  tour  of  travel  on  duty, 
as  for  the  inspection  or  payment  of  troops,  kc,  shall  desig- 
nate the  troops  and  posts  he  shall  visit,  and  the  order  in 
which  he  shall  visit  them,  and  the  route  of  travel. 

43G. — Every  commander  who  gives  an  order  involving  an 
expenditure  of  public  money,  shall  send  a  copy,  without  de- 
lay, to  the  bureau  of  the  War  Department  to  which  the  ex- 
penditure appertains  ;  and  if  such  commander  be  serving  in 
it  militar}^  department,  he  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  order  to 
the  head-quarters  of  the  Department. 

43 — T.If  a  military  commander  shall  give  to  a  disbursing 
officer  any  order  in  conflict  with  orders  received  by  him  from 
the  officer  in  charge  of  his  department,  at  any  superior  head- 
(^narters,  such  commander  shallforthwith  transmit  the  order 
to  such  head-quarters,  Avith  explanation  of  the  necessity 
which  justifies  it. 

438.— Copies  of  all  orders  of  the  commanders  of  armies, 
departments,  divisions,  and  detached  brigades,  and  of  the  su- 
perintendent of  the  recruiting  service,  will  be  forwarded  at 
their  dates,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  practicable,  in  separate 
series,  on  full  sheets  of  letter  paper,  or  as  printed,  to  the 
Adjutant-General's  office. 

439. — Written  communications  from  a  commander  to  those 
under  his  command  may  be  made  by  liis  staff  officer.  In 
all  otiier  cases,  by  the  officer  himself. 

440._In  signing  an  official  ccrmmuni cation,  the  writer 
shall  annex  to  his  name  his  rank  -and  coit;js.  When  he 
wu-ites  by  order,  he  shall  state  by  whose  order. 

441._.Communications  to  a  commanderfrom  those  under  hia 
command  arc  addressed  to  the  proper  officer  of  his  staff;  to 
tlie  chief  of  the  Adjutant-General's  Department,  in  what  re- 
lates specially  to  his  bureau,  orto  the  service  generally;  to  the 
chief  ofany  other  departments  of  the  staff,  in  what  relates 
specially  to  his  branch  of  the  service.  Communications  to  the 


» 


Secretary  of  War  will  be  made  through  the  Adjutant-Gener- 
al's office  of  the  War  Department,  unless  itbe  a  case  of  claim, 
allowance,  or  other  business  specially  appertaining  to  some 
other  bureau;  for  example — claims  of  pay  will  be  transmitted 
through  the  Paymaster-General ;  for  mileage,  or  quarters, 
&c.  through  the  Quartermaster-General.  All  communications, 
except  rolls  and  stated  returns,  and  accounts,  are  to  be  passed 
through  the  intermediate  commanders.  The  same  rule  gov- 
erns in  verbal  applications;  for  example — a  Lieutenant  seek- 
ing an  indulgence  must  apply  through  his  Captain.  Commu- 
nication from  officers  of  the  stalf  and  administrative  services 
to  their  own  chiefs  do  not  pass  through  the  militar3^  com- 
inanders  under  whom  they  serve,  except  estimates  for  funds 
or  supplies.  \ 

44:2."  Copies  of  all  important  communications  from  the 
bureaus  of  the  War  Department  to  disbursing  officers,  relat- 
ing to  the  service  in  a  military  department,  shall  be  sent 
from  the  bureau  to  the  department  conmiander. 

443.--Roll§  and  returns  will  be  accompanied  by  a  letter  of 
transmittal,  enuuierating  them,  and  referring  to  no  other 
subject. 

444.-GeDerally,  officers  who  forward  communications,  in- 
dorse on  them  their  remarks  or  opinion,  without  other  letters 
of  transmittal.  -u.'  \. 

445. -Official  letters  shculd  generally  refer  to  one  martfe: 
only.  In  regard  to  an  enlisted  man,  the  company  and  regi-" 
ment  must  be  stated. 

446.-Letters  on  letter  paper  will  be  folded  in  three  folds, 
parallel  with  the  writing. 

447.—AII  communications  on  public  service  are  to  be 
marked  on  the  cover,  ^'-Official  husinessP 

ARTICLE  XXX Y. 

\i  i<:  r  u  \i  N  s    A  X  1)    R  E  p  o  Ji  r  s  . 

MONTHLY  RETURNS. 

448.— Commanders  of   regiments,    corps,  and  posts,  will  ^ 
make  to  the  Adjutant-General's    office  of  the  War  Depart- 
ment, monthly  returns  of  their  respective  regiments,  corps, 
and  posts,  on  the  forms  furnished  from  that  office,   and  ac- 
cording to  the  directions  expressed  on  them. 

In  like  manner.  Captains  make  monthly  company  returns 
to  regimental  head-quarters.  All  monthly  returns  will  be 
forwarded  on  the  first  day  of  the  next  month,  except  regi- 
luentiil  returns,  which  are  forwarded  as  soon  as  all  the  comp- 
any returns  are  received. 


54 

449.-irany  company  be  so  far  from  rogimeiital  lieadqur- 
ters  as  to  delay  the  transmittal  of  the  monthly  return  to  the 
10th  of  the  month,  the  Colonel  will  not  wait  for  the  return 
of  such  company,  but  leave  space  for  it  to  be  entered  at  the 
Adutant-Generars  office;  for  which  purpose  the  Captain  will 
transmit  a  copy  of  the  return  direct  to  the  Adjutant  General, 
as  well  as  to  regimental  head  quarters. 

450. — In  campaign,  mpnthly  returns  of  divisions  and  de- 
tached brigades  will  be  made  to  the  Adjutant-Generars 
office.  They  w^ill  exhibit  separately  the  several  regiments,  and 
detachments,  and  stafl  corps,  and  the  strength  of  each  garri- 
son within  the  command.  These  returns,  and  those  of  regi- 
ments, corps,  and  posts,  in  campaign,  will,  unless  otherwise 
ordered,  be  transmitted  through  the  intermediate  command- 
ers. 

451 — The  established  ^r*??i^(^  forms  and  blanks  of  all  re- 
turns required  from  the  comma'nders  of  divisions,  brigades, 
regiments,  corps,  companies,  and  posts,will  be  fuinnshedfrom 
the  Adjutant-General's  Office  on  their  requisitions  annually 
made,  or  often er,  if  necessary.  The  receipt  of  these  forms 
and  blanks  will  be  immediately  acknowledged,  afterward 
.accounted  for  on  the  next  monthly  returns. 

452. — Manuscript  returns,  rolls,  certificates,  and  other  doc- 
uments, are  prohibited,  unless  the  proper  printed  forms 
have  not  been  receiA^ed  in  time.  Regimental  returns  must 
be  made  out  in  the  name  of  the  Colonel,  whether  he  be 
present  or  absent. 

ANNUAL  RETURNS — CASUALITIE8. 

453.  This  return  will  exhibit  the  various  changes  and 
alterations  which  may  have  taken  place  in  the  regiment 
during  the  preceding  twelve  months:  that  is  to  say— a  state- 
ment of  the  number  of  resignations,  transfers,  deaths,  &c., 
of  commissioned  officers  ;  the  number  of  men  joined  by 
enlistment,  transferred  and  discharged;  the  iiumber  tried  by 
courts-martial  or  by  the  civil  law,  and  the  nature  of  theiV 
vti^flpnses;  the  number  of  discjiarges,  deaths,  dismissals,  and 
ilesertions;  numbe.-joined  from  desertion,  pard(  ncd,  &c. 

RETURN  OF   DECKASKD  SOLDIERS. 

454.— To  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General,  l)y  the  Col- 
j^  onels  oi  vQ^yimQwts,  quarterly.  Also,  a  duplicate  to  the  second 
Auditor  of  the  Treasury. 

FIELD  RP:TURNS. 

455.-Besides  the  stated  returns  of  the  troops,  such  other 


field  returns  and  reports  will  be  made  as  may  be  necessary  to 
keep  the  government  informed  of  the  condition  and  strength 
of  the  forces. 

45G.  After  any  action  or  aflfliir,  a  rt^turn  of  the  killed, 
wounded,  and  missing  will  be  made,  in  which  the  name,  rank, 
and  regiment  of  each  officer  and  soklier  will  be  specified,  with 
such  remarks  and  explanations  as  may  be  requisite  for  the 
records  of  the  Department  of  War,  or  be  necessaiy  to  estab- 
lish the  just  claims  of  any  individual  who  may  have  been  woun- 
ded, or  of  the  heirs  and  representatives  of  any  killed  in  action 
(taking  care  tos[)ecify  the  naUirc  of  the  wouud^  the  time  an^iilace 
of  its  occurrence,  the  company,  regiment,  or  corps,  and  the 
name  of  the  Captain,  Colonel,  or  other  commanding  officer.) 


• 


KEPORTS. 


457, — The  date  of  appointment,  of  detail,  and  of  I'cmoval 
of  all  staff  officers,  orot  officers  selected  for  duty  in  staff  de- 
partments, which  may  entitle  them  to  receive  additionAl  pay, 
will  be  immediately  reported  by  the  officer  making  such  ap- 
pointment, detail,  or  removal,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  to 
the  Paymaster  of  the  department  or  command  to  which  such 
officers  belong. 

4/38. — Whenever  any  change  takes  place  in  the  position  or 
location  of  troops,  the  fact  will  be  immediately  reported  by 
the  commanding  ofticer  to  general,  division,  and  department 
head-quarters,  specifying  the  date  of  departure  of  the  whole  or 
any  part  of  tlie^)ops,  or  of  the  arrival  of  any  detachment;  as 
well  as  all  oth»lircumstances  connected  with  such  changes 
in  the  command.  These  special  reports  will  always  be  ac- 
companied by  an  exact  return  of  the  troops  according  to  the 
established  printed  forms.  A  similar  report  will  be  noted  on 
the  next  mothly  r<!turn  of  the  post  or  station.  If  a  new  post 
or  position  be  established,  its  situation,  and  the  nearest  post- 
office  and  proper  route  to  it  should  be  reported. 

459. — Officers  on  detached  duty  will  make  reports  to  the 
head-quarters  of  the  regiments  or  corps,  and  to  the  Adj^utant- 
(reneral,  as  often  as  their  stations  may  be  changed. 

PRISONERS  OF  WAR CAPTURED  PROPERTY. 

4G0. — A  return  of  prisoners,  and  a  report  of  the  number 
and  description  of  the  killed  and  wounded  of  tlie  enemy,  will 
be  forwarded  to  the  Adjut-General's  office,  Montgomery,  Ala. 

4G1. — A  return  of  all  property  captured  will  be  made  by 


;>(! 


tlie  commanding  officer  of  the  troops  by  whom  sucli  capture 
was  made,  to  the  Adjutant-General,  at  Montgomery,  in  order 
that  it  may  be  disposed  of  according  to  the  orders  of  the  War 
Department. 

INSPECTION  REPORTS. 

402. — In^ipection  reports  will  show  the  discipline  of  the 
troops ;  their  instruction  in  all  military  exercises  and  duties ; 
the  state  of  their  arms,  clothing,  equipments,  and  accoutre- 
ments of  all  kinds;  of  their  kitchens  and  messes:  of  the  bar- 
racks and  quarters  at  the  post;  of  the  guard-house,  prisons, 
hospital,  bake  house,  magazine,  store-houses,  and  stores  of  every 

^description  ;  of  the  stables  and  horses;  the  condition  of  the 
post  school ;  the  management  and  aj)plication  of  the  post  and 

.  company  funds  ;  the  state  of  the  post,  and  regimental,  and 
company  books,  papers,  and  files;  the  zeal  audibility  of  the 
officers  in  command  of  troops  ;  the  capacity  of  the  officers  con- 
ducting the  administrative  and  staff  services,  the  fidelity  and 
econorriy  of  their  disbursements  ;  the  condition  of  all  public 
property,  and  the  amount  of  money  in  the  hands  of  each  dis- 
tbursing  officer ;  the  regularity  of  issues  and  payments;  the 
mode  of  enforcing  discipline  by  courts-martial,  and  by  the 
authority  of  the  officers  ;  the  propriety  and  legality  of  all  pun- 
ishments inflicted  ;  and  any  information  whatsoever,  concern- 
ing the  service  in  any  matter  or  particular  that  may  merit 
notice,  or  aid  to  correct  defects  or  introduce  improvements. 

463. — Inspctors  are  required  particularly  to  report  if  any 
officer  is  of  intemperate  habits,  or  unfit  for  active  service  by 
infirmity  or  any  other  cause.  ^^ 

AETICLE  XXXVl. 

TROOPS     IN    C  A  M  P  A  I G  N  . 
ORGANIZATION  OF  AN  ARMY  IN  THE  J^IELD. 

464. — The  formation  by  divisions  is  the  basis  of  the  organ- 
ization and  administration  of  armies  in  the  field. 

465.— A  division  consists  usually  of  tw<»  or  three  brigades, 
either  of  infantry  or  cavalry,  and  troops  of  other  corps  in  the 
necessary  proportion, 

466. — A  brigade  is  formed  of  two  or  more  regiments.  The 
first  number  takes  the  right. 

467. — Mixed  brigades  are  sometimes  formed  of  infantry  and 
light  cavalry,  especially  for  the  advance  guards. 


57 

468. — As  the  troops  arrive  attlie  rendezvous,  the  ffenei-al 
commaujiing-in-chief  will  organize  them  into  brigades  and 
divisions.  ^ 

469.— The  light  cavalry  is  employed  as  flankers  andparti- 
>ans,  and  generally  for  ail  service  out  of  the  line. 

470 — Heavy  cavalry  belongs  to  the  re-erve,  and  is  covered, 
when  necessary,  in  marches,  camps,  or  bivouacs,  by  light 
troops,  or  infantry  of  the  line. 

471. — The  arrangement  of  the  troops  on  parade  and  in  order 
of  battle  is — 1st,  the  light  infantry  ;  *2d,  infantry  of  the  line; 
^id,  light  cavalry  ;  4th,  cavalry  of  the  line  ;  5th,  heavy  cavalry'. 
The  troops  of  the  artillery  and  engineers  arc  in  tlie  centre  of 
the  brigades,  divisions,  or  corps  to  which  they  are  attached ; 
marines  take  the  left  of  other  infantry  ;  volunteers  and  militia 
Take  the  left  of  regular  troops  of  tlte  same  arm,  and  among 
themselves,  regiments  of  volunteers  or  militia  of  the  same  arm 
rake  place  by  lot.  This  arrangement  is  varied  by  the  general 
commanding-in-chief,  as  the  circumstances  of  war  render  ex- 
pedient. . 

472. — Brigades  in  divisions,  and  divisions  in  the  army,  are 
numbered  from  right  to  left  ;  but  in  reports  of  military  opera- 
tions, brigades  and  divisions  are  designated  by  the  name  of  the 
general  commanding  them. 

473 — The  order  of  regiments  in  brigades  and  of  brigades 
in  divisions  may  be  changed  by  the  commander  of  the  division 
for  important  reasons,  such  as  the  w^eakness  of  some  corps,  or 
to  relieve  one  from  marching  too  long  at  the  rear  of  the  col- 
umn. Such  changes  must  be  reported  to  the  general  command- 
ing-in-chief. 

474. — The  general  commanding-in-chief  assigns  the  gener- 
als of  divisions  and  of  brigades  to  their  respective  command.^, 
when  the  assignment  is  not  made  by  the  Department  of  War. 

475. — The  general  of  brigade  inspects  his  troops  in  detail, 
by  companies,  when  he  takes  the  command  and  at  the  open- 
ing of  the  campaign,  and  as  often  as  may  be  necessary  to 
ascertain  exactly  their  condition.  The  general  of  division 
makes  similar  inspections  when  he  thinks  proper.  At  these 
inspections  the  generals  examine  the  arms,  clotliing,  equip- 
ments, harness,  horses,  &c  ;  direct  the  necessary  repairs,  and 
<!esignate  the  men  and  horses  to  remain  in  depot,  or  march 
with  the  train. 

476. — Reports  of  inspections  are  made   by  the  general  of 


,38 

brigade  to  the  general  of  division,  and  by  the  general  of  divi- 
sion to  the  general  conimandiug-in-chief. 

477. — Daring  marches  and  all  active  operations,  generals 
of  brigade  keep  themselves  exactly  informed,  by  reports  of 
corps  and  by  their  inspections,  of  the  actual  strength  of  the 
regiments,  so  as  always,  and  especially  after  an  engagement, 
to  make  accurate  returns  to  the  general  of  division. 

478. — Staff  officers  and  officers  of  engineers,  ordnance,  and 
artillery,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  service,  are  assign- 
ed to  the  head-quarters  of  armies  and  divisions,  and  detach- 
e.d  brigades,  by  order  of  the  general  commanding-iu  chief, 
when  the  distribution  of  these  officers  has  not  been  regulat- 
ed by  the  AYarDepartTiient.  The  necessary  staff  will  be  as- 
signed to  commanders  of  brigades. ' 

479. — When  an  Engineer  or  other  officer  is  charged  witli 
directing  an  expedition  or  making  a  reconnoissance"  without 
having  command  of  the  escort,  the  commandcrof  the  escort 
shall  consult  him  on  all  the  arrangements  necessary  to  secure 
the  success  of  the  operation. 

480. — Staff  officers,  and  commanders  of  engiu'^ers,  ord- 
nance, and  artillery,  report  to  their  immediate  commanders 
the  state  ot  the  supplies  and  whatever  concerns  the  service 
under  tlieir  direction,  and  receive  their  orders,  and  com- 
municate to  them  those  they  receive  from  their  superiors  in 
their  own  corps. 

481. — The  senior  officer  of  engineers,  of  ordnance,  and  the 
departments  of  the  general  staff  serving  at  the  chief  head- 
quarters in  the  Held,  will  transmit  to  the  bureau  of  Ids  de- 
partment at  ^^ontgomery,  at  the  close  of  the  campaign,  and 
such  other  times  as  the  commander  in  the  field  may  ap- 
prove, a  full  report  of  the  operations  of  his  department,  and 
whatever  information  to  improve  its  service  he  may  be  able 
to  furnish. 

The  report  of  the  officer  of  engineers  will  embrace  plans  of 
military  works  executed  during  the  campaign,  and,  in  case 
of  siege,  a  journal  of  the  attack  or  defense. 

CONTRIBUTIONS. 

482. — When  the  wants  of  the  army  absolutely  require  i1, 
and  in  other  cases,  under  specially  instructions  from  the  War 
Department,  the  general  commanding  the  army  may  levy 
contributions  is  money  or  kind  on  the  enemy's  country  oc- 
cupied by  the  troops.  ^  Xo  other  commander  can  levy  such 
contributions  without  written  authority  from  the  general 
commanding-in-chief. 


i)9 
OUDKliLl  KS. 

483.-At  the  opening  of  a  campaLii,  the  commander  of 
an  armj  determines  and  announces  iu  orders  the  number  ot 
orderlies,  mounted  or  foot,  for  the  Generals,  and  the  corps 
or  regimental  by  which  tliey  are  to  ha  supplied,  and  the 
periods  at  which  they  shall  be  relieved. 

484. — In  marches,  the  mounted  orderlies  follow  the  Gen- 
erals, and  perform  the  duty  ot  escorts,  or  march  with  order- 
lies on  foot  at  the  head  ol  the  division  or  brigade. 

485. — The  staff  officer  wno  distributes  the  orderlies  to  their 
posts  sends  with  thein  a  note  of  the  time  and  place  of  de- 
parture ;  tiiose  relieved  receive  a  like  note  from  the  staff 
officer  at  head  quarters. 

486. — Mounted  soldiers  are  to  bo  employed  to  carry  dis- 
patches only  in  special  and  urgent  cases. 

487. — The  precise  time  when  the  dispatch  is  sent  off,  and 
the  rate  at  which  it  is  to  be  conveyed,  are  to  be  written 
<'learly  on  the  covers  of  all  letters  transmitted  by  a  mounted 
orderly,  and  the  necessary  instructions  to  him,  and  the  rate 
of  travel  going  and  returning,  are  to  be  distinctly  explained 
to  liiiu. 

DEPOTS. 

488. — The  grand  depots  of  an  army  are  established  where 
the  military  operations  would  not  expose  them  to  be  broken 
*up.  Smaller  depots  are  organized  for  the  divisions  and  the 
several  arms.  Th».y  are  commanded  by  officers  temporarily 
disabled  for  field  service,  or  by  other  officers  when  necessary, 
and  comprise,  as  much  as  possible,  the  hospitals  and  depots 
for  convalescents.  "When  conveniently  placed,  they  serve 
as  points  for  the  halting  and  assembling  of  detachments. 
They  receive  the  disabled  from  the  corps  on  the  march ; 
and  the  officers  in  command  ot  the  depots  send  with  the  de- 
tachments to  the  apmy  those  at  the  depots  who  have  become 
fit  fof  service. 

CAMPS. 

480. — Camp  is  the  place  where  troops  are  established  in 
tents,  in  huts,  or  in  bivouac.  Cantonments  are  the  inhabited 
))laces  which  troops  occupy  for  slholter  when  not  put  in  bar- 
racks. The  campingrparty  is  a  detachment  detailed  to  pre- 
]>are  a  camp. 

490. — Reconnoissances  should  precede  the  establishment  of 


(K) 

the  cunp.  For  a  camp  ot'troops  on  the  march,  it.  is  only  nec- 
essary to  look  to  the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops,  the 
facility  of  the  communications,  the  cimvenience  of  wood  and 
water,  and  the  resources  in  provisions  and  forage.  The  groun<  1 
for  an  intrenched  camp,  or  a  camp  to  cover  a  country,  or  one 
designed  to  deceive  the  enemy  as  to  the  strength  of  the  army, 
must  be  selected,  and  the  camp  arranged  for  tlie  object  in 
view. 

491. — The  camping-party  of  a  regiment  consists  of  the  regi- 
mental Quartermaster  and  Quartermaster-Sergeant,  and"  a 
Corporal  and  two  men  ])er  company.  The  General  decides 
whether  the  regiments  camp  seperatteh^  or  together,  and 
w^hether  the  police  guard  shall  accompany  the  camping-ptirty, 
or  a  larger  escort  shall  be  sent. 

492. — ]S"either  baggage  nor  led  horses  are  permitted  to  move 
with  the  camping-party. 

493. — When  the  General  can  send  in  advance  to  prepai'o 
the  camp,  he  gives  his  instructions  to  the  chief  of  the  quartei*- 
masters  Department,  who  calls  on  the  regiments  for  their 
camping-parties,  and  is  accompanied,  if  necessary,  by  an  En- 
gineer to  propose  the  defences  and  communications. 

494* — The  w^atering-pl aces  are  examined,  and  signals  placed 
at  those  that  are  dangerous.  Any  work  required  to  make 
them  of  easier  access  is  done  by  the  police  guard  or  Quarter- 
master's men.  Sentinels,  to  be  relieved  by  the  guards  of  the 
regiment  when  they  come  up,  are  placed  by  the  camping- 
party  over  the  water  if  it  is  scarce,  and  over  the  houses  and 
stores  of  provisions  and  forage  in  the  vicinity 

495.  —If  the  camping-party  does  not  precede  the  regiment, 
the  Quartermaster  attends  to  these  things  as  soon  as  the  regi- 
ment reaches  the  camp. 

496. — On  reaching  the  ground,  the  infantry  form  on  the 
color  front  ;  the  cavalry  in  rear  of  its  camp. 

497. — The  Generals  establish  the  troopffe  in  camp  as  rapidly 
as  possible^  particularly  after  long,  fatiguing  marches. 

498. — The  number  of  men  to  be  furnished  for  guards,  pick- 
ets, and  orderlies  ;  the  fatigue  parties  to  be  sent  for  supplies  ; 
the  work  to  be  done,  and  the  strength  of  the  working  parties  ; 
the  time  and  place  for  issues  ;  the  hour  of  marching,  ifec,  are 
then  announced  by  the  Brigadier- Generals  to  the  Colonels, 
and  by  them  to  the  field  oflicers — the  Adjutant  and  Cap- 
tains formed  in  front  of  the  regiment,  the  First  Sergeants 
taking  post  behind  their  (Japtains.     Tlie  Adjutant  then  makes 


(il 

the  details,  and  the  First  Sergcanls  wiirii  the  men.  Tlie 
regimental  officer  of  the  day  forms  the  picket,  and  sends  the 
guards  to  their  posts.  The  colors  are  then  planted  at  the  cen- 
tre of  the  color  line,  and  the  arms  are  stacked  on  the  line  ;the 
fatigue  parties  to  procure  supplies,  and  the  working  i)arties 
form  in  roar  of  the  arms ;  the  men  not  on  detail  pitch  the 
tents. 

499. — If  the  camp  is  near  the  enemy,  the  picket  remains 
under  arms  until  the  return  of  the  fatigue  parties,  and,  if 
necessary,  is  reinforced  by  details  from  each  company. 

500. — In  the  cavalry  each  troop  mores  a  little  in  rear  of  the 
point  at  which  its  horses  are  to  be  secured,  and  Ibrms  in  one 
rank ;  the  men  then  dismount ;  a  detail  is  made  to  hold  the 
horses;  the  rest  stack  their  arms  and  fix  the  picket  rope  ;  after 
the  horses  are  attended  to,  the  tents  are  pitched,  and  each 
horseman  places  his  carbine  at  the  side  from  the  weather,  and 
hangs  his  sabre  and  bridle  on  it. 

501. — The  standard  is  then  carried  to  the  tent  of  the  Colonel. 

502. — ^The  terms  front,  flank,  right,  left,  file,  and  rank,  have 
the  same  meauipg  when  applied  to  camps  as  to  the  order  of 
battle. 

503. — The  front  of  the  camp  is  usually  equal  to  the  front  of 
the  troops.  The  tents  are  arranged  in  ranks  and  files.  The 
number  of  rauks  varies  with  the  strength  of  the  companies 
and  the  size  of  the  tents. 

504. — No  officer  will  be  allowed  to  occupy  a  house,  although 
vacant  and  on  the  ground  of  his  camp,  except  by  perniission 
of  the  commander  of  the  brigade,  who  shall  report  it  to  the 
commander  of  the  division. 

505. — ^The  stafiT  officer  charged  with  establishing  the  oam]> 
will  designate  the  place  for  the  shambles.  The  offal  will  be 
buried. 


CAMP    OF    INFANTRY. 

506. — Each  company  has  its  tents  in  two  files,  facing  on  a 
r^treet  perpendicular  to  the  color  line.  The  width  of  the  street 
depends  on  the  front  of  the  camp,  but  should  not  be  less  than 
live  paces.  The  interval  between  the  ranks  of  tents  is  two 
paces;  between  the  files  of  tents  of  adjacent  companies,  two 
paces  ;  between  regiments,  twenty-two  paces. 

.^07. — The  color  line  is  ten  paces  in  front  of  the  front  rank 


(S2 


of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  twenty  paces  behind  the  rear  rank 
■of  company  tents  ;  the  non-commissioned  staff  and  sutler, 
twenty  paces  in  rear  of  the  kitchen  ;  the  company  officers, 
twenty  paces  farther  in  rear ;  and  the  field  and  staff,  twenty 
paces  in  rear  of  the  company  officers. 

508. — The  company  officers  are  in  rear  of  their  respective 
companies  ;  the  Captains  on  the  right. 

'509. — The  Colonel  and  Lieutenant-Colonel  are  near  the 
centre  of  the  line  of  field  and  staff;  the  Adjutant,  a  Major  and 
Surgeon,  on  the  right ;  the  Quartermaster,  a  Major  and  Assist- 
ant Surgeon,  on  the  left. 

510. — The  police  guard  is  at  the  centre  of  the  line  of  the 
non-commissioned  staff,  the  tents  facing  to  the  front,  the  stacks 
of  arms  on  the  left. 

511. — The  advanced  post  of  the  police  guard  is  about  200 
paces  in  front  of  the  color  line,  and  opposite  the  centre  of  the 
regiment,  or  on  the  best  ground ;  the  prisoners'  tent  about 
four  paces  in  rear.  In  a  regiment  of  the  second  line,  the  ad- 
vanced post  of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  rear  of  the 
line  of  its  field  and  staft'. 

512. — The  horses  of  the  staff  officers  and^of  the  baggage 
train  are  twenty-five  paces  in  rear  of  the  tents  of  the  field  and 
stafi*;  the  wagons  are  parked  on  the  same  line,  and  the  men 
of  the  train  camped  near  them. 

518. — The  sinks  of  the  men  are  150  paces  in  front  of  the- 
c^lor  line — those  of  the  officers  100  paces  in  rear  of  the  train. 
Both  are  concealed  by  bushes.  When  convenient,  the  sinks 
of  the  men  may  be  placed  in  the  rear  or  on  the  flank.  A  por- 
tion of  the  earth  dug  out  for  sinks  to  be  thrown  back  occa- 
sionally. 

514. — The  front  of  the  camp  of  a  regiment  of  1000  men  in 
two  ranks  will  be  400  paces,  or  one-fifth  less  paces  than  the 
number  of  files,  if  the  camp  is  to  have  the  same  front  as  the 
troops  in  order  of  battle.  But  the  front  may  be  reduced  to 
190  paces  by  narrowing  the  company  streets  to  five  paces ; 
and  if  it  be  desirable  to  reduce  the  front  still  more,  the  tents 
of  companies  may  be  pitched  in  single  file — those  of  a  division 
facing  on  the  same  street. 


CAMP    OF    CAVALRY, 


515.^1n  the  cavahy,  each  company  has  one  file  of  tents — 
the  tents  opening  on  the  street  facing  the  left  of  the  camp. 
916. — The  horses   of  each  company  are  placed  in  a  single 


tile,  facing  the  opening  of  the  tents,  and  are  fastened  to  pickets 
planted  firmly  in  the  ground,  from  three  to  six  paces  from  the 
tents  of  the  troops. 

§17. — The  interval  between  the  file  of  tents  should  be  such 
that,  the  regiment  being  broke*  into  column  of  companies, 
each  company  should  be  on  the  extension  of  the  line  on  which 
the  horses  are  to  be  picketed. 

5X8 — The  streets  separating  the  squadrons  are  wider  than 
those  between  the  companies  by  the  interval  separating  squad- 
rons in  line ;  these  intervals  are  kept  free  from  any  obstruc- 
tion throughout  the  camp. 

5X9. — The  horses  of  the  rear  rank  are  placed  on  the  left  of 
those  of  their  file-leaders. 

520. — The  horses  of  the  Lieutenants  are  placed  on  the  right' 
of  their  platoons ;  those  of  the  Captains  on  the  right  of  the 
company. 

'  521. — Each  horse  occupies  a  space  of  about  two  paces.  The 
number  of  horses  in  the  company  fixes  the  depth  of  the  camp, 
and  the  distance  between  the  files  of  tents ;  the  forage  is  placed 
between  the  tents. 

522. — The  kitchens  are  twenty  paces  in  front  of  each  file 
of  tents. 

523. — The  non-commissioned  ofiScers  are  in  the  tents  of  the 
front  rank.  Camp-followers,  teamsters,  &c.,  are  in  the  rear 
rank.  The  police  guard  in  the  rear  rankj  near  the  centre  of 
the  regiment. 

524. — The  tents  of  the  Lieutenants  are  30  paces  in  rear  of 
the  file  of  their  company  ;  the  tents  of  the  Captains  30  paces 
in  rear  of  the  Lieutenants. 

525. — The  Colonel's  tent  30  paqes  in  the  rear  of  the  Cap- 
tains', near  the  centre  of  the  regiment ;  the  Lieutenant-Colonel 
on  his  right ;  the  Adjutant  on  his  left;  the  Majors  on  the  same 
line,  opposite  the  second  company  on  the  right  and  left;  the 
Surgeon  on  the  left  of  the  Adjutant. 

526. — The  field  and  stafi*  have  their  horses  on  the  left  of 
their  tents,  on  the  same  line  with  the  company  horses ;  sick 
horses  are  placed  in  one  line  on  the  right  or  left  of  the  camp. 
The  men  who  attend  them  have  a  separate  file  of  tents ;  the 
forges  and  wagons  in  rear  of  this  file.  The  hoi-ses  of  the  train 
and  of  camp-followers  are  in  one  or  more  files  extending  to  the 
rear,  behind  the  right  or  left  squadron,  I'he  advanced  post 
of  the  police  guard  is  200  paces  in  front,  opposite  the  centre 
of  the  regiment ;  the  horses  in  one  or  two  tiles. 
5 


627. — The  sinks  for  the  men  are  150  paces  in  Iront — those 
for  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  camp. 

CAMP   OP  ARTILLERY. 

528. — The  artillery  is  encamped  near  the  troops  to  which 
it  is  attached,  so  as  to  be  p|^tected  from  attack,  and  to  con- 
tribute to  the  defense  of  the  camp.  Sentinels  for  the  park  are 
furnished  by  the  artillery,  and,  when  necessary,  by  the  other 
troops. 

529. — For  a  batteiy  of  six  pieces,  the  tents  are  in  three 
files — one  for  each  section  ;  distance  between  the  ranks  of 
tents,  15  paces  ;  tents  opening  to  the  front.  The  horses  of 
each  section  are  picketed  in  one  file,  10  paces  to  the  left  of 
the  file  of  tents;  In  the  horse  artillery,  or  if  the  number  of 
horses  makes  it  necessary,  the  horses  are  in  tw^o  files,  on  the 
right  and  left  of  the  file  of  tents.  The  kitchens  are  25  paces 
in  front  of  the  front  rank  of  tents.  The  tents,  of  the  officers 
are  in  the  outside  files  of  company  tents,  25  paces  in  the  rear 
of  the  rear  rank — the  Captain  on  the  right,  the  Lieutenants 
on  the  left. 

530. — The  park  is  opposite  the  centre  of  the  camp,  40 
paces  in  rear  of  the  officers'  tents.  The  carriages  in  files  four 
paces  apart;  distance  between  ranks  of  carriages  sufficient 
ibr  the  horses  when  harnessed  to  them  ;  the  park  guard  is  2d 
paces  in  rear  of  the  park.  The  sinks  for  the  men,  150  paces 
in  front ;  for  the  officers,  100  paces  in  the  rear.  The  harness 
is  in  the  tents  of  the  men. 

BIVOUACS. 

531. — A  regiment  of  cavalry  being  in  order  of  battle,  in 
rear  of  the  ground  to  be  occupied,  the  Colonel  breaks  it  by 
j)latoons  to  the  right.  The  horses  of  each  platoon  are  placed 
in  a  single  row,  and  fastened  as  prescribed  for  camps ;  near 
the  enemy,  they  remain  saddled  all  night,  with  slackened 
girths.  The  amis  are  at  first  stacked  in  rear  of  each  row  of 
horses  ;  the  sabres,  with  the  bridles  hung  on  them,  are  placed 
against  the  stacks. 

532. — The  forage  is  placed  on  the  i-ight  of  each  row  of 
horses.     Two  stable-guards  for  each  platoon  watch  the  horses. 

533. — A  fire  for  each  platoon  is  made  near  the  color  line, 
20  paces  to  the  left  of  the  row  of  horses.  A  shelter  is  made 
for  the  men  around  the  fire,  if  possible,  and  each  man  then 
stands  his  arms  and  bridle  against  the  shelter. 

534. — The  fires  and  shelter  for  the  officers  are  placed  in  rear 
of  the  line  of  those  for  the  men. 


535. — The  intervals  between  the  squadrons  must  be  without 
obstruction  throughout  the  whole  depth  of  the  bivouac. 

536. — The  interval  between  the  shelters  should  be  such  that 
the  platoons  can  take  up  a  line  of  battle  freely  to  the  front  or 
rear. 

537. — The  distance  from  the  enemy  decides  the  manner  in 
which  the- horses  are  to  be  fed  and  led  to  water.  When  it  is 
permitted  to  unsaddle  thesaddles,  are  placed  in  the  rear  of  the 
horses. 

538. — In  infantry,  the  fires  are  mside  in  re&r  of  the  eolor  line,, 
on  the  ground  that  it  would  be  occupied  by  the  tents  in  camp. 
The  companies  are  placed  around  them,  and,  it  possible,  con- 
struct shelters.  When  liable  to  surprise,  the  infantry  sliould 
stand  to  arms  at  daybreak,  and  the  cavalry  mount  until  the 
return  of  the  reconnoitering  parties.  If  the  arras  are  to  be 
taken  apart  to  clean,  it  must  be  done  by  detachments,  succes- 
sively. 

CANTONMENTS. 

539. — The  cavalry  should  be  placed  under  shelter  whenever 
the  distance  from  the  enemy,  and  fivDm  the  ground  where  the 
troops  are  to  form  for  battle,  permit  it.  Taverns  and  farm- 
houses, with  large  stables  and  free  access,  are  selected  for 
quartering  them.  ^ 

540. — Th^  Colonel  indicates  the  place  of  assembling  in  case 
of  alarm.  It  sliould  generally  be  outside  the  cantonment; 
the  egress  from  it  should  be  free ;  the  retreat  upon  the  other 
positions  secure,  and  roads  leading  to  it  on  the  side  of  the 
enemy  obstructed. 

541. — The  necessary  orders  being  given,  as  in  establishing  a 
camp,  the  picket  and  grand  guards  are  posted.  A  sentinel  may 
be  placed  on  a  steeple  or  high  house,  and  then  the  troops  are 
marched  to  the  quarters.  The  men  sleep  in  the  stables,  if  it  is 
thought  necessary. 

542. — The  above  applies  in  the  main  to  infantay.  Near  the 
enemy,  companies  or  platoons  should  be  collected,  as  much  as 
possible,  in  the  same  houses.  If  companies  must  be  separated, 
they  should  be  divided  by  platoons  or  squads.  All  take  arms 
at  daybreak. 

543. — When  cavalry  and  infantry  canton  together,  the  latter 
tarnish  the  guards  by  night,  and  the  former  by  day. 

544. — Troops  cantoned  in  presence  of  the  enemy  should  be 
covered  by  advanced  guards  and  natural  or  artificial  obstacles. 


66 

Cantonments  taken  during  a  cessation  of  hostilities  should 
be  established  in  rear  of  a  line  of  defense,  and  in  front  of  the 
point  on  which  the  troops  would  concentrate  to  receive  an  at- 
tack. The  General  comrnanding-in-chief  assigns  the  limits  of 
their  cantonments  to  the  divisions,  the  commanders  of  divisions 
to  brigades,  and  the  commanders  of  brigades  post  their  regi- 
ments. The  position  for  each  corps  in  case  of  attack  is  care- 
fully pointed  out  by  the  Generals. 

HEAD-QUARTERS. 

545. — Generals  take  post  at  the  centre  of  their  commands, 
on  the  main  channels  of  communication.  If  troops  bivouac 
in  presence  of  the  enemy,  the  Generals  bivouac  with  them. 

MILITARY  EXERCISES. 

546. — When  troops  remain  in  camp  or  cantonment  many 
days,  the  Colonels  require  them  to  be  exercised  in  the  school 
of  the  battalion  and  sqnadron.  Kegiments  and  brigades  en- 
camped by  division  are  not  united  for  drills  without  the  per- 
mission of  the  General  of  division.  The  troops  must  not  be 
exercised  at  the  firings  without  the  authority  of  the  General 
commanding-in-chief.  The  practice  of  the  drums  must  never 
begin  with  the  "general,"  or  the  "march  of  the  regiment  ;" 
nor  the  trumpets  with  the  sound  "to  horse."  The  hour  for 
practice  is  always  announced. 

•  ORDERS. 

547. — In  the  field,  verbal  orders  and  important  sealed  orders 
are  carried  by  officers,  and,  if  possible,  by  staff  officers. ,  When 
orders  are  carried  by  orderlies,  the  place  and  time  of  departure 
will  be  marked  on  them,  and  place  and  time  of  delivery  on 
the  receipt. 

DISPATCHES. 

548. — Dispatches,  particularly  for  distant  corps,  should  be 
intrusted  only  to  officers  to  whom  their  contents  can  be  con- 
fided. In  a  country  occupied  by  the  enemy,  the  bearer  of  dis- 
patches should  be  accompanied  by  at  least  two  of  the  best 
mounted  men  ;  should  avoid  towns  and  villages,  and  the  main 
roads ;  rest  as  little  as  possible,  and  only  at  out-of-the-way 
places.  Where  there  is  danger,  he  should  send  one  of  the  men 
in  advance,  and  be  always  ready  to  destroy  his  dispatches.  He 
g]^oi^l<i  b^  adroit  in  answering  questions  about  the   army,  and 

t  to  be  intimidated  by  threats. 


67 
WATCHWORDS. 

549. — ^The  parole  and  countersign  are  issued  daily  from  the 
principal  head-quarters  of  the  command.  The  countersign  is 
given  10  the  sentinels  and  non-commissioned   officers   of  the 

fuards ;  the  parole   to  the   commissioned  officers  of  guards, 
he  parole  is  usually  the  name  of  a  general,  the   countersign 
of  a  battle. 

550. — When  the  parole  and  countersign  can  not  be  commu- 
nicated daily  to  a  post  or  detachment  which  ought  to  use  the 
same  as  the  main  body,  a  series  of  wot-ds  may  be  sent  for  some 
days  in  advance. 

551. — If  the  countersign  is  lost,  or  one  of  the  guard  deserts 
with  it,  the  commander  on  the  spot  will  substitute  another, 
and  report  the  case  at  once  to  the  proper  superior,  that  imme- 
diate notice  may  be  given  to  head-quarters. 

ISSUES. 

552. — At  what  time  and  for  what  period  issues  are  made, 
must  depend  on  circumstances,  and  be  regulated  in  orders. 
When  an  army  is  not  moving,  rations  are  generally  issued  for 
four  days  at  a  time.  Issues  to  the  companies  of  a  regiment, 
and  the  fatigues  to  receive  them,  are  superintended  by  an 
officer  detailed  from  the  regiment.  Issues  are  made  from  one 
end  of  the  line  to  the  other,  beginning  on  the  right  and  left 
alternately.  An  issue  commenced  on  one  regiment  will  not 
be  interrupted  for  another  entitled  to  precedence  if  it  had  been 
in  place. 

THE   ROSTER,   OR   DETAILS   FOR   SERVICE. 

553. — The  duties  performed  by  detail  are  of  three  classes. 
Thejlrst  class  comprises,  1st  grand  guards  and  outposts  ;  2d. 
interior  guards,  as  of  magazine,  hospital,  &c.;  3d.  orderlies  ; 
4th.  police  guards. 

The  second  class  comprises,  1st.  detachments  to  protect  labor- 
ers on  military  works,  as  field-works,  communications  &c. ; 
2d.  working  parties  on  such  works  ;  3d.  detachments  to  pro- 
tect fatigues. 

The  t/iird  class  are  all  fatigues,  without  arms,  in  or  out  of 
camp. 

In  the  cavalry,  stable-guards  form  a  separate  roster,  and 
count  before  fatigue. 

554. — The  rosters  are  distinct  for  each  class.  Officers  are 
named  on  them  in  the  order  of  rank.  The  details  are  taken  in 
succession  in  the  order  of  the  roster,  beginning  at  the  head. 


68 

655. — Lieutenants  form  one  roster,  and  first  and  second 
Lieutenants  are  entered  on  it  alternately.  The  senior  lirst 
Lieutenant  is  the  first  on  the  roster;  the  senior  second  Lieu- 
tenant is  the  second,  &g.  The  Captains  form  one  roster,  and 
are  exempt  from  fatigues,  except  to  superintend  issues.  A 
Captain  commanding  a  battalion  temporarily  is  exempt  from 
detail,  and  duty  falling  to  him  passes.  Lieutenant-Colonels 
and  Maj.oi-s  are  on  one  roster.  They  may  be  detailed  for  duties 
of  the  first  and  second  classes,  when  the  importance  of  the 
i^uards  and  detachments  requires  it.  Their  roster  is  kept  at 
cli vision  and  brigade  head-quarters.  In  the  company,  sergeants, 
corporals  and  privates  form  distinct  rosters. 

556. — Officers,  non-commissioned  ofiicers,  and  soldiers  take 
duties  of  the  first  class  in  the  order  stated,  viz,  the  first  for  the 
detail,  takes  the  grand  guards  ;  the  next,  the  interior  guards  ; 
the  last,  the  police  guard  ;  and  the  same  rule  in  regard  to  the 
details  and  duties  of  the  second  class.  Li  the  details  for  the 
third  class,  the  senior  ofiicer  takes  the  largest  party.  The  party 
first  for  detail  takes  the  service  out  of  camp. 

557. — When  the  officer  whose  tour  it  is,  is  not  able  to  take 
it,  or  is  not  present  at  the  hour  of  marching,  the  next  after 
him  takes  it.  When  a  guard  has  passed  the  chain  of  sentinels, 
or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post,  the  officer  whose  tour 
it  was  cannot  then  take  it.  He  takes  the  tour  of  the  officer 
who  has  taken  his.  When  an  officer  is  prevented  by  sickness 
from  taking  his  tour,  it  passes.  These  rules  apply  equally  to 
non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers. 

558. — Duties  of  the  first  and  second  classes  are  credited  on 
the  roster  when  the  guards  or  detachments  have  passed  the 
chain  of  sentinels,  or  an  interior  guard  has  reached  its  post  ; 
fatigue  duties  when  the  parties  have  passed  the  chain  or  begun 
the  duties  in  camp. 

559. — Every  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  on 
duty  of  the  first  class,  or  who  is  of  the  next  detail  for  such 
duty,  takes  when  relieved,  the  duty  of  the  second  or  third  class 
that  has  fallen  to  him  during  that  time,  unless  he  has  marched 
for  detachment  of  more  than  twenty-four  houi-s. 

560. — Soldiers  march  with  knapsacks  on  all  duties  of  the 
first  class  ;  and  with  arms  and  equipments  complete  on  all 
working  parties  out  of  the  camp,  unless  otherwise  ordered.  In 
the  cavalry,  horses  are  packed  for  all  mounted  service. 

561. — In  the  cavalry,  dismounted  men,  and  those  whose 
horses  are  not  in  order,  are  prefierred  for  the  detail  for  dis- 


69 

nioiinted  service.  Those  who  are  mounted  are  never  employed 
on  those  services,  if  the  number  of  tLe  other  class  are  suf- 
ficient. 

562. — Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  in  the 
cavalry  detailed  for  dismounted  service  must,  before  he 
marches,  take  to  the  First  Sergeant  of  the  troop,  or  Sergeant 
of  his  squad,  his  horse  equipments  and  his  valise  ready  packed. 
In  case  of  alarm,  the  First  Sergeant  sees  that  the  horses  of 
these  men  are  equipped  and  led  to  the  rendezvous. 

563. — These  rules  in  regard  to  the  roster  apply  also  to  ser- 
vice in  garrison. 

POLICB   GUARD. 

564 — In  each  regiment  a  police  guard  is  detailed  every  day, 
consisting  of  two  Sergeants,  three  corporals,  two  drummers, 
and  men  enough  to  furnish  the  required  sentinels  and  patrols. 
The  men  tire  taken  from  all  the  companies,  from  each  in  pro- 
portion to  its  strength.  The  guard  is  connnanded  by  a  Lieu- 
tenant, under  the  supervision  of  a  Captain,  as  regimental  offi- 
cer of  the  day.  It  furnishes  ten  sentinels  at  the  camp  ;  one 
over  the  arms  of  the  guard  ;  one  at  the  Colonel's  tent ;  three 
on  the  color  front,  one  of  them  over  the  colors ;  three,  fifty 
paces  in  rear  of  the  field  officers'  tents  ;  and  one  on  each  flank, 
between  it  and  the  next  regiment.  If  it  is  a  flank  regiment, 
one  more  sentinel  is  posted  on  the  outer  flank. 

565. — An  advanced  post  is  detached  from  the  police  guard, 
composed  of  a  sergeant,  a  corporal,  a  drummer  and  nine  men 
to  furnish  sentinels  and  the  guard  over  the  prisoners.  The 
men  are  first  of  the  guard  roster  from  each  company.  The 
men  of  the  advanced  post  must  not  leave  it  under  any  pretext. 
Their  meals  are  sent  to  the  post.  The  advanced  post  fur- 
nishes three  sentinels ;  two  a  few  paces  in  front  of  the  post, 
opposite  the  right  and  left  wing  of  the  regiment,  posted  so  as 
^)  see  as  far  as  possible  to  the  front,  and  one  over  the  arms. 
^1^66. — In  the  cayalry,  dismounted  men  jfre  employed  in 
preference  on  the  police  guard.  The  mounted  men  on  guard 
are  sent  in  succession,  a  part  at  a  time,  to  groom  their  horses. 
The  advanced  post  is  always  fonned  of  mounted  men. 

567. — In  each  company,  a  corporal  has  charge  of  the  stable- 
guard.  His  tour  begins  at  retreat,  and  ends  at  morning  sta- 
ble-call. The  stable-guard  is  large  enough  to  relieve  the  men 
on  post  every  two  hours.  They  sleep  in  their  tents,  and  are 
called  by  the  corporal  when  wanted.     At  retreat  he  clones 


70 

the  streets  of  the  camp  with  cords,  or  uses  other  precautions 
to  prevent  tlie  escape  of  loose  horses. 

-568. — The  officer  of  the  day  is  charged  with  the  order  and 
cleanliness  of  the  camp ;  a  fatigue  is  furnished  to  him  when 
the  number  of  prisoners  is  insufficient  to  clean  the  camp.  He 
has  the  calls  beaten  by  the  drummer  of  the  guard. 

569. — The  police  guard  and  the  advanced  post  pay  the  same 
honors  as  other  guards.  They  take  arms  when  an  armed 
body,  approaches. 

o70. — The  sentinel  over  the  colors  has  orders  not  to  permit 
them  to  be  moved,  except  in  presence  of  an  escort ;  to  let  no 
one  touch  them  but  the  color-bearer,  or  the  sergeant  of  the 
police  guard  when  he  is  accompanied  by  two  armed  men. 

571. — The  sentinels  on  the  color  front  permit  no  soldier  to 
take  arms  from  the  stacks,  except  by  order  of  some  officer, 
or  a  non-commissioned  officer  of  the  guard.  The  sentinel  at 
the  Colonel's  tent  has  orders  to  warn  him,  day  or  night,  oi^ 
4ny  unusual  movement  in  or  about  the  camp. 

572. — The  sentinels  on  the  front,  flanks,  and  rear,  see  that 
no  soldier  leaves  camp  with  horse  or  arms,  unless  conducted 
by  a  non-commissioned  officer.  They  prevent  non-commis- 
isioned  officers  and  soldiers  from  passing  out  at  night,  except 
to  go  to  the  sinks,  and  mark  if  they  return.  They  arrest  at 
any  time,  suspicious  persons  prowling  about  the  camp,  and  at 
Ijight,  every  one  who  attempts  to  enter,  even  the  soldiers  of 
other  coqjs.  Arrested  persons  are  sent  to  the  officer  of  the 
guard,  who  sends  them,  if  necessary,  to  the  officer  of  the  day. 

573. — The  sentinels  on  the  front  of  the  advanced  post  have 
orders  to  permit  neither  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers 
to  pass  the  line,  without  reporting  at  the  advanced  post ;  to 
warn  the  advanced  post  of  the  approach  of  any  armed  body, 
and  to  arrest  all  suspicious  persons.  The  sergeant  sends  per- 
sons so  arrested  to  the  officer  of  the  guard,  and  warns  him  of 
the  approach  of  any  armed  body.  ^^ 

574. — The  sentinel  over  the  arms  at  the  advanced  pVi 
guards  the  prisoners  and  keeps  sight  of  them,  and  suffers  no 
one  to  converse  with  them  without  permission.  They  are  only 
permitted  to  go  to  the  sinks  one  at  a  time,  and  under  a  sentinel. 

575. — If  any  one  is  to  be  passed  out  of  camp  at  night,  the 
officer  of  the  guard  sends  him  under  escort  to  the  advanced 
post,  and  the  sergeant  of  the  post  has  him  passed  over  the 
chain. 


71 

576. —  At  retreat,  the  office  of  the  guard  has  the  roll  of  his 
guard  called,  and  inspect  arms,  to  see  that  they  are  loaded  and 
in  order;  and  visits  the  advanced  post  for  the  same  purpose. 
The  Sergeant  of  the  police  guard,  accompanied  by  two  armed 
soldiers,  folds  the  colors  and  lays  them  on  the  trestle  in  the 
rear  of  the  arms.  He  sees  that  the  sutler's  stores  are  the  closed, 
and  the  men  leave  them,  and  tliat  the  kitchen  fires  are  put 
out  at  the  appointed  hour. 

577.—  The  officer  of  the  day  satisfies  himself  frequently 
during  the  night,  of  the  vigilance  of  the  police  guard  and  ad- 
vanced post.  He  prescribes  patrols  and  rounds  to  be  made  by 
the  officer  and  non-commissioned  officers  of  the  guard.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  orders  them  when  he  thinks  necessary. 
He  visits  the  sentinels  frequently. 

578. — At  reveille,  the  police  guard  takes  arms;  the  officer 
of  the  guard  inspects  it  and  advanced  post.  The  Sergeant  re- 
plants the  colors  in  place.  At  retreat  and  reveille  the  advanced 
post  takes  arms;  the  Sergeant  makes  his  report  to  the  officer 
:>f  the  guard  when  he  visits  the  post. 

579. — "When  necessary,  the  camp  is  covered  at  night  with 
small  outposts,  forming  a  double  chain  of  sentinels.  These 
posts  are  under  the  orders  of  the  commander  of  the  police 
guard,  and  are  visited  by  his  pa1;rols  and  rounds. 

580.— -The  officer  of  the  guard  makes  his  report  of  his  tour 
of  service,  including  the  advanced  post,  and  sends  it,  after  the 
guard  is  marched  off,  to  the  officer  of  the  day. 

581. — When  the  regiment  marches,  the  men  of  the  police 
guard  return  to  their  companies,  except  those  of  the  advanced 
post.  In  the  cavalry,  at  the  sound  "  boot  and  saddle,"  the  officer 
of  the  guard  sends  one  half  the  men  to  saddle  and  pack;  when 
tlie  regiment  assembles,  al|the  men  join  it. 

5^2. — When  the  camping-party  precedes  the  regiment,  and 
the  new  police  guard  marches  with  the  camping-party,  the 
^'uard,  on  reaching  the  camp,  forms  in  line  thirty  paces  in 
front  of  the  centre  of  the  ground  marked  for  the  regiment.  The 
officer  of  the  guard  furnishes  the  sen^nels  required  by  the 
commander  of  the  camping-party. 

The  advanced  post  takes  its  station. 

583.— The  advanced  post  of  the  old  police  guard  takes 
cliarge  of  the  prisoners  on  the  maroh,  and  marches,  bayonets 
iixed,  at  the  centre  of  the  regiment.  On  reaching  camp,  it 
turns  over  the  prisoners  to  the  new  advanced  post. 


5S4. — The  detail  for  tlie  picket  is  made  daily,  after  the 
details  for  duty  of  first  class,  and  from  the  next  for  detail  on 
the  roster  of  that  class.  It  is  designed  to  furnish  detachments 
and  guards  unexpectedly  called  for  in  the  twenty-four  hours; 
it  counts  as  a  tour  of  the  first  class  to  those  who  have  marched 
on  detachment  or  guard,  or  who  have  passed  the  night  in 
bivouac. 

585. — The  officers,  non-commissoned  officers,  and  soldiers 
of  the  picket  are  at  all  times  dressed  and  equipped;  the  horees 
are  saddled,  and  knapsacks  and  valises  ready  to  be  put  on. 

586. — Detachments  and  guards  from  the  picket  are  taken 
from  the  head  of  the  picket  roll  in  each  company,  and,  if 
possible,  equally  from  each  company.  The  picket  of  a  regi- 
ment is  composed  of  a  Lieutenant,  two  Sergeants,  four  Cor- 
porals, a  drummer,  and  about  forty  privates.  For  a  smaller 
force,  the  picket  is  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  detch- 
ment. 

5S7. — Officers  and  men  of  the  picket  who  march  on  detach- 
ment or  guard  before  retreat,  will  be  replaced. 

588. — The  picket  is  assembled  by  the  Adjutant  at  guard- 
mounting;  it  is  posted  twelve  paces  in  the  rear  of  the  guard, 
and  is  inspected  by  its  own  commander.  When  the  guard  has 
marched  in  review,  the  commandant  of  the  picket  marches  it 
to  the  left  of  the  police  guard,  where  it  stacks  its  arms,  and 
is  dismissed;  the  arms  are  under  charge  of  the  sentinel  of  the 
police  guard. 

589. — The  pick  el  is  only  assembled  by  the  orders  of  the 
Colonel  or  officer  of  the  day.  It  forms  on  the  left  of  the  police 
guard. 

590. — The  officer  of  the  day  reqi^es  the  roll  of  the  picket 
to  be  called  frequently  during  the  day;  the  call  is  sounded 
from  the  police  guard.  At  roll-calls  and  inspections,  infantry 
pickets  assemble  with  kinapsacks  on,  cavalry  on  foot.  The 
picket  is  assembled  at  retreat;  the  officer  has  the  roll  called, 
and  inspects  the  arms.  The  picket  sleep  in  their  tents,  but 
without  undressing^.      -i 

591.— The  picket  does  not  a  semble  at  night  except  in  cases 
of  alarm,  or  when  the  whole  or  a  part  is  to  march;  then  the 
officer  of  the  day  calls  the  officers,  the  latter  the  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  and  these  the  men,  for  which  purpose  each 
ascertains  the  tents  of  those  he  is  to  call;  they  are  asseinbled 
without  beat  of  drum  or  other  noise.  At  night,  cavalry  pickets 
assemble  mounted. 


592. — Pickets  rejoin  their  coiiipanie.s  vviienever  the  regi- 
ment is  under  arms  for  review,  drill,  march,  or  battle. 

GRAND  GUARDS  AND  OTHER  OUTPOSTS. 

693. — Grand  guards  are  the  advanced  posts  of  a  camp  or 
cantonment,  and  should  cover  the  ap^^roaches  to  it.  Their 
number,  strength,  and  position  are  regulated  by  the  com- 
manders of  brigades;  in  detached  corps,  by  the  commanding 
officer.  When  it  can  be,  the  grand  guards 'of  cavaly  and  in- 
fantry are  combined,  the  cavalry  furnishing  the  advanced  sen- 
tinels. When  the  cavalry  is  weak,  the  grand  guards  are 
infantry,  but  furnished  w^ith  a  few  cavalry  soldiers,  to  get 
and  carry  intelligence  of  the  enemy. 

594. — The  strength  of  a  grand  guard  of  a  brigade  will 
depend  on  its  object  and  the  strength  of  the  regiments,  the 
nature  of  the  country,  the  position  of  the  enemy,  and  the  dis-- 
position  of  the  inhabitants.  It  is  usually  commanded  by  a 
Captain. 

595. — Under  the  supervisions  of  the  General's  of  Division 
and  Brigade,  the  grand  guards  are  specially  under  the  direc- 
tion of  a  field  officer  of  the  day  in  each  Brigade.  In  case  of 
necessity.  Captains  may  be  added  to  the  roster  of  Lieutenant- 
Colonels  and  Majors  for  this  detail. 

596. — Staff  officers  sent  from  division  head-quarters  to  in- 
spect the  posts  of  grand  guards,  give  them  orders  only  in 
urgent  cases,  and  in  the  absence  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day 
of  the  brigade. 

597. — Grand  guards  usually  mount  at  the  same  time  as  the 
other  guards,  but  may  mount  before  daybreak  if  the  General 
of  Brigade  thinks  it  necessary  to  double  the  outposts  at  that 
time.  In  this  case  they  assemble  and  march  without  noise, 
and  during  their  march  throw  out  scouts ;  this  precaution 
should  alw^ays  be  taken  in  the  first  posting  of  a  grand  guard. 
The  doubling  of  guards  weakens  the  corps  and  fatigues  the 
men,  and  should  seldom  be  resorted  to,  and  never  when  pre- 
paring to  mai-ch  or  fight.  ' 

598. — A  grand  guard  is  conducted  to  liis  post  in  the  first 
instance,  by  the  field  officer  of  the  day,  gui4ed  by  a  stafi*  officer 
who  accompanied  by  the  General  in  his  reconnoisance.  After 
the  post  has  been  established,  the  commander  sends  to  tlie 
field  officer, of  the  day,  when  necessary,  a  soldier  of  tlie  guard 
to  guide  the  relieving  guard  to  the  post.  He  also  sends  to 
him  in  the  evening  a  corporal  or  trusty  man  of  the  guard  tor  the 


74 

note  containing  the  parole  and  countersign,  and  sends  them 
before  dark  to  the  detached  posts.  He  will  not  suiFer  his  guard 
to  be  relieved  except  by  a  guard  of  the  brigade,  or  by  special 
orders. 

699. — If  there  is  no  pass  to  be  observed  or  defended,  the 
grand  guards  are  placed  near  the  centre  of  the  ground  they  are 
to  observe,  on  sheltered,  and,  if  possible,  high  ground,  the  bet- 
ter to  conceal  their  strength  and  observe  the  enemy ;  they 
ought  not  to  be  placed  near  the  edge  of  a  v^ood.  When, 
during  the  day,  they  are  placed  very  near  or  in  sight  of  the 
enemy,  they  fall  back  at  night  on  posts  selected  farther  to  the 
rear. 

600.. — In  broken  or  in  mountainous  countries,  and  partic- 
ularly if  the  inhabitants  are  ill-disposed,  intemiediate  posts 
must  be  established  v^hen  it  is  necessary  to  post  the  grand 
guard  distant  from  the  camp. 

601. — Grand  guards  are  chiefly  to  v^atchthe  enemy  in  front ; 
their  flanks  are  protected  by  each  other,  and  the  camp  must 
furaish  posts  to  protect  their  rear  and  secure  their  retreat- 

603. — Grand  guards  are  seldom  intrenched,  and  never  with- 
out the  orders  of  the  General,  except  by  a  barricade  or  ditch 
when  exposed  in  a  plain  to  attacks  of  cavalry. 

603. — The  General  of  Division,  if  he  thinks  proper,  changes 
the  stations  and  orders  of  these  guards,  and  establishes  posts 
to  connect  the  brigades  or  protect  the  the  exterior  flanks. 

604. — After  a  grand  guard  is  posted,  the  first  care  of  the 
commander  and  of  the  field  officer  of  the  day  is  to  get  news 
of  the  enemy ;  then  to  reconnoitre  his  j)osition,  and  the  roads, 
bridges,  fords,  and  defiles.  This  r^connoisance  determines  the 
force  and  position  of  the  small  posts  and  their  sentinels  day 
and  night.  These  posts,  according  to  their  importance,  are 
commanded  by  officers  or  non-commissioned  officers ;  the  cav- 
alry posts  may  be  relieved  every  four  or  eight  hours. 

605. — The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  receives  detailed 
instructions  from  the  general  and  field  officer  of  the  day  of  the 
brigade,  and  instructs  the  commanders  of  the  small  posts  as 
te  their  duties  and  the  arrangements  for  defense  or  retreat. 
The  commanders  of  grand  guards  may,  in  urgent  cases,  change 
the  positions  of  the  small  posts.  If  the  small  posts  are  to 
change  their  positions  at  night,  they  wait  until  the  grand 
guard  have  got  into  position  and  darkness  hides  their  move- 
ments from  the  enemy  ;  then  march  silently  and  rapidly  under 
the  charge  of  an  officer. 


iO 


006. — 111  detached  corps,  small  posts  of  picked  men  are  at 
night  sent  forward  on  the  roads  by  which  the  enemy  may  at- 
tack or  turn  the  position.  They  watch  the  forks  of  the  roads, 
keep  silence,  conceal  themselves,  light  no  fires,  and  often 
change  place.  They  announce  the  approach  of  the  enemy 
by  signal  agreed  upon,  and  retreat,  by  routes  examined  during 
the  day,  to  places  selected,  and  rejoin  the  guard  at  daybreak. 

607. — Grand  guards  have  special  orders  in  each  case,  and 
the  following  in  all  cases  :  to  infonn  the  nearest  posts  and  the 
field  officer  of  the  day,  or  the  General  of  Brigade,  of  the  march 
and  movements  of  the  enemy,  and  of  the  attacks  they  receive 
or  fear;  to  examine  every  person  passing  near  the  post,  par- 
ticularly those  coming  from  without ;  to  arrest  suspicious  per- 
sons, and  all  soldiers  and  camp-followers  who  try  to  pass  out 
without  permission,  and  to  send  to  the  General,  unless  other- 
wise directed,  all  country  people  who  come  in. 

608. — All  out-guards  stand  to  arms  at  night  on  the  approach 
of  patrols,  rounds,  or  other  parties ;  the  sentinel  over  the  arms 
has  orders  to  call  them  out. 

609. — Advanced  posts  will  not  take  arms  for  inspection  or 
ceremony  when  it  would  expose  them  to  the  view  of  the 
enemy. 

610. — Grand  guards  are  often  charged  with  the  care  and 
working  of  telegraphic  signals. 

611. — The  sentinels  and  vedettes  are  placed  on  points  from 
which  they  can  see  farthest,  taking  care  not  to  break  their 
connection  with  each  other  or  with  their  posts.  They  are 
concealed  from  the  enemy  as  much  as  possible  by  w^alls,  or 
trees,  or  elevated  ground.  It  is  generall}  even  of  more  ad- 
vantage not  to  be  seen  than  to  see  far.  They  should  not  be 
placed  near  covers,  where  the  enemy  may  capture  them. 

612. — A  sentinel  should  always  be  ready  to  fire,  vedettes 
carry  their  pistols  or  carbines  in  their  hands.  A  sentinel  must 
.be  sure  of  the  presence  of  an  enemy  before  he  fires ;  once 
satified  of  that,  he  must  fire,  though  all  defense  on  his  part 
be  useless,  as  the  safety  of  the  post  may  depend  on  it.  Senti- 
nels fire  on  all  persons  deserting  to  the  enemy. 

613. — If  the  post  must  be  where  a  sentinel  on  it  can  not 
communicate  with  the  guard,  a  corporal  and  three  men  are 
detached  for  it,  or  the  sentinels  are  doubled,  that  one  may 
communicate  with  the  guard.  During  the  day  the  commu- 
nication may  be  made  by  signals,  such  as  raising  a  cap  or 


handkerchief.     At  night  sentinels  arc  placed  on  low  ground, 
the  better  to  see  objects  against  the  sky. 

014. — To  lessen  the  duty  of  rounds,  and  keep  more  men  on 
the  alert  at  night,  sentinels  are  I'elieved  every  houi'.  To  pre- 
vent sentinels  from  being  surpiised,  it  is  sometimes  well  to 
precede  the  countersign  by  signals,  such  as  striking  the  mus- 
ket with  the  hand,  striking  the  hands  together,  &c.«* 

615. — On  the  approach  of  any  one  at  night,  the  sentinel 
orders — "ifaZ^/"  If  the  order  is  not  obeyed  after  once  re- 
peated, he  fires.  If  obeyed,  he  call — '*  Who  goes  there?'"  If 
answered — "  Rounds^''  or  "  FatroW''  he  says — "  Advance  with 
the  countersign,'''^  If  more  than  one  advance  at  the  same  time, 
or  the  person  who  advances  fails  to  give  the  countersign  or 
signal  agreed  on,  the  sentinel  fires,  and  falls  back  on  his  guard- 
The  sentinel  over  the  arms,  as  soon  as  his  hail  is  answered, 
turns  out  the  guard,  and  the  Corporal  goes  to  reconnoitre. 
When  it  is  desirable  to  hide  the  position  of  the  sentinel  from 
the  enemy,  the  hail  is  replaced  by  signals ;  the  sentinel  gives 
the  signal,  and  those  approaching  the  counter  signal.* 

616. — With  raw  troops,  or  when  the  light  troops  of  the 
enemy  are  numerous  or  active,  and  when  the  country  is  broken 
or  wooded,  the  night  stormy  or  dark,  sentinels  should  be 
doubled.  In  this  case,  while  one  watches,  the  other  called  a 
flying  sentinel,  moves  about,  examing  the  paths  and  hollow^s. 

617. — The  commandants  of  grand  guards  visit  the  sentinels 
often  ;  change  their  positions  when  necessary ;  make  them  re- 
peat their  orders  ;  teach  them  under  what  circumstances  and 
at  what  signals  to  retire,  and  particularly  not  to  fall  back 
directly  on  their  guard  if  pursued,  but  to  lead  the  enemy  in 
a  circuit. 

6 IS. — At  night,  half  the  men  of  the  grand  guard  oH*  p.  «t 
watch  under  arms,  while  the  rest  lie  down,  arms  by  their  side. 
The  horses  are  always  biidled  ;  the  horsemen  hold  the  reins, 
and  must  not  sleep. 

619. — When  a  grand  guard  of  cavalry  is  so  placed  as  not  to 
be  liable  to  a  sudden  attack  from  the  enemy,  the  General  may 
permit  the  horses  to  be  fed  during  the  night,  unbridling  for 
tliis  pui*pose  a  few  at  a  time — the  horsemen  being  vigilant  to 
prevent  them  from  escaping. 

620. — An  hour  before  break  of  day,  infantry  grand  guards 
stand  to  arms,  and  cavalry  mount.     At  the  advanced  posts* 


some  of  the  infantry  are  all  night  under  arms,  5ome  of  the  cav- 
.Iry  on  horeeback. 

t)21. — The  commander  of  a  grand  guard  regulates  the  num- 
bers, the  hours,  and  the  march  ot  patrols  and  rounds,  accord- 
ing to  the  strength  of  his  troop  and  the  necessity  for  precau- 
tion; and,  accompanied  by  those  who  are  to  command  the 
patrols  and  rounds  during  thie  night,  he  will  reconnoitre  all 
the  routes  they  are  to  follow. 

622. — Patrols  and  rounds  march  slowly,  in  silence,  and  with 
:;reat  precaution;  halt  frequently  to   listen  and   examine  the 
_;round.  The  rounds  consist  of  an  officer  or  non-commissioned 
)fticer  and  two  or  three  men. 

623. — ^Toward  the  break  of  day  the  patrols  ought  to  be  more 
frequent,  and  sent  to  greater  distances.  They  examine  the 
hollow-ways,  and  ground  likely  to  conceal  an  enemy,  but  with 
^reat  caution,  to  avoid  being  cut  oft*,  or  engaged  in  an  une- 
jual  combat ;  if  they  meet  the  enemy,  they  fire  and  attempt 
to  stop  his  march.  While  the  patrols  are  out  the  posts  are 
under  arms. 

624. — Cavalry  patrols  should  examine,  the  country  to  a 
greater  distance  than  infantry,  and  report  to  the  infantry 
-uard  every  thing  they  observe.  The  morning  patrols  and 
>couts  do  not  return  until  broad  daylight;  and  when  they 
return,  the  night  sentinels  are  withdrawn,  and  the  posts  for 
the  day  resumed. 

625. — When  patrols  are  sent  beyond  the  advanced  posts, 
the  posts  and  sentinels  should  be  warned. 

626. — On  their  return,  commanders  of  patrols  report  in  re- 
gard to  the  ground  and  every  thing  they  have  observed  of  the 
movements  of  the  enemy,  or  of  his  posts,  and  the  command- 
ant of  the  grand  guard  reports  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day. 

627. — The  fires  of  the  grand  guards  should  be  hidden  by  a 
wall,  or  ditch  or  other  screen.  To  deceive  the  enemy,  fires 
are  sometimes  made  on  aground  not  occupied.  Fires  are  not 
permitted  at  small  posts  liable  to  surprise. 

62S. — ^The  horses  of  cavalry  guards  are  watered  or  fed  by 
detachments ;  during  which  the  rest  are  ready  to  mount. 

629. — If  a  body  of  troops  attempt  to  enter  the  camp  at 
night,  unless  their  arrival  has  been  announced,  or  the  com- 
mander is  known  to,  or  is  the  bearer  -oi  a  written  order  to  the 
commander  of  the  grand  guards,  he  stops  them,  and  sends  the 


7S 

<5omraander  under  escort  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day,   and 
warns  the  post  near  him. 

630. — ^Bearers  of  flags  are  not  permitted  to  pass  the  outer 
chain  of  sentinels ;  their  faces  are  turned  from  the  post  or  army; 
if  necessary  their  eyes  are  bandaged ;  a  non-commissioned 
officer  stays  with  them  to  prevent  indiscretion  of  the  sentinels. 

631. — The  commandant  of  the  grand  guard  receipts  for  dis- 
patches, and  sends  them  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day  or  Gen- 
,eral  of  Brigade,  and  dismisses  the  bearer  ;  but  if  he  has 
discovered  what  ought  to  be  concealed  from  the  enemy,  he  is 
detained  as  long  as  necessary. 

632. — Deserters  are  disarmed  at  the  advanced  posts,  and 
sent  to  the  commander  of  the  grand  guard,  who  gets  from 
them  all  the  information  he  can  concerning  his  post.  If  many 
come  at  night  they  are  received  cautiously,  a  few  at  a  time. 
They  are  sent  in  the  morning  to  the  field  officer  of  the  day, 
or  to  the  nearest  post  or  camp,  to  be  conducted  to  the  Gen- 
eral of  the  brigade.  All  suspected  pei-sons  are  searched  by 
commanders  of  the  posts. 

633. — When  an  enemy  advances  to  an  attack,  unless  he  is 
in  too  great  force,  or  the  grand  guard  is  to  defend  an  in- 
trenched post  or  a  defile,  it  will  take  positions  and  execute  the 
movemenls  to  check  the  enemy,  acting  as  skirmishers,  or 
fighting  in  close  or  open  order,  as  may  be  best.  The  guard 
joins  its  corps  when  in  line,  or  when  a  sufficient  number  of 
troops  have  reached  the  ground  it  defends. 

ENTRENCHED  POSTS. 

634. — -Unless  the  army  be  acting  on  the  defensive,  no  post 
should  be  intrenched,  except  to  cover  the  weak  parts  of  the  line, 
or  at  points  which  the  enemy  cannot  avoid,  or  in  mountain 
warfare,  or  to  the  close  of  a  defile,  or  to  cover  winter  quarters. 

635. — Posts  connected  with  the  operations  of  an  army  are 
intrenched  only  by  order  of  the  General  commanding  in-chief 
or  a  General  of  Division. 

636. — Any  intrenchment  that  requires  artillery  is  consid- 
ered as  a  post,  and  a  guard  or  garrison  and  commander  are 
assigned  to  it. 

637. — The  General  who  establishes  an  intrenched  post  gives 
to  its  commander  detailed  instructions  in  regard  to  i^s  defense, 
and  the  circumstances  under  which  the  defense  should  cease. 


638. — ^The  commander  reconnoiters  his  post;  distributes  the 
toops ;  posts  the  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  ;  forms 
a  reserve  ;  gives  orders  for  all  contingencies  he  can  foresee ; 
suppose  an  attack,  and  arrange  his  troo|§  for  defence,  so  as  to 
prepare  them  for  an  attack,  day  or  night. 

639  — In  dark  weather  he  redoubles  his  vigilance,  and  chan- 
ges the  hours  and  direction  of  the  rounds  and  parols.  He  per- 
mits no  flags  of  truce,  deserters  or  strangers  to  enter.  If  a  flag 
ought  to  pass  his  post,  he  bandages  his  eyes.  He  refuses 
admittance  to  a  reliefer  any  other  party  until  he  has  carefully 
examined  them.  In  case  of  an  attack,  he  does  not  wait  for 
orders  or  hold  a  council.  Havmg  defended  his  post  to  the 
last  extremity,  or  till  the  purpose  of  the  defense,  according  to 
his  instructions,  is  answered,  he  may  then  spike  his  guns  and 
rejoin  the  army  under  cover  of  night,  or  by  cutting  his  way 
through  the  enemy. 

DETACHMENTS. 

(')40. — Wien  5,  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  the  differ* 
eiit  regiment^of  a  brigade,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  of 
the  brigade  assembles  it,  and  turns  it  over  to  the  commander. 

641. — When  a  detachment  is  to  be  formed  from  different 
biigades,  the  Assistant  Adjutant-General  in  each  forms  the 
contmgent  of  the  brigade,  and  sends  it  to  the  place  of  assem- 
bling. 

642. — Detaclmments  are  generally  formed  by  taking  batal- 
ions,  squadrons,  companies,  platoons  in  turn,  according  to 
the  roster  for  such  detail. 

643. — When  the  detachment  is  to  consist  of  men  from  every 
company  or  troop,  the  first  on  the  roster  for  guard  are  taken. 

644. — Officers,  non-commissioned  officers,  and  soldiers, 
whose  tour  it  is  to  go  on  detachment,  if  employed  otherwise 
at  the  time,  are  relieved  from  the  duty  they  are  on,  if  they 
can  reach  the  camp  in  time  to  march  with  the  detachment. 

645. — When  detachments  meet,  the  command  is  regulated 
while  they  serve  together  as  if  they  formed  one  detachment. 
But  the  senior  officers  cannot  prevent  the  conmander  of  any 
detachment  from  moving,  when  he  thinks  proper,  to  execute 
the  orders  he  has  received. 

646). — On  the  return  of  a  detachment,  the  commander 
reports  to  the  head-quarters  from  which  he  received  his  orders. 

RECONNOISANCES. 

647. — ^Near  an  enemy,  daily  reconnoissances  are.  made  to  ob- 
6 


so 

serve  the  ground  in  front,  and  to  discover  whether  the  advanced 
guards  of  the  enemyJiave  been  increased  or  put  in  motion,  or 
any  other  sign  of  his  preparation  for  march  or  action. 

648. — They  are  made  by  small  parties  of  cavalry  and  in- 
fantry, from  the  brigade,  under  direction  of  the  General  of 
Division  or  the  General  of  a  separate  brigade,  and  to  less 
distance  by  the  patrols  of  the  grand  guard,  and  are  not  re- 
peated at  the  same  hour  or  by  the  same  route.  On  the  plain, 
reconnoisance  are  made  by  cavalry ;  among  mountains,  by 
infantry,  with  a  few  horsemen  to  carry  intelligence. 

649, — Reconnoitering  parties  observe  the  following  precau- 
tions :  to  leave  small  posts,  or  sentinels  at  intervals,  to  trans- 
mit intelligence  to  the  advanced  posts  of  an  army,  unless  the 
return  is  to  be  by  a  different  route  ;  to  march  with  caution,  to 
avoid  fighting  ;  and  see,  if  possible,  withouj;  being  seen  ;  to 
keep  an  advanced  guard  ;  to  send  well  mounted  men  ahead  of 
the  advanced  guard  ;  and  on  the  flank  of  the  pa*fy ;  to  instruct 
the  scouts  that  no  two  should  enter  a  defile  or  mount  a  hill 
together,  but  to  go  one  at  a  time,  while  one  watches  to  carry 
the  news  if  the  other  is  taken. 

650. — Before  daybreak  the  advanced  guard  and  scouts  are 
drawn  closer ;  the  party  then  march  slowly  and  silently,  stop 
frequently  to  listen,  and  keep  the  horses  that  neigh  in  the 
rear.  The  party  should  enter  no  wood,  defile,  village,  or  in- 
closure,  until  it  has  been  fully  examined  by  the  scouts. 

651. — Special  reconnoisances  are  made  under  the  instruc- 
tion of  the  General  in  command,  by  such  officers  and  with 
such  force  as  he  may  direct. 

652. — Offensive  or  forced  reconnoissances  are  to  ascertain 
with  certainty  points  in  the  enemy's  position,  or  his  strength. 
They  are  sometimes  preludes  to  real  actions,  and  sometimes 
only  demonstrations.  They  drive  in  his  outposts,  and  some- 
times engage  special  corps  of  his  line.  They  are  only  made 
by  order  of  the  General  commanding-in-chief,  or  the  com- 
mander of  an  isolated  corps. 

653. — In  all  reports  of  reconnoissances,  the  officer  making 
them  shall  distinguish  expressly  what  he  has  seen  from  the 
accounts  he  has  not  been  able  to  verify  personally. 

654. — In  special  and  offensive  reconnoissances,  the  report 
must  be  accompanied  by  a  field-sketch  of  the  localities,  the 
dispositions  and  defences  of  the  enemy. 


SI 

PARTISANS  AND  FLANKERS. 

655. — The  operations  of  partisan  coq^s  depend  on  the  nature 
and  theatre  of  the  war  ;  they  enter  into  the  general  plan  of 
operations,  and  are  conducted  under  the  orders  of  the  General 
commanding  in-chief. 

656. — ^The  composition  and  strength  of  partisan  corps  and 
detachment  of  flankers  depend  on  the  object,  the  difficulties, 
the  distance,  and  the  probable  time  of  the  expedition. 

657. — The  purpose  of  these  isolated  corps  is  to  reconnoitre 
at  a  distance  on  the  flanks  of  the  army,  to  protect  its  opera- 
tions, to  deceive  the  enemy,  to  interrupt  his  communications^ 
to  intercept  his  couriers  and  his  correspondence,  to  threaten 
or  destroy  his  magazines,  to  carry  off  his  posts  and  his  convoys, 
or,  at  all  events,  to  retard  his  march  by  making  him  detach 
largely  for  their  protection. 

658. — While  these  corps  fatigue  the  enemy  and  embarrass 
lis  operations,  they  endeavor  to  inspire  confidence  and  secure 
the  good  will  of  the  inhabitants  in  a  friendly  country,  and  to 
held  them  in  check  in  an  enemy's  country. 

659. — ^They  move  actively,  appear  unexpectedly  on  different 
points,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  it  impossible  to  estimate 
their  force,  or  to  tell  whether  they  are  irregular  forces  or  an 
advanced  guard. 

660. — These  operations  require  vigilance,  secrecy,  energy, 
and  promptness.  The  partisan  commander  must  frequently 
supply  by  stratagem  and  audacity  what  he  wants  in  numbers. 

661. — These  detachments  are  sometimes  composed  of  dif- 
ferent arms,  but  the  service  belongs  more  particularly  to  the 
liglit  cavalry,  which  can  move  to  a  distance  by  rapid  marches, 
surprise  the  enemy,  attack  unexpectedly,  and  retire  as 
promptly. 

662. — Stormy  weather,  fogs,  extreme  heat,  and  the  night 
above  all,  are  favorable  to  the  success  of  ambuscades  ;  when 
the  enemy  are  careless,  the  break  of  day  is  the  best  time.  A 
partisan  commander  should  communicate  to  his  second  in  com- 
mand, his  secret  orders,  the  direction  and  object  of  the  expedi- 
tion, and  the  different  points  of  junction  with  the  army. 

663. — Guides  of  the  country  and  spies  are  often  necessary 
to  the  partisan.  They  are  examined  separately,  and  confronted 
if  their  accounts  difi'er.  When  there  is  but  one  guide,  he 
marches  with  the  advanced  guard,  guarded  by  two  men,  and 
bound  if  necessary.  Peddlers  and  smugglers  are  specially 
suitable  for  spies. 


82 

664:. — A  fit  time  to  attack  a  convoy  is  at  a  halt,  or  when 
they  begin  to  park,  or  when  tliey  are  watering,  passing  a  wood 
or  a  defile ;  at  a  bend  of  the  road,  a  bridge  or  steep  ascent. 

665. — The  attacking  party  may  be  principally  cavalry,  with 
some  infantry.  The  first  object  is  to  disperse  the  escort.  A 
part  of  the  detachment  attacks  the  main  body  of  the  escort, 
another  the  wagons,  and  a  third  is  in  reserve  ;  skirmishers  line 
the  road,  and  try  to  cut  the  traces,  and  to  seize  the  front  and 
rear  wagons,  and  turn  them  across  the  road,  to  prevent  the 
train  from  advancing  or  retreating. 

666. — If  the  convoy  is  parked,  the  cavalry  surrounds  it, 
assails  the  escort,  and  tries  to  draw  it  away  from  the  train. 
The  infantry  then  engage  the  troops  remaining  at  the  park, 
slip  under  the  wagons,  and  get  into  the  park.  When  the  cavalry 
is  alone  and  the  enemy  are  shaken,  they  dismount  a  portion 
of  the  men  to  supply  the  want  of  infantry. 

667. — If  it  is  a  large  convoy,  the  principal  attack  is  made 
on  the  centre ;  the  most  valuable  wagons  are  also  selected, 
and  additional  horses  are  put  to  them  if  the  attack  is  success- 
ful.   Those  that  cannot  be  carried  off  are  burned. 


MARCHES. 

668. — The  object  of  the  movement  and  the  nature  of  the 
ground  determine  the  order  of  march,  the  kind  of  troops  in 
each  column,  and  the  number  of  columns. 

669.— The  force  is  divided  into  as  many  columns  as  circum- 
stances permit,  without  weakening  any  one  too  much.  They 
ought  to  preserve  their  communications,  and  be  within  sup- 
porting distance  of  each  other.  The  commander  of  each  column 
ought  to  know  the  strength  and  direction  of  the  others. 

670.— The  advance  and  fear  guards  are  usually  light  troops  ; 
their  strength  and  composition  depend  on  the  nature  of  the 
ground  and  the  position  of  the  enemy.  They  serve  to  cover 
the  movements  of  the  army,  and  to  hold  the  enemy  in  check 
until  the  General  has  time  to  make  his  arrangements. 

671.— The  advance  guard  is  not  always  at  the  head  of  the 
column  ;  in  a  march  to  a  flank,  it  takes  such  positions  as  cover 
the  movement.  Sappers  are  attached  to  the  advanced  guard 
if  required. 

672. — ^The  '' gene^ral^^^  sounded  one  hour  before  the  time  of 
marching,  is  the  signal  to  strike  tents,  to  load  the  wagons,  and 


S3 

pack  horses,  and  send  them  to  the  place  of  assembling.  The 
jires  are  then  put  out,  and  care  taken  to  avoid  burning  straw, 
&c.,  or  giving  to  the  enemy  any  other  indication  of  the  move- 
ment. 

673. — The  "march,"  will  be  beat  in  the  infantry,  and  the 
''  advance"  sounded  in  the  cavalry,  in  succession,  as  each  is 
to  take  its  place  in  the  column. 

674. — When  the  army  ^uld  form  suddenly  to*  meet  the 
enemy,  the  "  lo7ig  rolV  is  beat,  and  ''  to  horse^^  sounded.  The 
troops  form  rapidly  in  front  of  their  camp. 

675. — Batteries  of  artillery  and  their  caissons  move  with 
the,  corps  to  which  they  are  attached  ;  the  field  train  and 
ambulances  march  at  the  rear  of  the  column  ;  and  the  bag- 
gage with  the  rear  guard. 

676. — Cavalry  and  infantry  do  not  march  together,  unless 
tiie  proximity  of  the  enemy  makes  it  necessary. 

677. — In  cavalry  marches,  when  distant  from  the  enemy, 
each  regiment,  and,  if  possible,  each  squadron,  forms  a  sepa- 
rate column,  in  order  to  keep  up  the  same  gait  from  front  to 
rear,  and  to  trot,  when  desirable,  on  good  ground.  In  such 
cases,  the  cavalry  may  leave  camp  later,  and  can  give  more 
rest  to  the  horses,  and  more  attention  to  the  shoeing  and  har- 
ness.   Horses  are  not  bridled  until  the  time  to  start. 

678. — When  necessary,  tiie  orders  specify  the  rations  the 
men  are  to  carry  in  their  haversacks.  The  field  officers  and 
Captains  make  inspections  frequently  during  the  march ;  at 
halts  they  examine  the  knapsacks,  valises  and  haversacks, 
and  throw  away  all  articles  not  authorized.  The  officers  and 
non-commissioned  officers  of  cavalry  companies  attend  per- 
sonally to  the  packs  and  girths. 

679. — When  it  can  be  avoided,  troops  should  not  be  as- 
sembled on  high  roads  or  other  places  where  they  interrupt  the 
communication. 

680. — Generals  of  Division  and  commanders  of  detached 
corps  send  a  staif  officer  to  the  rendezvous,  in  advance,  to 
rercive  the  troops,  who,  on  arriving,  take  their  place  in  the 
order  of  battle,  and  form  in  close  col unm,  unless  otherwise 
ordered.  Artilery,  or  trains  halted  on  the  roads,  form  in  file 
on  one  side. 

681.— The  execution  of  marching  orders  must  not  be  de- 
layed. If  the  commander,  is  not  at  the  head  of  his  troops 
wiien  they  are  to  march,  the  next  in  rank  puts  the  column  m 
motion. 

682.— If  possible,  each  column  is  preceded  by  a  detachment 


84 

of  sappers,  to  remove  obstacles  to  the  march,  aided,  when  ne- 
cessary, by  infantry,  or  the  people  of  the  country.  The  de- 
tachment is  divided  into  two  sections  :  one  stops  to  remove 
the  first  obstacle,  the  other  moves  on  to  the  next. 

683. — In  night  marches,  and  at  bad  places,  and  at  cross- 
roads, when  necessary,  intelligent  non-commissioned  offi- 
cers are  posted  to  show  the  way,  and  are  relieved  by  the  regi- 
ments as  they  come  up. 

684. — On  the  march,  no  one  sl^ll  fire  a  gun,  or  cry  "  lialt^ 
or  "  march^''  without  orders.       " 

•  685.— Soldiers  are  not  to  stop  for  water  ;  the  canteens  should 
be  filled  before  starting. 

686. — It  is  better  to  avoid  villages  ;  but  if  the  route  lies 
through  them,  officers  and  non-commissioned  officers  are  to  be 
vigilent  to  prevent  straggling.  Halts  should  not  take  place  at 
villages. 

687. — Besides  the  rear  guard,  the  General  sometimes  takes 
a  detachment  from  the  last  regiment,  and  adds  to  it  non-com- 
missioned officers  from  each  regiment,  to  examine  villages  and 
all  hiding-places  on  the  route,  to  bring  up  stragglers  and  seize 
marauders. 

688. — In  night  marches,  the  Sergeant-Major  of  each  regi- 
ment remains  at  the  rear  with  a  drummer,  to  give  notice  when 
darkness  or  difficulty  stops  the  march.  In  cavalry,  a  trumpet 
is  placed  in  rear  of  each  squadron,  and  the  signal  repeated  to 
the  head  of  the  regiment. 

689. — ^The  General  and  field  officers  frequently  stop,  or  send 
officers  to  the  rear,  to  see  that  the  troops  march  in  the  prescri- 
bed order,  and  keep  their  distances.  To  quicken  the  march, 
the  General  warns  the  Colonels,  and  may  order  a  signal  to  be 
beat.    It  is  repeated  in  all  the  regiments. 

690. — In  approaching  a  defile,  the  Colonels  are  warned  ; 
they  close  their  regiments  as  they  come  up  ;  each  regiment 
passes  separately,  at  an  accelerated  pace,  and  in  as  close  or- 
der as  possible.  The  leading  regiment  having  passed,  and 
left  room  enough  for  the  whole  column  in  close  order,  then 
halts,  and  moves  again  as  soon  as  the  last  regiment  is  through. 
In  the  cavalry,  each  squadron,  before  quickening  the  pace  to 
rejoin  the  column,  takes  its  original  order  of  march. 

691. — When  the  distance  from  the  enemy  permits,  each 
regiment,  after  closing  up  in  front  and  rear  of  the  defile,  stacks 
arms. 


692. — Halts  to  rest  and  re-form  the  troops  are  frequent 
during  the  day,  depending  on  the  object  and  length  of  the 
march.  They  are  mad§  in  preference  after  the  passage  of  de; 
files. 

693. — Ko  honors  ai^  paid  by  troops  on  the  march  or  at 
halts. 

694. — The  sick  march  with  the  wagons. 

695. — -Led  horses  of  officers,  and  the  horses  of  dismounted 
men ,  follow  their  regiment.  The  baggage  wagons  never  march 
in  the  column.  "When  the  6reneral  orders  the  field  train  and 
ambulances  to  take  place  in  the  column,  he  designates  the  po- 
sition they  shall  take. 

696. — If  two  corps  meet  on  the  same  road,  they  pass  to  the 
right,  and  both  continue  their  march,  if  the  road  is  wide 
enough  ;  if  it  is  not,  the  first  in  the  order  of  battle  takes  the 
road,  the  other  halts. 

697. — A  corps  in  march  must  not  be  cut  by  another.  If  two 
corps  meet  at  cross-roads,  that  which  arrives  last  halts  if  the 
other  is  in  motion.  A  corps  in  march  passes  a  corps  at  a  halt, 
if  it  has  precedence  in  the  order  of  battle,  or  if  the  halted  corps 
is  not  ready  to  move  at  once. 

698. — A  column  that  halts  to  let  another  column  pass  re- 
sumes the  march  in  advance  of  the  train  of  this  column.  If  a 
column  has  to  pass  a  train,  the  train  must  halt,  if  necessary, 
till  the  column  passes.  The  column  which  has  precedence 
must  yield  it  if  the  commander,  on  seeing  the  orders  of  the 
other,  finds  it  for  the  interest  of  the  service. 

BATTLES. 

699. — Dispositions  for  battle  depend  on  the  number,  kind, 
and  quality  of  the  troops  opposed,  on  the  ground,  and  on  the 
objects  of  the  war  ;  but  the  following  rules  are  to  be  observed 
generally  : 

700. — In  attacking,  the  advanced  guard  endeavors  to  cap- 
ture the  enemy's  outposts,  or  cut  them  off  from  the  main  body. 
Having  done  so,  or  driven  them  in,  it  occupies,  in  advancing, 
all  the  points  thai  can  cover  or  facilitate  the  march  of  the  army, 
or  secure  its  retreat,  such  as  bridges,  defiles,  woods,  and  heights; 
it  then  makes  attacks,  to  occupy  the  enemy,  without  risking 
too  much,  and  to  deceive  them  as  to  the  march  and  projects 
of  the  army. 

TOl. — When  the  enemy  is  hidden  by  a  curtain  of  advanced 
troops,  the  commandant  of  the  advanced  guard  sends  scouts, 


86 

under  intelligent  officers,  to  the  right||nd  left,  to  ascertain  his 
position  and  movements.  If  he  does  not  succeed  in  this  way, 
he  tries  to  unmask  the  enemy  by  demonstrations;  threatens  to 
cut  the  advance  from  the  main  body  ;  makes  false  attacks;' 
partial  and  impetuous  charges  in  echelon  ;  and  if  all  fail,  he 
makes  a  real  attack  to  accomplish  the  object. 

702. — Detachments  left  by  the  advanced  guard  to  hold  points 
in  the  rear,  rejoin  it  when  other  y'oops  come  up.     If  the  army  • 
takes  a  position,  and  the  advanced  guard  is  separated  from  it 
by  defiles  or  heights,  the  communication  is  secured  by  troops 
drawn  from  the  main  body. 

703. — At  proper  distance  from  the  enemy,  the  troops  are 
formed  for  the  attack  in  several  lines  ;  if  only  two  can  be 
formed,  some  battalions  in  column  are  placed  behind  the  wings 
of  the  second  line.  The  lines  may  be  formed  of  troops  in  co- 
lumn or  in  order  of  battle,  according  to  the  ground  and  plan 
of  attack. 

704. — ^The  advanced  guard  may  be  put  in  the  line  or  on 
the  wings,  or  other  position,  to  aid  the  pursuit  or  cover  the  re- 
treat. 

705. — The  reserve  is  formed  of  the  best  troops  of  foot  and 
horse,  to  complete  a  victory  or  make  good  a  retreat.  It  is 
placed  in  the  rear  of  the  centre,  or  chief  point  of  attack  or 
defence. 

706. — The  cavalry  should  be  distributed  in  echelon  on  the 
wings  and  at  the  centre,  on  favorable  ground. 

707. — It  should  be  instructed  not  to  take  the  gallop  until 
within  charging  distance ;  never  to  receive  a  charge  at  a  halt, 
but  to  meet  it,  or,  if  not  strong  enough,  to  retire  manoeuvring; 
and  in  order  to  be  ready  for  the  pursuit,  and  prepared  against 
a  reverse,  or  the  attacks  of  the  reserve,  not  to  engage  all  its 
squadrons  at  once,  but  to  reserve  one  third,  in  column  or  in 
echelon,  abreast  of  or  in  the  rear  of  one  of  the  wings  ;  this  ar- 
3-angement  is  better  than  a  second  line  with  intervals. 

708. — In  the  attack,  the  artillery  is  employed  to  silence  the 
batteries  that  protect  the  position.  In  the  defence,  it  is  better 
to  direct  its  fire  on  the  advancing  troops.  In  either  case,  as 
many  pieces  are  united  as  possible,  the  fire  of  artillery  being 
formidable  in  proportion  to  its  concentration. 

709. — In  battles  and  military  operations  it  is  better  to  assume 
the  oflTensive,  and  put  the  enemy  on  the  defensive ;  but  to  be 
gate  in  doing  so  requires  a  larger  force  than  the  enemy,  or 
better  troops,  and  favorable  ground.     When  obliged  to  act  on 


87 

« 
the  defensive,  the  advantage  of  position  and  of  making  the 
attack  may  sometimes  be  secured  by  forming  in  rear  of 
the  ground  on.^wMch  we  are  to  fight,  and  advancing  at  the 
moment  of  ajjion.  In  mountain  vt^arfare,  the  assailant  has 
always  the  disadvantage ;  and  even  in  offensive  warfare,  in  the 
open  field,  it  may'  frequently  be  very  important,  when  the 
artillery  is  well  posted,  and  any  advantage  of  the  ground  may 
be  secured,  to  await  the  enemy  and  compel  him  to  attack. 

710. — The  attack  should  be  made  with  a  superior  force  on 

.  the  defensive  point  of  the  enemy's  position,  by  masking  this 

by  false  attacks  and  demonstrations  on  other  points,  and  by 

concealing  the  troops  intended  for  it  by  the  ground  or  by 

other  troops  in  the  front. 

711. — Besides  the  arrangements  which  depend  on  the  sup- 
posed, pi  an  of  the  enemy,  the  wings  must  be  protected  by  the 
ground,  or  supported  by  troops  in  echelon  ;  if  the  attack  of 
the  enemy  is  repulsed,  the  offensive  must  at  once  be  taken,  to 
inspire  the  troops,  to  disconcert  the  enemy,  and  often  to  decide 
the  action.  In  thus  taking  the  offensive,  a  close  column  should 
be  pushed  rapidly  on  the  wing  or  flank  of  the  enemy.  The 
visions  of  this  column  form  in  the  line  of  battle  successively, 

a\  each  division  moves  to  the  front  as  soon  as  formed,  in  order, 
by  a  rapid  attack  in  echelon,  to  prevent  the  enemy  from 
changing  front  or  bringing  up  his  reserves.  In  all  arrangements, 
■  specially  in  those  for  attacks,  it  is  most  important  to  conceal 
:  rie  design  until  the  moment  of  execution,  and  then  to  execute 
ir  with  the  greatest  rapidity.  The  night,  therefore,  is  j)referred 
for  the  movement  of  troops  on  the  flank  or  rear  of  the  enemy, 
othei-wise  it  is  necessary  to  mask  their  march  by  a  grand  move- 
ment in  front,  or  by  taking. a  wide  circuit. 

712. — In  making  an  attack,  the  conamunications  to  the  rear 
and  for  retreat  must  be  secured,  and  the  General  must  give 
beforehand  all  necessary  orders  to  provide  for  that  event. 

713. — When  a  success  is  gained,  the  light  troops  should 
pursue  the  enemy  promptly  and  rapidly.  The*  other  troops 
will  restore  order  in  their  columns,  then  advance  from  position 
'o  position,  always  prepared  ibr  an  attack  or  to  support  the 

oops  engaged. 

714. — Before  the  action,  the  Generals  indicate  the  places 
where  they  will  be  ;  if  they  change  position,  they  give  notice 
f  it,  or  leave  a  staff  officer  to  show  where  they  have  gone. 

715.— During  the  fight  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  keep  the  men  in  the  ranks,  and  enforce  obedience  if 


ss 

necessary.  Soldiers  must  not  be  permitted  to  leave  the  ranks 
to  strip  or  rob  the  dead,  nor  to  assist  the  wounded,  unless  by  ex- 
press permission,  which  is  only  to  be  given  after  the  action  is 
decided.  The  highest  interest  and  duty  is  to  win  the  victory, 
which  only  can  insure  proper  care  of  the  winded. 

716. — Before  the  action,  the  Quartermaster^  the  division 
makes  all  the  necessary  arrangements  for  the  transportation  of 
the  wounded.  He  establishes  the  ambulance  depots  in  the 
rear,  and  gives  his  assistants  the  necessary  instruction  for  the 
service  of  the  ambulance  wagons  and  other  means  of  remov- 
ing the  wounded. 

717. — The  ambulance  depot,  to  which  the  wounded  are 
carried  or  directed  for  immediate  treatment,  is  generally 
established  at  the  most  convenient  building  nearest  the  field 
of  battle.  A  red  flag  marks  its  place,  or  the  way  to  it,  to  the 
conductors  of  the  ambulances  and  to  the  wounded  who  can 
walk. 

718. — The  active  ambulances  follow  the  troops  engaged  to 
succor  the  wounded  and  remove  them  to  the  depots;  for  this 
purpose  the  conductors  should  always  have  the  necessary 
assistants,  that  the  soldiers  may  have  no  excuse  to  leave  the 
ranks  for  that  object. 

719. — The  medical  directer  of  the  division,  after  consulta 
tion  with  the  Quartermaster-General,  distributes  the  medica 
ofiicers  and  hospital  attendants  at  his  disposal,  to  the  depots 
and  active  ambulances.  He  will  send  officers  and  attendants 
when  practicable,  to  the  active  ambulances,  to  relieve  the 
wounded  who  require  treatment  before  being  removed  from 
the  ground.  He  will  see  that  the  depots  and  ambulances  are 
provided  with  the  necessary  apparatus,  medicines  and  stores. 
He  will  take  post  and  render  his  professional  services  at  the 
principal  depot. 

720. — If  the  enemy  endanger  the  depot,  the  Quartermaster 
takes  the  orders  of  the  General  to  remove  it  or  strengthen 
its  guard. 

721. — The  wounded  in  the  depots  and  the  sick  are  removed 
as  soon  as  possible  to  the  hospitals  that  have  been  established 
by  the  Quartermaster- General  of  the  army  on  the  flanks  or 
rear  of  the  army. 

722. — After  an  action,  the  officers  of  ordnance  collect  the 
munitions  of  war  left  on  the  field,  and  make  a  return  of  them 
to  the  General.    The  Qurtermaster's  Department  collects  the 


rest  of  the  public  property  captured,  and  makes  the* returns  to 
head-quarters. 

723.— -"Written  reports  f6r  the  General  commandiug-in-  chief 
are  made  by  commandants  of  regiments,  batteries,  and  sep- 
arate squadrons,  and  by  all  commanders  of  a  higher  grade, 
each  in  what  concerns  his  own  command,  and  to  his  im- 
mediate commander. 

724. — When  an  officer  or  soldier  deserves  mention  for  con- 
duct in  action,  a  special  report  shall  be  made  in  his  case, 
and  the  General  commandin^-in-chief  decides  whether  to 
mention  him  in  his  report  to  the  government  and  in  his  order?. 
But  he  shall  not  be  mentioned  in  the  report  until^he  has  been 
mentioned  in  the  orders  to  the  army.  ,These  special  reports 
are  examined  with  care  by  the  intermediate  commanders,  to 
A'erify  the  facts,  and  secure  commendation  and  rewards  to 
the  meritorious  only. 

725. — The  report  of  battles,  which  must  frequently  be 
made  before  these  special  reports  of  persons  are  scrutinized, 
is  confined  to  general  praise  or  blame,  and  an  account  of  the 
operations. 

PRISONERS   OF    WAR. 

726. — Prisoners  ot  war  will  be  disarmed  and  sent  to  the 
rear,  and  reported  as  soon  us  practicable  to  the  head- quarters. 
The  return  of  prisoners  from  the  Head-Quarters  of  the  Army 
to  the  "War  Department  will  specify  the  number,  rank,  and 
corps. 

727. — The  private  property  of  prisoners  will  be  duly  re- 
spected, and  each  shall  be  treated  with  the  regard  due  to  his 
rank.  They  are  to  obey  the  necessary  orders  given  them. 
They  receive  for  subsistence  one  ration  each,  without  regard 
to  rank  ;  and  the  wounded  are  to  be  treated  with  the  same 
care  as  the  wounded  of  the  army.  Other  allowances  to  them 
will  depend  on  conventions  with^the  enemy.  Prisoner's 
horses  will  be  taken  for  the  army. 

728. — Exchanges  of  prisoners  and  release  of  officers  on  pa- 
role depend  on  the  orders  of  the  General  commandiug-in- 
chief,  under  the  instructions  of  government. 

CONVOYS   AND  THEIR   ESCORTS. 

729. — The  strength  and  composition  of  the  escort  of  a  con- 
voy depend  on  the  country,  the  nature  and  value  of  the  con- 
voy, and  the  dangers  if  may  incur.  A  larger  escort  is  re- 
quired for  a  convoy  of  powder,  that  the  defense  may  not  be 
near  the  train. 


ii 


90 

730- — Cavalry  is  employed  in  escorts  chieflj  to  reconnoitre; 
the  proportion  is  larger  as  the  country  is  more  open. 

731. — Pioneers  or  working  parties  are  attached  to  convoys 
to  mend  roads,  remove  obstacles,  and  erect  defenses.  The 
convoys  should  always  be  provided  with  spare  wheels,  poles, 
axles,  &c. 

732. — The  commandant  ot  the  escort  should  receive  de- 
tailed instructions  in  writing. 

733. — As  far  as  the  defense  permits,  the  commander  of  the 
escort  shall  refer  to  the  officer  in  charge  of  the  convoy  for  the 
hours  of  departure,  tile  halts,  the  parking  and  order  of  the 
train,  and  the  precautions  against  accidents. 

734. — Officers  who  accompany  the  convoy,  but  do  not  be- 
long to  the  escort,  shall  exercise  no  authority  in  it  except  by 
consent  of  the  commander.  If  these  officers  are  junior  to  the 
commander,  he  may  assign  them  to  duty  if  the  defense  re- 
quires it. 

735. — Large  convoysare  formed  into  divisions,  each  with  a 
conductor.  The  distance  between  the  wagons  is  four*  paces. 
A  small  party  of  infantry  is  attached  to  each  division. 

736. —  Generally,  munitions  of  war  are  at  the  head  of  the 
convoy,  subsistence  next,  and  then  other  military  stores  ;  the 
sutler  last.  But  always  that  part  of  the  convoy  which  is 
most  important  to  the  army  shall  be  where  it  is  most  secure 
from  danger. 

737. — The  commandant  should  send  out  reconnoitering 
parties,  and  never  put  the  convoy*  in  motion  until  their  re- 
ports have  been  received.  He  always  forms  an  advance  and 
rear  guard,  and  keeps  the  main  body  under  his  immediate 
order  at  the  most  important  point,  with  small  guards  or  posts 
at  other  points. 

738.— In  an  open  country  the  main  body  marches  by  the 
side  of  the  road,  opposite  the  centre  of  the  convoy  ;  in  other 
cases  at  the  head  or  rear  of  the  column,  as  the  one  or  the 
other  is  more  exposed. 

739.— The  advance  guard  precedes  the  convoy  far  enough 
to  remove  all  obstacles  to  its  advance.  It  examines  the  woods, 
defiles,  and  villages,  and  by  mounted  men  gives  information 
to  the  commander,  and  receives  his  orders.  It  reconnoitres 
places  for  halts  and  parks. 

740. — If  the  head  of  the  column  is  threatened,  the  advanced 
guard  seizes  the  defiles  and  places  which  the  enemy  might  oc- 


91 

cupy,  and  hold  them  until  the  main  body  advances  to  tlie 
front  and  relieves  it ;  the  main  body  holds  the  positions  until 
the  head  of  the  convoy  arrives,  and  then  leaves  detachments 
which  are  relieved  by  the  parties  marching  with  the  divisions; 
the  posts  are  not  abandoned  until  the  whole  convoy  has 
passed  and  the  position  is  no  longer  important. 

741. — When  the  rear  is  threatened,  like  measures  are  taken; 
the  rear  guard  defends  the  ground  and  retards  the  enemy  by 
breaking  the  bridges  and  blocking  the  road. 

742. — If  tine  flanks  are  threatened,  and  the  ground  is 
broken,  and  many  defiles  are  to  be  passed,  thedefense  of  the 
convoy  becomes  more  difficult ;  the  advance  and  rear  guards 
must  be  reduced,  the  flanks  strengthened,  and  positions 
which  will  cover  the  march  of  the  convoy  must  be  occupied 
by  the  main  body  of  the  troops  before  the  head  of  the  convoy 
reaches  them,  and  until  it  has  passed. 

743. — If  the  convoy  is  large  and  has  to  pass  places  that 
the  force  and  position  of  the  enemy  make  dangerous,  the  loss 
of  the  whole  convoy  must  not  be  risked  ;  it  must  pass  by  divi- 
sions, which  reunite  after  the  passage.  In  this  case  the 
greater  part  of  the  troops  guard  the  first  division ;  they  seize 
the  important  poiiits.  and  cover  them  with  light  troops,  or, 
if  necessary,  with  small  posts,  and  hold  them  until  all  the 
divisions  have  passed. 

744. — ^If  there  is  artillery  in  the  convoy,  the  commander  of 
the  escort  uses  it  for  the  defense. 

745. — To  move  faster  and  make  the  defense  easier,  the 
wagons  move  in  double  file  whenever  the  road  allows  it.  If 
a  wagon  breaks,  it  is  at  once  removed  from  the  road ;  when 
repaired,  it  takes  the  rear;  when  it  cannot  be  repaired,  its 
load  and  horses  are  distributed  to  some  of  the  other  wagons 
kept  in  the  rear  for  that  purpose. 

746. — Convoys  by  water  are  escorted  on  the  same  princi- 
ples. Each  boat  has  a  small  infantry  guard  ;  one  portion  of 
the  escort  precedes  or  follows  the  convoy  in  boats.  The 
cavalry  march  opposite  the  convoy;  the  advance  and  rear  guard 
move  by  land,  and  all  are  connected  by  flankers  with  the 
convoy.  Where  a  river  runs  through  a  narrow  vally,  the 
body  of  the  infantry  moves  by  land  to  prevent  the  enemy 
from  occupying  the  heights  and  disturbing  the  convoy. 

747. — Convoys  halt  every  hour  to  let  the  horses  take  breath 
and  the  wagons  close  up.  Long  halts  are  made  but  seldom, 
and  only  in  places  that  have  been  reconuoitered  and  found 


92 

favorable  for  defense.  At  night  the  park  is  arranged  for 
defense,  and  in  preference  at  a  distance  from  inhabited  places, 
if  in  an  enemy's  country. 

748. — The  wagons  are  usually  parked  in  ranks,  axle  against 
axle,  the  poles  in  the  same  direction,  and  with  sufficient  space 
between  the  ranks  for  the  horses.  If  an  attack  is  feared,  they 
are  parked  in  square,  the  hind  wheels  outside,  and  the  horses 
inside.  « 

749. — On  the  appearance  of  the  enemy  during  the  march, 
the  commander  cl<  ses  up  the  wagons  and  continues  his  march 
in  order ;  he  avoids  fighting  ;  but  if  the  enemy  seizes  a  po- 
sition that  commands  his  road,  he  attacj5:s  vigorously  with  the 
mass  of  his  force,  but  is  not  to  continue  the  pursuit  far  £om" 
the  convoy.  ^  The  convoy  halts,  and  resumes  the  march  when 
the  position  is  carried. 

750. — When  the  enemy  is  too  strong  to  be  attacked,  the 
convoy  is  parked  in  square  if  there  is  room ;  if  not  closed  up 
in  double  file ;  at  the  front  and  rear  the  road  is  blocked  by 
wagons  across  it.  The  drivers  are  dismounted  at  the  heads 
of  the  horses.  They  are  not  permitted  to  make  their  escape. 
The  light  troops  keep  the  enemy  at  a  distance  as  long  as 
possible,  and  are  supported  when  necessary,  but  prudently, 
as  the  troops  must  be  kept  in  hand  to  resist  the  main  attack. 

751. — If  a  wagon  takes  fire  in  the  park,  remove  it  if  pos- 
sible ;  if  not,  remove  first  the  amunition  wagons,  then  those 
to  leeward  of  the  fire. 

752. — When  a  whole  convoy  can  not  be  saved,  the  most 
valuable  part  may  sometimes  be  by  abandoning  the  rest.  If 
all  efibrts  fail,  and  there  is  no  hope  of  succor,  the  convoy 
must  be  set  on  fire  and  the  horses  killed  that  cannot  be 
saved ;  the  escort  may  then  cut  its  way  through. 

753. — If  the  convoy  is  of  prisoners  of  war,  every  effort 
should  be  made  to  reach  a  village  or  strong  building  where 
they  may  be  confined ;  if  forced  to  fight  in  the  field,  the  pris- 
oners must  be  secured  and  made  to  lie  down  umil  the  action 
is  over. 

BAGGAGE  TRAINS. 

754'. — The  baggage  train  of  general  head-quarter3  and  the 
trains  of  the  several  divisions  are  each  under  the  charge  of  an 
officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  These  officers 
command  and  conductthe  trains  under  the  orders  tli^y  receive 
from  their  respective  head-quarters.    Whe  i  the  trains  of  dif- 


93 

ferent  divisions  march  together,  or  the  train  of  a  division  mar- 
ches with  the  train  of  general  head-quarters,  the  senior  Quar- 
termaster directs  the  whole, 

755.^ — ^The  regimental  Quartermaster  has  charge  of  the  wa- 
gons, horses,  equipments,  and  all  means  of  transport  employed 
in  the  service  of  the  regiment.  Under  the  orders  of  the  Colo- 
nel, he  assembles  them  for  the  march,  and  maintains  the  order 
and  police  of  the  train  in  park  and  on  the  march.  On  marches, 
the  regimental  trains  are  under  the  orders  of  the  Quartermast- 
er of  tne  division.  When  the  march  is  by  brigade,  the  senior 
Regimental  Quartermaster  in  the  brigade,  or  the  Quartermast- 
er of  the  brigade  has  the  dir^t!on  of  the  whole.  The  necessa] 
ry  wagon-masters,  or  non-commissioned  officers  to  act  as  such, 
are  employed  with  the  several  trains. 

756. — None  but  the  authorized  wagons  are  allowed  to  march 
with  the  train.  The  wagons  of  the  several  head-quarters,  the 
regimental  wagons,  and  the  wagons  of  sutlers  authorized  by  or- 
ders from  head-quarters  to  march  with  the  train,  are  all  to  be 
conspicuously  marked. 

757. — When  the  train  of  head-quarters  is  to  have  a  guard, 
the  strength  of  the  guafd  is  regulated  by  the  General.     Gene- 
rals of  Brigade  guard  their  trains  by  the  men  attached  to  the 
♦  train  of  the  first  regiment  of  their  brigades.     The  regimental 
''trains  ^re  loaded,  unloaded,  and  guarded,  as  far  as  practicable, 
.  by  convalescents  and  men  not  effective  in  the  ranks ;  in  the 
cavalry,  by  dismounted  men.     When  the  guard  of  a  train  is 
the  escort  for  its  defense,  the  regulations  in  regard  to  convoys 
and  escorts  take  eifect. 

758. — Habitually  each  division  is  followed  by  its  train,  the 

regimental  trains  uniting  at  the  brigade  rendezvous.      When 

I  otherwise,  the  order  for  the  movement  of  the  divisions  brig- 

1  ades,  and  regiments  contains  the  necessary  directions  in  re- 

1  gard  to  the  assembling  and  marching  of  the  respective  trains. 

The   several  trains    march    in  an    order   analogous   to  the 

.ank  of  the  generals,  and  the  order  of  battle  of  the  troops' 

to  which  they  belong.    Trains  are  not  allowed  in  any  case  to 

be  in  the  midst  of  tne  troops,  or  to  impede  the  march  of  the 

troops. 

759. — ^The  wagon-masters,  under  the  orders  of  the  officers 
of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  exercise  the  necessary  re- 
straints over  the  teamsters  and  servants  who  leave  their  teams, 
or  do  not  properly  conduct  them  ;  or  who  ill-treat  their 
horses,  or  who  attempt  to  pillage,  or  run  away  in  case  of 
attack. 


94 

760. — ^Tlie  General  commanding  the  army  and  tlie  Generals 
of  Division  will  not  permit  any  general  or  staff  officer,  or  re- 
giment under  their  ordere,  or  any  person  whatsoever,  attach- 
ed to  their  command,  to  have  more  than  the  authorized  amount 
or  means  of  transportation.  For  this  purpose  they  will  them- 
selves make,  and  cause  to  be  made,  frequent  reviews  and  in- 
spections of  the  trains.  They  will  see  that  no  trooper  is  em- 
ployed to  lead  a  private  horse,  no  soldier  to  drive  a  private  ve- 
hicle, and  that  no  trooper  is  put  on  foot  to  lend  his  horse  to  au 
officer.  They  will  not  permit  the  wagons  of  the  artillery  or  of 
the  train  to  be  loaded  with  anything  foreign  to  their  proper 
service,  nor  any  public  horse,  for  any  occasion,  to  be  harness- 
ed to  a  private  carriage. 

761. — The  officers  of  the  Qftajterm aster's  Department,  the 
wagon  masters,  and  all  conductors  of  trains,  are  charged  with 
watching  that  the  regulations  respecting  transportation  allow- 
ances are  strictly  observed. 

GENERAL   POLICE. 

762. — When  necessary,  the  General-in-chief  or  General  of 
Division  may  appoint  a  provost  marshal  to  take  charge  of  pris- 
oners, with  a  suitable  guard,  or  other  police  force. 

763. — Private  servants,  not  soldierf,  will  not  be  allowed  to 
wear  the  uniform  of  any  corps  of  the  army ;  but  each  will  be 
required  to  carry  with  him  a  certij&cate  from  the  officer  who 
employs  him,  verified,  for  regimental  officers,  by  the  signature 
of  the  Colonel ;  for  other  officers  under  the  rank  of  Colonel,  by 
the  chief  of  their  corps  or  department. 

764. — Laundresses  permitted  to  follow  the  army  will  be  fur- 
nished with  certificates,  signed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
and  no  woman  of  bad  character  will  be  allowed  to  follow  the 
army.  Other  persons  with  the  army,  not  officers  or  soldiers, 
such  as  guides  of  the  country,  interpreters,  &c.,  will  qarry 
about  them  similar  certificates  from  the  head-quarters  that  em- 
ploys them. 

765. — Deserters  from  the  enemy,  after  being  examined,  will 
be  secured  for  some  days,  as  they  may  be  spies  in  disguise  ;  '.-- 
opportunities  offer,  they  will  be  sent  to  the  rear  ;  after  whicL 
if  they  are  found  lurking  about  the  army,  or  attempting  to  re- 
turn to  the  enemy,  they  will  be  treated  with  severity. 

766 — ^The  arms  and  accoutrements  of  deserters  will  be 
turned  over  to  the  Ordnance  Department,  and  their  hoi-ses  to 
the  corps  in  want  of  them,  after  being  branded  with  the  let- 


95 

ters  "  C.S."  The  compensation  to  be  accorded  to  deserters,  for 
such  objects,  will  be  according  to  appraisement,  made  under  the 
direction  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department.  The  enlistment 
of  deserters,  without  express  permission  from  General  head- 
quarters, is  prohibited. 

Y67. — It  is  forbidden  to  purchase  horses  without  ascertaining 
the  right  of  the  party  to  sell.  Stolen  horses  shall  be  restored. 
Estrays,  in  the  enemy's  country,  when  the  owner  is  not  discov- 
ered, are  taken  for  the  army. 

768. — Plundering  and  marauding,  at  all  times  disgraceful 
to  soldiers,  when  committed  on  the  persons  or  property  of  those 
whom  it  is  the  duty  of  the  army  to  protect,  become  crimes 
of  such  enormity  as  to  admit  of  no  remission  of  the  awful  pun- 
ishment which  the  military  law  awards  against  offenses  of  this 
nature. 

SAFEGUARDS. 

769. — Safeguards  are  protections  granted  to  persons  or  prop- 
erty in  foreign  parts  by  the  commanding  general,  or  by  other 
commanders  within  the  limits  of  their  command. 

770. — Safeguards  are  usually  given  to  protect  hospitals,  pub- 
lic establishments,  establishments  of  religion,  charity,  or  in- 
struction, museums,  depositories  of  the  arts,  mills,  post-offices, 
and  other  institutions  of  public  benefit ;  also  to  individuals 
whom  it  may  be  the  interest  of  the  army  to  respect. 

771. — A  safegard  may  consist  of  one  or  more  men  of  fideli- 
ty and  firmness,  generally  non-effective  non-commissioned  of- 
ficers, furnished  with  a  paper  setting  out  clearly  the  protection 
and  exemptions  it  is  intended  to  secure,  signed  by  the  com- 
mander giving  it,  and  his  staff  officer;  or  it  may  consist  of  such 
paper,  delivered  to  the  party  whose  person,  family,  house  and 
property  it  is  designed  to  protect.  These  safeguards  must  be 
numbered  and  registered. 

772. — The  men  left  as  safeguards  by  one  corps  may  be  re- 
placed by  another.  They  are  withdrawn  when  the  country  is 
evacuated  ;  but  if  not,  they  have  orders  to  await  the  arrival  of 
the  enemy's  troops,  and  apply  to  the  commander  for  a  safe- 
conduct  to  the  outposts. 

773.— Form  of  a  safeguard  : 

By  authority  of , 

A  safeguard  is  hereby  granted  to  [A.  B ,  or  the  house 

and  family  of  A.  B ,  or  the  college,  mills,  or  property, 

stating  precisely  the  place,  nature,  and  description  of  the  per- 


96 

son,  property,  or  buildino:s].  All  officers  aiid  soldiers  belong- 
ing to  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  are  therefore  com- 
manded to  respect  this  safeguard,  and  to  afford,  if  neces- 
sary, protection  to  [the  person,  family,  or  property  of , 

as  the  case  may  be.]. 

Given  at  Head-Quarters,  the day  of . 

A.  B ,  Major- General  commanding-in-chief. 

By  command  of  the  General. 

C.  D ,  Adjutant-General. 

55th  Article  of  the  Rules  and  Articles  of  War, 

"  Whosoever  belonging  to  the  arnoies  of  the  Confederate 
States,  employed  in  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suffer  death." 

SIEGES. 

774. — In  the  following  regulations  the  besieging  force  is  sup- 
posed to  be  two  divisions  of  infantry  and  a  brigade  of  cavalry. 
The  same  principles  govern  in  other  cases. 

775. — The  Brigadier-Generals  of  infantry  serve,  in  turn,  as 
Generals  of  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  of  them  are  detailed 
daily,  according  to  the  front  and  number  of  attacks  ;  they  su- 
perintend the  operations,  and  dispose  the  guards  of  the  trench- 
es to  repulse  sorties  and  protect  the  works.  Officers  of  the 
general  staff  are  assigned  to  them  to  transmit  their  orders  and 
attend  to  the  details  of  service. 

776.- — The  Colonels  and  Lieutenant-Colonels  of  infantry  al- 
ternate for  duty  in  the  trenches  ;  one  or  more  are  detailed 
daily ;  they  superintend  the  service  of  the  guards  and  workmen 
in  the  part  of  the  work  to  which  the  general  of  the  trenches 
assigns  them,  being  posted  with  troops  of  their  own  regiments 
in  preference.  The  commandant  of  the  siege  may  place  the 
Colonels  on  the  roster  with  the  Brigadier- Generals. 

777.— The  commandants  of  engineers  and  artillery  accompa- 
ny the  first  troops  before  the  place  to  examine  the  works  and 
the  approachi^Si^;' V  When  the  engineers  have  completed  the  re- 
connoiss'anee'bf  the  works,  and  of  each  front  as  far  as  practica- 
ble, the  commandant  of  engineers  makes  a  plan  of  the  w^orks 
as  exact  and  detailed  as  possible,  and  under  the  instructions  of 
the  General  commandingthe  siege,  draws  up  the  general  plan 
of  the  siege,  and  discusses  it  with  the  commandant  of  artillery 
in  regard  to  the  best  employment  of  that  arm.  These  officers 
then  submit  their  joint  or  separate  opinions  to  the  General, 
W'ho  decides  on  the  plan  of  the  siege,  and  gives  the  orders  for 
the  execution.  The  commandant  of  engineers  directs  the  con- 
struction of  all  the  works  of  the  siege,  under  the  authority  of 


97 

the  General,  and  lays  before  him  every  day  a  report  of  his 
operations,  and  a  plan  showing  the  progress  of  the  attack. 
The  commandant  of  artillery  also  makes  daily  reports  to  the 
General  of  all  that  relates  to  his  branch  of  the  service. 

778. — The  Quartermaster-General  establishes  the  hospitalt, 
and  organizes  the  means  for  transporting  the  wounded  to 
them. 

779. — The  commanding  General  appoints  a  field  officer  of 
the  trenches,  \vho  is  aided  by  one  or  two  Captains  or  Lieu- 
tenants. 

780. — The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  is  charged  with  all 
the  details  relative  to  the  assembling  of  the  guards  and  the 
workmen.  He  distributes  the  guards  on  the  different  points 
of  the  attack  agreeably  to  the  orders  of  the  General  of  the 
trenches,  and  forms  the  detachments  of  workmen  for  the 
engineers  and  artillery  ;  that  he  may  be  prepared  for  this- 
distribution,  he  receives  every  day  from  the  Adjutant- Gene- 
ral a  statement  of  the  details  for  the  next  day. 

781. — On  the  arrival  of  the  General  of  the  trenches,  the 
field  officer  of  the  trenches  gives  him  all  the  information 
necessary  to  enable  him  to  station  the  troops,  attends  him 
in  his  visit  to  the  trenches,  and  takes  his  orders  on  the  changes 
to  be  made  in  the  position  of  the  troops.  The  execution  is 
intrusted  to  the  commandants  of  the  troops. 

782.- — The  field  officer  of  the  trenches  sees  that  men  and 
litters  are  always  ready  to  bring  off  the  wounded.  One  or 
more  companies  of  the  guards  of  the  trenches  are  put  under 
his  immediate  orders  for  the  preservation  of  order  and  police 
in  the  trenches. 

783-— The  divisions,  brigades,  regiments,  and  battalions, 
are  encamped  during  the  siege  in  the  order  of  battle.  The 
service  of  camp  is  conducted  as  heretofore  prescribed. 

784.— -Tne  infantry  has  two  kinds  of  siege  service — the 
iruard  of  the  trenches  and  the  w^ork  of  the  trenches. 

o 

785. — The  guards  of  the  trenches  mount  every  day  by  bat- 
talions, in  such  order  of  detail  that  all  the  troops  may  take 
an  equal  share,  and  no  part  of  the  line  be  left  too  weak.  If 
only  one  battalion  is  required,  each  division  furnishes  it 
alternately  ;  if  two  are  required,  each  division  gives  one  ;  if 
three,  one  division  furnishes  two,  the  other  one,  alternately. 
The  two  battalions  of  the  same  divisions  are  not  taken  from 
the  same  brigade. 

786.— The  d  etail  for  work  of  the  trenches  is  by  company, 


98 

from  all  the  regiments  at  one  time,  or  in  turn,  and  continues 
generally  twelve  hours.  The  detail  from  any  regiment  should 
never  be  less  than   a   company.     If  only  half  a  company 
would  be  needed  from  all  the  regiments  at  a  timejCvery 
other  regiment  furnishes  a  full  company  alternately. 

787. — The  battalions  for  guard  are  detailed  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  advance  ;  they  furnish  no  other  details  during  this 
tour.  If  the  whole  regiment  is  called  out,  it  leaves  a  suf- 
ficient police  guard  in  camp. 

788. — Twenty-four  hours,  or  twelve  at  least,  before  mount- 
ing guard  in  the  trenches,  the  battalions  detailed  for  guard  do 
not  furnish  workmen  ;  and  the  companies  of  these  battalions 
whose  tour  it  would  have  been  to  work  in  the  trenches,  do  not 
go  there  for  twenty -four  hours  after  guard,  if  possible,  or  at 
the  least  twelve. 

789. — The  workmen  who  are  required  for  other  work  than 
that  of  the  trenches  are  taken  from  the  roster  for  fatigue  from 
the  battalions  and  companies  not  employed  in  the  trenches. 

790. — The  battalions  first  for  detail  for  guard  of  the  trenches, 
and  the  companies  first  for  detail  for  work  in  the  trenches, 
furnish  no  other  details,  and  are  held  on  picket,  ready  to  march 
at  the  call  of  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches. 

791. — Materials  for  the  siege,  such  as  fascines,  gabions, 
hurdles,  pickets.  &c.,  are  furnished  by  the  different  corps,  in 
the  proportion  ordered  by  the  General. 

792. — Guards  and  workmen  going  to  the  trenches  march 
without  beat  of  drum  or  music. 

793. — At  all  times,  and  especially  on  the  day  the  trenches 
are  opened,  every  thing  is  avoided  likely  to  attract  the  atten- 
tion of  the  enem}^  With  this  view  the  General  may  vary  the 
hour  of  relieving  guards. 

794. — The  chiefs  of  engineers  and  artillery  make  requisitions 
for  workmen  in  advance,  that  the  details  may  be  made  in  time 
to  prevent  any  dela^^  in  the  work.  They  should  exceed  the 
number  strictly  required,  that  there  may  be  a  reserve  for  un- 
foreseen wants.  If  this  reserve  is  found  insufficient,  the  Gene- 
ral directs  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  to  call  on  the  picket. 

795. — Before  the  guards  and  workmen  march,  the  field  officer 
of  the  trenches  arranges  them  so  that  each  detachment  can 
i-each  its  ground  without  confusion.  The  troops  are  posted  in 
the  trenches  according  to  the  position  of  their  regiments  in  the 
order  of  battle,  and,  as  far  as  possible,  the  companies  of  work- 
men in  like  order.    The  reserves  of  workmen  are  placed  at  the 


99 

depot  of  the  trenches,  or  the  nearest  suitable  place  to  the 
works. 

796. — The  workmen  leave  their  knapsacks  and  swords  in 
camp,  and  march  with  their  firearms  and  cartridge-boxes, 
which  they  place  near  them  while  at  work.  They  always 
carry  their  overcoats,  to  cover  them  in  resting  or  when 
wounded. 

797. — The  guards  always  enter  the  trenches  with  arms 
trailed,  and  the  workmen  also,  unless  they  carry  materials  or 
tools,  when  the  arms  are  in  the  sling. 

798. — The  guards. and  detachments  of  w^orkmen  send  a 
Corporal  to  the  openings  of  the  trenches  to  guide  the  relief. 
They  march  out  of  the  trenches  by  the  flank,  with  trailed 
arms. 

799. — Sand-bags,  forming  loop-holes,  are  placed  at  inter- 
vals on  the  parapet  to  cover  the  sentinels ;  they  are  more  nu- 
merous than  the  sentinels,  so  that  the  enemy  may  not  know 
where  the  sentinels  are  placed. 

800. — When  detachments  are  placed  at  night  in  advance 
of  the  trenches,  to  cover  the  workmen,  the  men  sit  or  lie 
down,  with  their  firearms  in  their  hands,  to  hide  themselves 
better  from  the  enemy ;  the  sentinels  put  their  ears  to  the 
ground  frequently,  that  they  maj^  hear  troops  coming  out  of 
the  place.  To  prevent  mistakes,  the  workmen  are  told  what 
troops  cover  them. 

801. — '^o  honors  are  paid  in  the  trenches.  When  the  Gene- 
ral commanding  the  siege  visits  them,  the  guards  place  them- 
selves in  rear  of  the  banquette,  and  rests  on  their  arms.  The 
colors  are  never  carried  to  the  trenches  unless  the  whole 
regiment  marches  to  repulse  a  sortie  or  make  an  assault. 
Even  in  this  case  they  are  not  displayed  until  the  General 
commanding  the  seige  gives  a  formal  order. 

802. — The  materials  of  the  seige  of  all  kinds,  together 
with  the  tools,  are  collected  in  part  at  the  depots  of  the 
trenches,  and  in  part  at  the  opening  of  the  trenches,  or  in 
such  other  place  as  has  been  appointed  fo^  the  convenience 
of  the  service  by  the  field  ofiicers  of  the  trenches,  on  the  ad- 
i?ice  of  the  chiefs  of  artillery  and  engineers.  They  are  in 
charge  of  officers  of  engineers  and  of  artillery,  with  guards 
or  non-commissioned  officers  of  both  corps.  But  if  these 
corps  cannot  furnish  them,  the  chiefs  apply  for  assistance 
from  the  infantry. 

803. — The  w^orkmen,  in  going  to  the  trenches,  carry  such 
tools  and  materials  as  are  required  by  the  artillery  and  engi- 
neers. In  this  case,  the  field  officer  of  the  trenches  has  notice 
and  superintends  it. 


100 

804. — The  soldiers  sent  to  the  trenches  go  with  their  cart- 
ridge-boxes filled.  Cartridges,  when  needed,  are  sent  to  the 
trenches  on  the  requisition  of  commanders  of  battalions,  ap- 
proved by  the  General  of  the  trenches. 

805.^In  the  case  of  a  sortie,  the  guards  move  rapidly  to  the 
places  that  have  been  designated  by  the  General  of  the  trenches, 
and  which  afford  the  best  defense  for  the  head  of  the  works, 
the  batteries,  the  communications,  or  the  flanks,  or  best  enable 
them  to  take  the  sortie  itself  in  flank  or  reverse.  Having  lined 
the  banquette  to  fire  on  the  enemy,  the  troops  fomi  on  the  re- 
reverse  of  the  trench  to  receive  him.  The  workmen  take  arms, 
retain  their  positions,  or  retire  with  their  tools,  as  ordered. 
The  officers  commanding  the  detachments  of  workm.en  see  that 
their  movements  are  made  promptly  and  in  good  order,  so  as 
to  avoid  all  confusion  in  the  communications. 

806. — The  troops  that  advance  beyond  the  trenches  to  re- 
pulse the  sortie,  must  not  follow  in  pursuit.  The  General 
takes  care  that  they  return  to  the  trenches  before  the  retreat 
of  the  sortie  allows  the  artillery  of  the  place  to  open  on  them. 
When  the  workmen  return,  the  officers  and  non-commissioned 
officers  of  the  detachments  call  the  roll  without  inteiTupting 
the  work,  w^hich  is  immediately  resumed. 

807. — When  it  is  necessary  to  dismount  cavalry  and  send 
them  to  the  trenches,  they  should  be  employed  as  near  their 
camp  as  possible,  and  posted  between  the  detachments  of 
infantry. 

808. — Men  belonging  to  the  cavalry  may,  in  assaults,  be 
employed  in  carrying  fascines  and  other  materials  to  fill  ditches 
and  make  passages. 

809. — The  general  officers  of  cavalry  are  more  particularly 
employed  in  the  service  of  posts  and  detachments  placed  in 
observation  to  protect  the  siege.  They  and  the  field  officers 
of  this  arm  are  employed  in  the  command  of  escorts  to  convoys, 
of  whatever  arms  the  escorts  may  be  composed.  When  these 
duties  are  not  sufficient  to  employ  them,'  they  take  their  share 
of  the  duty  of  the  trenches. 

810. — The  officers  of  engineers  and  artillery  of  thq  trenches 
make  to  the  General  of  the  trenches  a  return  of  all  losses  in 
their  troops,  and  such  other  reports  on  the  work  as  he  requires, 
in  addition  to  the  reports  direct  to  their  respective  chiefs  on 
the  details  of  the  service. 

811.— At  the  end  of  each  tour,  the  field  officer  of  the 
trenches  draws  up  a  report  for  the  twenty-four  hours  to  the 


101 

General  of  the  trenches.  The  General  of  the  tl''ehthe§Ve'{)6rt8' 
to  the  General  commauding  the  siege. 

812. — The  commanders  of  the  several  corps  in  the  trenches 
report,  when  relieved,  to  their  respective  head-quarters  the 
losses  during  the  tour,  and  the  conduct  of  the  officers  and  men. 

813. — However  practicable  the  breach  may  appear,  or  how- 
ever ruined  the  work  in  rear  of  it,  the  heads  of  columns  must 
always  be  supplied  with  ladders  to  get  over  unexpected  ob- 
stacles. 

814. — The  General  commanding  the  siege  designates  picked 
companies  to  j)rotect  property  and  persons,  and  prevent  pillage 
and  violence,  from  the  moment  the  place  is  carried.  The  offi- 
cers exert  themselves  to  restr  in  the  men. 

815. — The  general  designates  the  places  requiring  particular 
protection,  such  as  churches,  asylums,  hospitals,  colleges, 
schools  and  magazines.  The  order  of  their  protection  should 
remind  the  soldiers,  at  the  time,  of  the  penalty  of  disobeying  it. 

816. — Whether  the  place  be  taken  by  assault  o!  by  capitula- 
tion, the  provisions  and  military  stores,  and  the  public  funds, 
are  reseiTed  for  the  use  of  the  army. 

817. — The  commander  of  engineers  will  keep  a  journal  of 
the  siege,  showing  the  operations  of  each  day  in  detail,  the  force 
employed  on  the  work,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  materials  used 
in  them,  &c.  He  will  also  mark  on  a  plan  of  the  ground  the 
daily  progress  of  the  works,  and  make  the  necessary  drawings 
explanatoiy  of  their  construction. 

818. — The  commander  of  the  artillery  will  keep  a  daily 
journal  of  the  operations  under  his  direction,  showing — the 
number  and  kind  of  pieces  in  battery,  the  force  employed  in 
serving  them,  the  kind  and  quantity  of  ammunition  expended, 
the  number  of  rounds  fired  from  each  piece  of  ordnance,  the 
effect  of  the  fire,  and  all  other  particulars  relative  to  his  branch 
of  the  service. 

819. — These  journals  and  drawings  will  be  sent,  after  the 
siege,  with  the  report  of  the  General,  to  the  War  Department. 

DEFENSE  OF  FORTIFIED  PLACES. 

820. — In  war,  every  commander  of  a  fortified  place  shall 
always  hold  himself  prepared  with  his  plan  of  defense,  as  if 
at  any  time  liable  to  attack.  He  arranges  this  plan  according 
to  the  probable  mode  of  attack ;  determines  the  posts  of  the 
troops  in  tlie  several  parts  of  the  works,  the  reliefs,  the  reseiTes, 
and  the  details  of  service   in  all  the  corps.     He  draws  up 


102 

kiiti'iictions  IW' a  eaee  of  attack,  and  exercises  the  garrison 
according  to  his  plan  of  defense.  In  sea-coast  works  he  pro- 
vides the  instructions  for  the  different  batteries  on  the  approach 
of  ships. 

^  821. — In  framing  his  plan,  he  studies  the  works  and  the 
exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack  and  investment,  the  strength 
of  the  garrison,  the  artillery,  the  munitions  of  war,  subsistence 
and  supplies  of  all  kinds,  and  takes  immediate  measures  to 
procure  whatever  is  deficient  of  troops  or  supplies,  either  by 
requisition  on  the  government  or  from  the  means  put  at  his 
disposal. 

822. — On  the  approach  of  an  enemy,  he  removes  all  houses 
and  other  objects,  wathin  or  without  the  place,  that  cover  the 
approaches,  or  interrupt  the  fire  of  the  guns  or  the  movements 
of  the  troops.  He  assures  himself  personally  that  all  posterns, 
outlets,  or  embrasures,  &c.,  are  in  proper  state  of  security. 

823. — He  shall  be  furnished  by  the  Department  of  War 
wath  a  plan  of  the  works,  showing  all  the  details  of  the  forti- 
fications and  of  the  exterior  within  the  radius  of  attack  ;  with 
a  map  of  the  environs  w^ithni  the  radius  of  investment ;  with 
a  map  of  the  vicinity,  including  the  neighboring  works,  roads, 
water-channels,  coasts  &c. ;  with  a  memoir  explaining  the  situ- 
ation and  defense  of  the  place,  and  the  relations  and  bearings 
of  the  several  works  on  each  other,  and  on  the  approaches  ,by 
land  and  water — all  which  he  carefully  preserves,  and  com- 
municates only  to  the  council  of  defense. 

824. — He  consults  his  next  in  rank,  and  the  senior  officer  of 
the  engineers  and  of  the  artillery,  either  separately  or  as  a 
council  of  defense.  In  the  latter  case  he  designates  an  officer 
to  act  as  secretary  to  the  council,  and  to  record  their  proceed- 
ings and  their  joint  or  separate  opinions,  w^hich  are  to  be  kept 
secret  during  the  siege.  The  members  may  record  their  opin- 
ions under  their  own  signature.  In  all  cases,  the  commander 
decides  on  his  own  responsibility. 

825. — The  commander  of  the  place,  and  the  chiefs  of  en- 
gineers and  of  artillery,  shall  keep  journals  of  the  defense,  in 
which  shall  be  entered,  in  order  of  date,  without  blank  or  in- 
terlineation, the  orders  given  or  received,  the  manner  in 
which  they  are  executed,  their  results,  and  every  event  and 
circumstance  of  importance  in  the  progress  of  the  defense. 
Thesejournals  and  the  proceedings  of  the  council  of  defense, 
shall  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  of  War. 

S26. — There  shall  be  kept  in  the  office  of  the  commandant 


If 


103 


of  the  place,  to  be  sent  after  the  siege  to  the  Department  of 
War,  a  map  of  the  environs,  a  plan  of  the  fortifications,  and  a 
special  plan  of  the  front  of  attack,  on  which  the  chief  engineer 
will  trace,  in  succession,  the  positions  occupied,  and  the  works 
executed  by  the  enemy  from  the  investment ;  and  also  the 
works  of  counter  approach  of  defense,  and  the  successive  po- 
sitions of  the  artillery  and  other  troops  of  the  garrison  during 
the  progress  of  the  siege. 

827. — The  commander  shall  defend  in  succession  the  ad- 
vanced works,  the  covered  way  and  outworks,  the  body  of  the 
work,  and  the  interior  entrenchments.  He  will  not  be  content 
with  clearing  away  the  foot  of  the  breaches,  and  defending 
them  by  abattis,  mines,  and  all  the  means  used  in  sieges ;  but 
he  shall  begin  in  good  time,  behind  the  bastions  or  front  of 
attack,  the  necessary  entrenchments  to  resist  assaults  on  the 
main  work. 

828. — ^He  shall  use  his  means  of  defense  in  such  manner  as 
always  to  have  a  reserve  of  fresh  troops,  chosen  from  his  best 
soldiers,  to  resist  assaults,  retake  the  outworks,  and  especially 
to  resist  the  assaults  on  the  body  of  the  place ;  and  a  reserve 
of  provisions  for  the  last  period  of  the  siege,  and  of  ammuni- 
tion for  the  last  attacks. 

829. — He  must,  in  every  case,  compel  the  besieging  force 
to  approach  by  the  slow  and  successive  works  of  siege,  and 
must  sustain  at  least  one  assault  on  a  practicable  breach  in 
the  body  of  the  place. 

830. — When  the  commander  thinks  that  the  end  of  the  de- 
fense has  come,  he  shall  still  consult  the  council  of  defense  on 
the  means  that  may  remain  to  prolong  the  seige.  But  in  all 
cases  he  alone  will  decide  on  the  time  manner,  and  terms  of 
the  suiTcnder.  In  the  capitulation,  he  shall  not  seek  or  accept 
better  terms  for  himself  than  for  the  garrison,  but  shall  share 
their  fate,  and  exert  his  best  endeavors  for  the  care  of  the 
troops,  and  especially  of  the  sick  and  wounded. 

831. — No  commander  in  the  field  shall  withdraw  troops  or 
supplies  from  any  fortified  place,  or  exercise  any  authority 
Qver  its  commandant,  unless  it  has  been  put  subject  to  his 
orders  by  competent  authority. 

ARTICLE  XXXVII. 

TROOPS  ON  BOARD  OF  TRANSPORTS. 

832. — Military  commanders  charged  with  the  embarkation 


104 

of  troops,  and  officers  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department 
intrusted  with  the  selection  of  the  transports,  will  take  care 
that  the  vessels  are  entirely  seaworthy  and  proper  for  stich 
service,  and  that  suitable  arrangements  are  made  in  them  for 
the  health  and  comfort  of  the  troops. 

833. — If,  in  the  opinion  of  the  officer  commanding  the  troops 
to  be  embarked,  the  vessel  is  not  proper  or  suitably  arranged, 
the  officer  charged  with  the  embarkation  shall  cause  her  to  be 
inspected  by  competent  and  expenenced  persons. 

834.— Immediately  after  embarking,  the  men  will  be  assigned 
to  quarters,  equal  parties  on  both  sides  of  the  ship,  and  no  man 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  or  sleep  on  the  opposite  side.  As  far 
as  practicable,  the  men  of  each  company  will  be  assigned  to 
the  same  part  of  the  vessel,  and  the  squads,  in  the  same  man- 
ner, to  contiguous  berths. 

835. — Arms  will  be  so  placed,  if  there  be  ho  racks,  as  to  be 
secure  from  injury,  and  enable  the  men  to  handle  them 
promptly — bayonets  unfixed  and  in  scabbard. 

836. — Ammunition  in  cartridge-boxes  to  be  so  placed  as  to 
be  entirely  secure  from  fire ;  reserve  ammunition  to  be  reported 
to  the  master  of  the  transport,  with  request  that  he  designate 
a  safe  place  of  deposit.  Frequent  inspections  will  be  made  of 
the  service  ammunition,  to  insure  its  safety  and  good  condition. 

837. — No  officer  is  to  sleep  out  of  his  ship,  or  to  quit  his 
ship,  without  the  sanction  of  the  officer  commanding  on  board. 

838. — The  guard  will  be  proportioned  to  the  number  of  sen- 
tinels required.  At  sea,  the  guard  will  mount  with  side-arms 
only.     The  officer  of  the  guard  will  be  officer  of  the  day. 

839. — Sentinels  will  be  kept  over  the  fires,  with  buckets  of 
water  at  hand,  promptly  to  extinguish  fires.  Smoking  is  pro- 
hibited hetiveen  decks  or  in  the  cohins,  at  all  times;  nor  shall  any 
lights  be  allowed  between  decks,  except  such  ship  lanterns  as 
the  master  of  the  transport>inay  direct,  or  those  earned  by  the 
officer  of  the  day  iir  the  execution  of  his  duty. 

840. — Regulations  will  be  adopted  to  enable  companies  or 
messes  to  cook  in  turn ;  no  others  than  those  whose  turn  it  is 
will  be  allowed  to  loiter  round  or  approach  the  galleys  or 
other  cooking  places. 

841. — The  commanding  officer  will  make  arrangements,  in 
concert  with  the  master  of  the  vessel,  for  calling  the  troops  to 
quarters,  so  that  in  case  of  alarm,  by  storm,  or  fire,  or  the  ap- 
proach of  the  enemy,  every  man  may  repair  promptly  to  his 


105 

station.  But  he  will  take  care  not  to  crowd  the  deck.  The 
troops  not  wanted  at  the  gnns  or  to  assist  the  sailors,  and  those 
wlio  cannot  be  advantageously  employed  with  small  arms, 
will  be  formed  as  a  reserve  between  decks. 

84:2. — All  the  troops  will  turn   out  at ,  A.  m.,  without 

arms  or  uniform,  and  (in  warm  weather)  without  shoes  or 
stockings  ;  when  every  individual  willbe  clean,  his  hands,  face 

,  and  feet  washed,  and  his  hair  combed.  The  same  personal  in- 
spection will  be  repeated  thirty  minutes  before  sunset.     The 

'  cooks  alone  will  be  exempted  from  one  of  theae  inspections  per 

I   day,  if  necessary. 

843. — ^Recruits  or  awkward  men  will  be  exercised  in  the 
morning  and  evening  in  the  use  of  arms,  an  hour  each  time 
when  the  weather  will  permit. 

844. — Officers  will"enforce  cleanliness  as  indispensable  to 
health.  When  the  w^eather  will  permit,  bedding  will  be  brought 
on  deck  every  morning  for  airing.  Tubs  may  be  fixed  on  the 
forecastle  for  bathing,  or  the  men  may  be  placed  in  the  chains 
and  have  buckets  of  water  thrown  over  them. 

845. — Between  decks  will  not  be  washed  oftener  than  once  a 

week,  and  only  when  the  weather  is  fine.    The  boards  of  the 

lower  berths  will  be  removed  once  or  twice  a  week  to  change 

the  straw.     Under  the  direction  of  the  Surgeon  and  the  officer 

of  the  day,  frequent  fumigations  will  be   performed  between 

.  decks.     The  materials  required  are — common  salt,  four  ounces; 

i  powdered  oxide  of  manganese,  one  ounce  ;  sulphuric  acid,  one 

I  ounce,  diluted  with  two  ounces  of  water.     The  diluted  acid  is 

I  poured  over  the  other  ingredients  in   a  basin  placed  in  a  hot 

I  sand-bath.     Solutions  of  chloride  of  lime  and  chloride  of  zinc 

tare  excellent  disinfecting  agents. 

I  846.— During  voyages  in  hot  weather,  the  master  of  the 
Ivessel  will  be  desired  to  provide  wind-sails,  which  will  be  kept 
constantly  hung  up,  and  frequently  examined,  to  see  that  they 
draw  well  and  are  not  obstructed. 

847. — During  cooking  hours,  the  officers  of  companies  visit 
the  caboose,  and  see  that  the  messes  are  well  prepared.  The 
coppers  and  other  cooking  utensils  are  to  be  regularly  and  well 
washed,  both  lefore  and  after  use. 

848. — The  bedding  will  be  replaced  in  the  berths  at  sunset, 
or  at  an  earlier  hour  when  there  is  a  prospect  of  bad  weather  ; 
and  at  tattoo  every  man  not  on  duty  will  be  in  his  berth.  To 
insure  the  execution  of  this  regulation,  the  officer  of  the  day, 
with  a  lantern,  will  make  a  tour  between  decks. 


\ 


106 

8:1:9. — Lights  will  be  extinguislied  at  tattoo^  except  such  as  are^ 
placed  under  sentinels.  The  officer  of  the  day  will  see  to  it, 
and  report  to  the  commanding  officer.  The  officers'  lights 
will  be  extinguished  at  10  o'clock,  unless  special  permission  be 
given  to  continue  them  for  a  longer  time,  as  in  case  of  sick- 
ness or  other  emergency. 

850. — For  the  sake  of  exercise,  the  troops  will  be  occasion- 
ally called  to  quarters  by  the  beat  to  arms.  Those  appointed  to 
the  guns  will  be  frequently  exercised  in  the  use  of  them.  The 
arms  and  accoutrements  will  be  frequently  inspected.  The 
metallic  parts  of  the  former  will  be  often  wiped  and  greased 
again. 

851. — The  men  will  not  be  allowed  to  sleep  on  deck  in  hot 
weather  or  in  the  sun  ;  they  will  be  encouraged  and  required 
to  take  exercise  on  deck,  in  squads  by  succession,  when  neces- 
sary. 

852. — At  morning  and  evening  parades,  the  Surgeon  will  , 
examine  the  men,  to  observe  whether  there  be  any  appearance  ' 
of  disease. 

853. — The  sick  will,  as  far  as  practicable,  be  separated  from 
the  healthy  men.  On  the  first  appearance  of  malignant  con- 
tagion, a  signal  will  be  made  for  the  hospital  vessel  (if  there  be 
one  in  company),  and  the  diseased  men  removed  to  her. 

854. — A  good  supply  of  hospital  stores  and  medicines  will 
be  taken  on  each  vessel,  and  used  only  for  the  sick  and  conva- 
lescent. 

855. — The  Surgeon  will  guard  the  men  against  costiveness 
on  approaching  a  hot  climate.  In  passing  through  the  West 
Indies,  to  the  southern  coast  for  instance,  and  for  some  weeks 
after  landing  in  those  latitudes,  great  care  is  required  in  the 
use  of  fruit,  as  strangers  would  not  be  competent  to  judge  of 
it,  and  most  kinds,  after  long  voyages,  are  prejudicial. 

856. — In  harbor,  where  there  is  no  danger  from  sharks,  the 
men  may  bathe  ;  but  not  more  than  ten  at  a  time,  and  attend-  { 
ed  by  a  boat.  ' 

857. — In  fitting  up  a  vessel  for  the  transportation  of  horses, 
care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  requisite  arrangements  are  made 
for  conveniently  feeding  and  cleaning  them,  and  to  secure  them 
from  injury  in  rough  weather  by  ropes  attached  to  breast-straps 
and  breeching,  or  by  other  suitable  means  ;  and  especially  that 
proper  ventilation  is  provided  by  openings  in  the  upper  deck, 


107 

'wind-sails,  &c.    The  ventilation  of  steamers  may  be  assisted 
by  using  the  engine  for  that  pui-pose. 

858. — Horses  should  not  be  put  on  board  after  severe  exer- 
cise or  when  heated.     In  hoisting  them  on  board,  the  slings 
jhould  be  made  fast  to  a  hook  at  the  end  of  the  fall,  or  the 
lot  tied  by  an  expert  seaman,  so  that  it  may  be  well  secured 
'  easily  loosened.     The  horse  should  be  run  up  quickly  to 
►revent  him  from  plunging,  and  should  be  steamed  by  guide 
ropes.     A  halter  is  placed  on  him  before  he  is  lifted  from  the 
:round. 

859. — On  board,  care  is  to  be  taken  that  the  horses  are  not 
>ver-fed  ;  bran  should  form  part  of  their  ration.     The  face,  eyes, 
md  nostrils  of  each  horse  are  to  be  washed  at  the  usual  stable 
lOurs,  and  occasionally,  the  mangers  should  be  washed  and 
le  nostrils  of  the  horse  sponged  with  vinegar  and  water. 
860. — In  loading  vessels  with  stores  for  a  military  expedition, 
bhe  cargo  of  each  should  be  composed  of  an  assortment  of 
I  stores  as  may  be  available  for  service  in  case  of  the  non- 
arrival  of  others,  and  they  should  be  placed  on  board  in  such 
a  manner  that  they  may  be  easily  reached,  in  the  order  in 
which  they  are  required  for  service.     Each  store-ship  should 
,be  marked,  at  the  bow  and  stern,  on  both  sides,  in  large  char- 
lacters,  with  a  distinctive  letter  and  number.     A  list  is  to  be 
ladeofthe  stores  on  board  of  each  vessel,  and  of  the  place 
rhere  they  are  to  be  found  in  it ;  a  copy  of  this  list  to  be  sent 
the  chief  officer  of  the  proper  department  in  the  expedition, 
»r  at  the  place  of  destination. 

ARTICLE  XXXVIII. 

COURTS-MARTIAL. 

861. — In  appointing  a  general  cotirt-martial,  as  many  mem- 
bers will  be  detailed,  from  five  to  thirteen  inclusive,  as  can 
be  assembled  without  manifest  injury  to  the.ser\ace. 

862. — The  decision  of  the  officer  appointing  the  court,  as  to 
the  number  that  can  be  assembled  without  manifest  injury 
to  the  service,  is  conclusive. 

gG3. — A  President  of  the  court  will  not  be  appointed.  The 
officer  highest  in  rank  present  will  be  Pre^dent. 

864.— Form  of  Order  appointing  court-martial ;  the  last 
paragraph  omitted  when  the  court  can  be  kept  up  with  thir- 
teen members : 

Head-Quarters,  &c. 

A  General   Court-martial  is  hereby  appointed  to  meet  at 
,  on  the    day  of        ,  or  as  sooii  thereafter  as  practica- 


lOS 

ble,  for  the  trial  of  ,  and  such  other  prisoners  as  may 

be  brought  before  it. 

Detail  for  the  Court : 

1 8 

•  2 9 

3 10 

4 ^  11 

5 12 

6 -  13. 

7 Judge  Advocate. 

No  other  officers  than  those  named  can  be  assembled  witli- 
out  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

By  order  of ,  commanding 

,  Assistant  Adjutant  General. 

865. — In  the  detail  the  members  will  be  named,  and  they 
will  take  place  in  the  court,  in  the  order  of  their  rank,  A  de- 
cision of  the  proper  authority  in  regard  to  the  rank  of  the  mem- 
bers cannot  be  reversed  by  the  court. 

866. — The  place  of  holding,  a  court  is  appointed  by  the 
authority  convening  it. 

867. — Application  for  delay  or  postponement  of  trial  must 
when  practicable,  be  made  to  the  authority  convening  the 
court.  When  made  to  the  court,  it  must  be  before  plea,  and 
will  then,  if  in  the  opinion  of  the  court  well  founded,  be  re- 
ferred to  the  authority  convening  the  court,  to  decide  whether 
the  court  shall  be  adjourned  or  dissolved,  and  the  charges  re- 
served for  another  court. 

868. — ^Upon  application  by  the  accused  for  postponement  on 
the  ground  of  absence  of  a  witness,  it  ought  distinctly  to 
appear  on  his  oath,  1st,  that^the  witness  is  material,  and  how  ; 
2d,  that  the  accused  has  used  due  diligence  to  procure  his 
attendance  ;  and  3d,  that  he  has  reasonable  ground  to  believe, 
and  does  believe,  that  he  will  be  able  to  procure  such  attend- 
ance within  a  reasonable  time  stated. 

869. — The  President  of  a  court-martial,  besides  his  duties 
and  privileges  as  member,  is  the  organ  of  the  court,  to  keep 
order  and  conduct  its  business.  He  speaks  and  acts  for  the 
court  in  each  case  where  the  rule  has  been  j)rescribed  by  law, 
regulation,  or  its  own  resolution.  In  all  their  deliberations 
the  law  secures  the  equality  of  the  members. 

870. — The  76th  Article  of  War  does  not  confer  on  a  court- 
martial  the  power  to  punish  its  own  members.  For  disorderly 
conduct,  a  member  is  liable  as  in  other  offenses  against  mili- 


I 


109 

^ary  discipline;  improper  words  are  to  be  taken  down,  and 
my  disorderly  conduct  of  a  member  reported  to  the  authority 
convening  the  court. 

871. — The  JudgeAdvocate  shall  summon  the  necessary  wit- 
nesses for  the  trial ;  but  he  shall  not  summon  any  witness  at  the 
expense  of  the  Confederate  States,  nor  any  officer  of  the  army, 
without  the  order  of  the  court,  unless  satished  that  his  testimony 
is  material  and  necessary  to  the  ends  of  justice. 

872. — Every  court-martial  shall  keep  a  complete  and  accu- 
rate record  of  its  proceedings,  to  be  authenticated  by  the  sig- 
natures of  the  President  ana  Judge  Advocate  ;  who  shall  also  • 
certify,  in  like  manner,  the  sentence  pronounced  by  the  court 
in  each  case.  The  record  must  show  that  the  court  was  or- 
ganized as  the  law  requires  ;  that  the  court  and  Judge  Advo- 
cate were  duly  sworn  in  the  presence  of  the  prisoner  ;  that  he 
was  previously  asked  whether  he  had  objection  to  any  member, 
and  his  answer  thereto.  A  copy  of  the  order  appointing  the 
court  will  be  entered  on  the  record  in  each  case. 

873. — Whenever  the  same  court-martial  tries  more  prisoners 
than  one,  and  they  are  arraigned  on  separate  and  distinct 
charges,  the  court  is  to  be  sworn  at  the  commencement  of  each 
trial,  and  the  proceedings  in  each  case  will  be  made  up  sepa- 
rately. 

874. — The  record  shall  be  clearly  and  legibly  written  ;  as 
far  as  practicable,  without  erasures  or  interlineations.  The 
pages  to  be  numbered,  with  a  margin  of  one- inch  on  the  left 
side  of  each  page,  and  at  the  top  of  the  odd  and  bottom  of 
the  even  pages  ;  through  this  last  margin  the  sheets  to  be 
stitched  together  ;  the  documents  accompanying  the  proceed- 
ings to  be  noted  and  marked  in  such  a  manner  as  to  afford  an 
easy  reference. 

875. — ^o  recommendation  will  be  embraced  in  the  body  of 
[the  sentence.     Those  members  only  who  concur  in  the  recom- 
lendation  will  sign  it. 

876. — ^The  legal  punishments  for  soldiers  by  sentence  of  a 
— ourt-martial  according  to  the  offense,  and  the  jurisdiction  of    - 
The  court,  are— death;  corporal  punishment  by  flogging;  con-  .r 
finement  ;  confinement  on  bread  and  water  diet ;  solitary  con-   ^ 
finernent  ;  hard  labor  ;  ball  and  chain  ;  forfeiture  of  pay  and 
allowances;  discharges  from  service;  and  reprimands.     Soli- 
tary confinement,  or  confinement  on  bread  ancl  water,  shall  not 
exceed  fourteen  days  at  a  time,   with  intervals  between  the 


110 

periods  of  such  confinement  not  less  than  such  periods  ;  and 
not  exceeding  eighty  four  days  in  one  year. 

877. — The  Judge  Advocate  shall  transmit  the  proceedino-s, 
without  delay,  to  the  officer  having  authority  to  confirm  the 
sentence,  who  shall  state,  at  the  end  of  the  proceedings  in  each 
case,  his  decision  and  orders  thereon. 

878. — The  original  proceedings  of  all  general  courts-martial, 
after  the  decision  on  them  of  the  reviewing  authority,  and  all 
proceedings  that  require  the  decision  of  the  President  under 
the  65th  and  89th  Articles  of  war,  and  copies  of  all  orders  con- 
firming or  disproving,  or  remitting  the  sentences  of  courts- 
martial,  and  all  official  communications  for  the  JudgeAdvocate 
of  the  army,  will  be  addressed  to  "  The  Adjutant- General  of 
the  Army^  War  Departments^''  marked  on  the  cover,  "  Judge 
Advocate.''^ 

879. — ^The  proceedings  of  garrison  and  regimental  courts - 
martial  will  be  transmitted  without  delay  by  the  garrison  or 
regimental  commander  to  the  department  head-quarters  for  the 
supervision  of  the  department  commander. 

880. — ^The  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  the  punishment  or- 
dered  by  a  court-martial,  is  vested  in  the  authority  confirming 
the  proceedings,  andin  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States. 
A  superior  military  commander  to  the  officer  confirming  the 
proceedings  may  suspend  the  execution  of  the  sentence  when, 
in  his  judgment,  it  is  void  upon  the  face  of  the  proceedings, 
or  when  he  sees  a  fit  case  for  executive  clemency.  In  such 
cases,  the  record,  with  his  order  prohibiting  the  execution, 
shall  be  transmitted  for  the  final  orders  of  the  President. 

881. — When  a  court-martial  or  court  of  inquiry  adjourns 
without  day,  the  members  will  return  to  their  respective  posts 
and  duties,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

882. — When  a  court  adjourns  for  three  days,  the  Judge  Ad- 
vocate shall  report  the  fact  to  the  co^nmander  of  the  post  or 
troops,  and  the  members  belonging  to  the  command  will  be 
liable  to  duty  during  the  time. 

AKTICLE  XXXIX. 

WOKKING-PAETIES. 

883. — When  it  is  necessary  to  employ  the  army  at  work  on 
fortifications,  in  surveys,  in  cutting  roads,  and  other  constant 
labor  of  not  less  than  ten  days,  the  non-commissioned  officers 
and  soldiers  so  employed  are  enrolled  as  extra-duty  men,  and 


ill 

tire  allowed  twenty-five  cents  a  day  when  employed  as  laborei*8 
and  teamsters,  and  forty  cents  a  day  when  employed  us  me- 
chanics, at  all  stations  east  of  the  Rocky  IMountains,  and  thirty- 
live  and  fifty  cents  i)er  day,  resp('criv«^ly,  at  all  stations  west 
of  those  mountains. 

884.— ^Enlisted  men  of  the  Ordnance  and  Engineer  Depart- 
ments, and  artificers  of  artillery,  are  not  entitled  to  this  allow- 
ance when  employed  in  their  appropriate  work. 

885.^ — Soldiers  will  not  be  employed  as  extra-duty  men  for 
any  labor  in  camp  or  garrison  which  can  properly  be  performed 
by  fatigue  parties. 

886. — No  extra-duty  men,  except  those  required  lor  the  or- 
dinaiy  sei*vice  of  the  Quartermaster,  Commissaiy  and  Medical 
Departments,  and  saddlers  in  mounted  companies,  will  be 
employed  without  previous  authority  from  department  head- 
quarters, except  in  case  of  necessity,  which  shall  be  promptly 
reported  to  the  department  commander. 

887. — Extra-duty  pay  of  a  saddler  in  a  mounted  company 
will  be  charged  on  the  company  muster-roll,  to  be  paid  by  the 
Paymaster  and  refunded  by  the  Ordnance  Department.  Extra- 
duty  pay  of  cooks  and  nurses  in  the  hospital  service  will  be 
paid  by  the  Quartermaster,  in  the  absence  of  a  medical  dis- 
bursing officer,  and  refunded  by  the  Medical  Department. 

888. — The  officer  commanding  a  working  party  vnll  confonn 
to  the  directions  and  plans  of  the  engineer  or  other  officer 
directing  the  w^ork,  without  regard  to  rank. 

889. — A  day's  work  shall  not  exceed  ten  hours  in  smnmer, 
nor  eight  in  winter.  Soldiers  are  paid  in  proportion  for  any 
greater  number  of  hours  they  ai"e  employed  each  day.  Sum- 
mer is  considered  to  commence  on  the  Istof  Ajnil,  und  winter 
on  the  1st  of  October. 

890. — Although  the  necessities  of  the  service  may  require 
soldiers  to  be  ordered  on  working-parties  as  a  duty,  command- 
ing officers  are  to  bear  in  mind  that  fitness  for  military  service 
by  instruction  and  discipline  is  the  object  for  which  the  army 
is  kept  on  foot,  and  tliat  they  are  not  to  employ  the  troo]>8 
when  not  in  the  field,  and  especially  the  mounted  troops,  in 
labors  that  interfere  with  their  military  duties  and  exercises, 
except  in  cases  of  immediate  necessity,  which  shall  be  forth- 
with reported  for  the  orders  of  the  War  Department. 


112 
ARTICLE  XL. 

PUBLIC    PROPERTY,  MOXEY,  AND    ACCOUNTS. 

S9L — All  officers  of  the  Pay,  Commissary  aiid  Quartermas- 
ter's Departments,  and  military  store-keepers,  shall,  previous 
to  their  entering  on  the  duties  of  their  respective  offices,  give 
good  and  sufficient  bonds  to  the  Confederate  States,  fully  to 
account  for  all  monies  and  public  property  which  tney  may 
receive,  in  such  sums  as  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  direct ;  and 
the  officers  aforesaid  shall  renev^  their  bonds  every  four  years, 
and  oftener  if  the  Secretary  of  War  shall  so  require,  and  when- 
ever they  receive  a  new^  commission  or  appointment. 

892. — The  sureties  to  the  bond  shall  be  bound  jointly  and 
severally  for  the  whole  amount  of  the  bond,  and  shall  .satisfy 
the  8e€retary  of  War  that  the}^  are  worth  jointly  double  the 
amount  of  the  boncJ,  by  the  affidavit  of  each  surety,  stating 
that  he  is  w^oith,  over  and  above  his  debts  and  liabilities,  the 
amount  of  the  bond,  or  such  other  sum  as  he  may  specify,  and 
each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

893. — The  chiefs  of  disbursing  dei^artments  who  submit 
requisitions  for  money  to  be  remitted  to  disbursing  officers, 
shall  take  care  that  no  more  money  than  is  actually  needed  is 
in  the  hands  of  any  officer. 

894. — The  Treasury  Department  having  provided,  by  ar- 
rangement w^ith  the  assistant  Treasurer  at  various  j>oints,  se- 
cure depositories  for  funds  in  the  hands  of  disbursing  officers, 
all  disbursing  officers  are  required  to  avail  themselves,  as  far 
as  possible,  of  this  arrangement,  by  depositing  with  the  assist- 
ant treasure's  such  funds  as  are  not  wanted  for  immediate  use, 
and  drawing  the  same  in  convenient  sums  as  wanted. 

895. — No  public  funds  shall  be  exchanged  except  for  gold 
and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished  are  gold  and  silver,  all 
payments  shall  be  m  gold  and  silver.  When  the  funds  furnished 
are  drafts,  they  shall  be  presented  at  the  place  of  payment, 
and  paid  according  to  law^;  and  payments  shall  be  made  in  the 
funds  so  received  for  the  drafts,  unless  said  funds  or  said  drafts 
can  be  exchanged  for  gold  and  silver  at  par.  If  any  disbursing 
officer  shall  violate  any  of  these  provisions,  he  shall  be  sus- 
pended by  the  Secretary  of  War,  and  reported  to  the  Presi- 
dent, and  promptly  removed  from  office  or  restored  to  his  trust 
and  duties  as  to  the  President  may  seem  just  and  proper.  (Act 
August  6,  1846.) 

896. — No  disbursing  officer  shall  accept,  or  receive,  or  trans- 


mit  to  the  Trcnsnry  to  be  allowed  in  his  favor,  any  ivcc-ipt  or 
voucher  from  a  creditor  of  the  Confederate  States  without  hav- 
ing paid  to  such  creditor,  in  such  funds  as  he  received  for  dis- 
bursementjOr  snchother  ftinds  as  he  is  authorized  by  the  preced- 
ing  article  to  take  in  exchange,  the  lull  amount  specified  in 
such  receipt  or  voucher ;  and  ev^ry  such  act  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  a  conversion  to  his  own  use  of  the  amount  specified  in 
such  receipt  or  voucher.  And  no  officer  in  the  military  ser- 
vice charged  with  the  safe-keepino*,  transfer,  or  disbursement 
of  public  money,  shall  convert  to  his  own  use,  or  invent  in  any 
kind  of  merchandise  or  property,  or  loan  with  or  without  in- 
terest, or  deposit  in  an}^  bank,  or  exchange  for  other  funds, 
except  as  allowed  in  the  preceding  article,  any  public  money 
entrusted  to  him  ;  and  every  such  act  shall  be  deemed  to  be  a 
felony  and  an  embezzlement  of  so  much  money  as  may  be  so  ta- 
ken, converted,  invested,  used,  loaned,  deposited,  or  exchang- 
ed.    (Act  xAugust  6,  1846.) 

807. — Any  officer  who  shall  directly  or  indirectly  sell  or 
^dispose  of,  for  a  premium,  an}'  treasury  note,  draft,  warrant, 
'or  other  public  security  in  his  hands  for  disbursement,  or  sell 
or  dispose  of  the  proceeds  or  avails  thereof  without  making  re- 
turns of  such  premium  and  accounting  therefor  by  chai^ging 
it  in  his  accounts  to  the  credit  of  the  Confederate  States, 
will  forthwith  be  dismissed  by  the  President.  (Act  August  6, 
1846.) 

898. — If  any  disbursing  officer  shall  bet  at  cards  or  any  game 
of  hazard,  his  commanding  officer  shall  suspend  his  functions, 
:md  require  him  to  turn  over  all  the  public  funds  in  his  keep- 
ing, and  shall  immediately  report  the  case  to  the  proper  bureau 
of  the  War  Department. 

899. — All  officers  are  forbid  to  give  or  take  any  receipt  in 
blank  for  public  money  or  property  ;  but  in  all  cases  the  vouch- 
er shall  be  made  out  iu  full,  and  the  true  date,  place,  and  exact 
jimount  of  money,  in  words,  shall  be  written  out  in  the  receipt 
before  it  is  signed. 

900. — When  a  signature  is  not  written  by  the  hand  of  the 
party,  it  must  be  witnessed. 

.  901. — Ko  advance  of  public  money  shall  be  made,  cicopt 
advances  to  disbursing  officers,  and  advances  by  order  of  tho 
War  Department  to  officers  on  distant  stations,  where  they  can 
not  receive  their  pay  and  emoluments  regularly  ;  but  iu  all 
cases  of  contracts  for  the  performance  of  any  service,  or  the 
delivery  of  articles  of  any  description,  payment  shall  not  ex- 
teed  the  value  of  the  service  rendered,  or  of  the  articles  deliv- 
ered, previously  to  such  payment.  : , 


114 

902. — ^iSTo  officer  disbursing  or  directing  the  disbursenp.ent  of 
money  for  the  military  service  shall  be  concerned,  directly  or 
indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale,  for  commercial  purposes,  of 
any  article  intended  for,  making  a  p^J;  of,  or  appertaining  to 
the  department  of  the  public  service  in  which  he  is  engaged, 
nor 'shall  take  or  apply  to  his  own  use  any  gain  or  emolument 
for  negotiating  or  transacting  any  public  business  other  than 
what  is  or  may  be  allowed  by  law. 

903. — ^No  wagon-master  or  forage-master  shall  be  interested 
or  concerned,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  any  w^agon  or  other 
means  of  transport  employed  by  the  Confederate  States,  nor  in 
the  purchase  or  sale  of  any  property  procured  for  or  belonging 
to  the  Confederate  States,  except  as  the  agent  of  the  Confede- 
rate States.  ' 

904. — Ko  officer  or  agent  in  the  military  service  shall  pur- 
chase from  any  other  person  in  the  military  service,  or 
make  any  contract  with  any  such  person  to  furnish  supplies  or 
services,  or  make  any  purchase  or  contract  in  which  such  per- 
son shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part,  or  to  any  benefit  to 
arise  therefrom. 

905. — jS'o  pei*son  in  the  military  service  whose  salary,  pay, 
or  emoluments  is  or  are  fixed  by  law  or  regulations,  shall 
receive  any  additional  pay,  extra  allowance,  or  compensation 
in  any  form  whatever,  for  the  disbursement  of  public  money, 
or  any  other  service  or  duty  whatsoever,  unless  the  same  shall 
be  authorized  by  law,  and  explicitly  set  out  in  the  appropria- 
tion. 

906. — All  accounts  of  expenditures  shall  set  out  a  sufficient 
explanation  of  the  object,  necessity  and  propriety  of  the  ex- 
penditure. 

907. — ^The  facts  on  which  an  account  depends  must  be  stated 
and  vouched  by  the  certificate  of  an  officer,  or  other  sufficient 
evidence. 

908. — If  any  account  paid  on  the  certificate  of  an  officer  to 
the  facts  is  afterwards  disallowed  for  error  of  fact  in  the  certif- 
icate, it  shall  pass  to  the  credit  of  the  disbursing  officer,  and 
be  charged  to  the  officer  who  gave  the  certificate. 

909. — An  officer  shall  have  credit  for  an  expenditure  of  mo- 
ney or  property  made  in  obedience  to  the  order  of  his  corn  - 
manding  oUicer.  If  the  expenditure  is  disallowed,  it  shall  be 
charged  to  the  officer  who  ordered  it. 

910. — Disbursing  officers,  when  they  have  the  money,  shall 
pay  cash  and  not  open  an  account.      Heads  of  bureaus  shall 


take  care,  by  timely  remittances,  to  obviate  the    necessity  of 
any  purchases  on  credit. 

911., — When  a  disbursing  officer  is  relieved,  he  shall  certify 
the  outstanding  debts  to  his  successor,  and  transmit  an  account 
of  the  same  to  the  head  of  the  bureau,  and  turn  over  his  pub- 
lic money  and  property  appertaining  to  the  service  from  which 
he  is  relieved  to  his  successor,  unless  otherwise  ordered. 

912. — ^The  chief  of  each  military  bureau  of  the  War  De- 
partment shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War, 
regulate,  as  far  as  practicable,  the  employment  of  hired  per- 
sons required  for  the  administrative  service  of  his  department. 

913. — When  practicable,  persons  hired  in  the  military  ser- 
vice shall  be  paid  at  the  end  of  the  calendar  month,  and  when 
discharged.     Separate  pay-rolls  shall  be  made  for  each  month. 

914. — When  a  hired  |:^'son  is  discharged  and  not  paid,  a 
certified  statement  of  his  account  shall  be  given  him. 

915. — Property,  paid  for  or  not,  must  be  taken  up  on  the 
return,  and  accounted  for  when  received. 

916. — No  officer  has  authority  to  insure  public  property  or 
money. 

917. — Disbursing  officers  are  not  authorized  to  settle  with 
heirs,  executors,  or  administrators,  except  by  instructions  from 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  Wav  Department  upon  accounts  duly 
audited  and  certified  by  the  proper  accounting  officers  of  the 
Treasury. 

918. — Public  horses,  mules,  oxen,  tools,  and  implements 
shall  be  branded  conspicuously  C.  S.  before  being  used  in  ser- 
vice, and  all  other  public  property  that  it  may  be  useful  to 
mark  ;  and  all  public  property  having  the  brand  of  the  C.  S. 
when  sold  or  condemned,  shall  be  branded  vrith  the  letter  C. 

919.__Xo  public  property  shall  be  used,  nor  labor  hired  for 
the  public  be  employed,  for  any  private  use  whatsoever  not 
authorized  by  the  regulations  of  the  service. 

920.— When  public  property  becomes  damaged,  except  by 
fair  wear  and  tear,  the  officer  accountable  for  the  property 
shall  report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  ap- 
point a  board  of  survey  of  two  or  more  officers  to  examine  the 
property  and  ascertain  the  cause  and  amount  of  dama5:e,  and 
whether  by  any  fault  of  any  person  in  the  military  service,  wid 
report  the 'facts  and  their  opinion  to  him  ;  which  report,  with 
his  opinion  thereon,  he  shall  transmit  to  the  chief  ot-the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appertains,  and  give  a  copy  to 


IIG 

the  officer  accountable  for  the   property  and   to   the   person 
chai'geable  for  the  damage. 

921. — If  any  article  of  public  property  be  lost  or  damaged 
by  neglect  or  fault  of  any  officer  or  soldier,  he  shall  pay  the 
value  of  such  article,  or  amount  of  damage,  or  cost  of  repaii*s, 
and  be  proceeded  against  as  the  Articles  of  War  provide,  if  he 
demand  a  trial  by  court-martial,  or  the  circumstances  require 
it. 

922. — Charges  against  a  soldier  shall  be  set  against  his  pay 
on  tlie  muster-roll.  Charges  against  an  officer  to  be  set  against 
his  pay  shall  be  promptly  reported  to  the  Secretary  of  War."^' 

923. — If  any  article  of  public  property  be  embezzled,  or  by 
neglect  lost  or  damaged,  by  any  person  hired  in  the  public  ser- 
vice, the  value  or  damage  shall  be  charged  to  him,  and  set 
against  any  pay  or  money  due  him. 

924. — Public  property  lost  or  destroyed  in  the  military  ser- 
vice must  be  accounted  for  by  affidavit,  or  the  cerlificate  of 
a  commissioned  officer,  or  other  satisfactory  evidence. 

925. — Affidavits  or  depositions  may  be  taken  before  any  of- 
ficer in  the  list,  as  follows,  when  recourse  can  not  be  had  to 
any  before  named  on  said  list,  which  fact  shall  be  certified  by 
the  officer  ofiering  the  evidence :  1st.  a  civil  magistrate  compe- 
tent to  administer  oaths;  2d.  a  judge  advocate;  3d.  the  re- 
cordei*  of  a  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  ;  4tb .  the 
Adjutant  of  a  regiment  ;  5th.  a  commissioned  officer. 

920. — When  military  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are 
unsuitable  to  the  service,  the  officer  in  charge  thereof  shall 
report  the  case  to  the  commanding  officer,  who  shall  reier  the 
report,  with  his  opinion  thereon,  lo  the  bureau  of  the  depart- 
ment to  which  the  property  appertains,  for  the  order  in  the 
case  of  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  if,  from  the  nature  or  con- 
dition of  the  property  or  exigency  of  the  service,  it  be  neces- 
sary to  act  without  the  delay  of  su:h  reference,  in  such  case 
of  necessity  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board  of 
snrvey,  composed  of  two  or  more  competent  officers,  to  ex- 
amine the  property  and  report  to  him,  subject  to  his  approval, 
what  disposition  the  public  interest  requires  to  be  made  of  it ; 
which  he  shall  cause  to  be  made,  and  report  the  case  to  the 
proper  bureau  of  tlie  War  Department  for  the  information  of 
the  Secretary  of  War.  These  cases  of  necessity  arise  wher. 
the  property  is  of  a  perishable  nature,  and  can  not  be  kept, 

*  If  the  pay  of  an  officer  or  soldier  is  wrongfully  withheld  for  arrears  or  liabilities 
to  tte  Confederate  States,  a  civil  remedy  is  provided  bj-  the  act  of  January  15, 1823. 


11'/ 

or  when  the  expense  ol"  keeping  it  is  too  great  in  proj)ortion  to 
its  valuej  or  when  tlie  troops,  in  movement,  would  be  com- 
pelled to  abandon  it.  Horses  incurably  unfit  for  any  public 
service  may  also  constitute  a  case  of  necessity,  but  shall  be 
put  to  death  only  in  case  of  an  incurable  wound  or  contagiouM 
disorder. 

927. — When  militaiy  stores  or  other  army  supplies  are  re- 
ported to  the  AVar  Department  as  unsuitable  to  the  service,  a 
proper  inspection  or  suiTey  of  them  shall  be  made  by  an  In- 
spector General,  or  such  suitable  officer  or  officers  as  the  Sec- 
retary of  War  may  appoint  for  that  purpose.  Separate  inven- 
tories of  the  stores,  according  to  the  disposition  to  be  made  of 
them,  shall  accompany  the  inspection  report :  as  of  articles  to* 
be  repaired,  to  be  broken  up,  to  be  sold,  of  no  use  or  value, 
and  to  be  dropped,  &c  ,  &c.  The  inspection  report  and  inven- 
toi'ies  shall  show  the  exact  condition  of  the  ditf'erent  articles. 

928. — Military  stores  and  other  army  supplies  found  unsuit- 
able to  the  public  service,  after  inspection  by  an  Inspector 
General,  or  such  special  inspection  as  may  have  been  directed 
in  the  case,  and  ordered  for  sale,  shall  be  sold  for  cash  at  auc- 
tion, on  due  public  notice,  and  in  such  market  as  the  public 
interest  may  require.  The  officer  making  the  sale  will  bid  in 
and  suspend  the  sale  when,  in  his  opinion,  better  prices  may 
be  got.  Expenses  of  the  sale  will  be  paid  from  its  proceeds. 
The  auctioneer's  certified  account  of  the  sales  in  detail,  and 
the  vouchers  for  the  expenses  of  the  sale,  will  be  reported  to 
the  chief  of  the  department  to  which  the  property  belonged. 
The  nett  proceeds  will  be  applied  as  the  Secretary  of  War 
may  direct. 

929. — No  officer  making  returns  of  property  shall  drop  from 
his  return  any  public  property  as  worn  out  or  unserviceable, 
until  it  has  been  condemned,  after  proper  inspection,  and 
ordered  to  be  so  dropped. 

930. — An  officer  issuing  stores  shall  deliver  or  transmit  to 
the  receiving  officer  an  exact  list  of  them  in  duplicate  invoices, 
and  the  receiving  officer  shall  return  him  duplicate  receipts. 

931. — When  an  officer  to  whom  stores  are  forwarded  haA 
reason  to  suppose  them  miscamed,  he  shall  promptly  infortn 
the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  the  bureau  of  the  de- 
partment to  which  the  property  appeitains. 

932. — When  stores  received  do  not  correspond  in  amount  or 
quality  with  the  invoice,  they  will  be  examined  by  a  board  of 
survev,  and  their  report  communicated  to  the  proper  bureau, 


118 

to  the  issuing  and  forwarding  officer,  and  to  the  officer  author- 
ized to  pay  the  transportation  account.  Damages  recovered 
from  the  carrier  or  other  party  liable,  will  be  refunded  to  the 
proper  department. 

933. — On  the  death  of  any  officer  in  charge  of  public  prop- 
erty or  money,  the  commanding  officer  shall  appoint  a  board 
of  survey  to  take  an  inventory  of  the  same,  which  he  shall  for- 
ward to  the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department,  and  he 
shall  designate  an  officer  to  take  charge  of  the  said  property 
or  money  till  orders  in  the  case  are  received  from  the  proper 
•  authority. 

934. — When  an  officer  in  charge  of  public  property  is  re- 
moved from  the  care  of  it,  the  commanding  officer  shall  desig- 
nate an  officer  to  receive  it,  or  take  charge  of  it  himself,  till 
a  successor  be  regularly  appointed.  When  no  officer  can  re- 
main to  receive  it,  the  commanding  officer  will  take  suitable 
means  to  secure  it,  and  report  the  facts  to  the  proper  authority, 

935. — Every  officer  having  public  moneys  to  account  for, 
and  failing  to  render  his  account  thereof  quarter-yearly,  with 
the  vouchers  necessary  to  its  correct  and  prompt  settlement, 
within  three  months  after  the  expiration  of  the  quarter  if  resi- 
dent in  the  Confederate  States,  and  wdthin  six  months  if  resi- 
dent in  a  foreign  country,  wnll  be  promptly  dismissed  by  the 
President,  unless  he  shall  explain  the  default  to  the  satisfaction 
of  the  President.     (Act  of  Jan  31,  1823.) 

936. — Every  officer  intrusted  with  public  money  or  pioperty 
shall  render  all  j)rescribed  returns  and  accounts  to  the  bureau 
of  the  department  in  which  he  is  serving,  where  all  such  re- 
turns and  accounts  shall  pass  through  a  rigid  administrative 
scrutiny  before  the  money  accounts  are  transmitted  to  the 
proper  officers  of  the  Treasury  Department  for  settlement. 

937. — The  head  of  the  bureau  shall  cause  his  decision  on 
each  account  to  be  endorsed  on  it.  He  shall  bring  to  the 
notice  of  the  Secretary  of  War  all  accounts  and  matters  of  ac- 
count that  require  or  merit  it.  When  an  account  is  suspended 
or  disallowed,  the  bureau  shall  notify  it  to  the  officer,  that  he 
may  have  an  early  opportunity  to  submit  explanations  or  take 
an  appeal  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 

938.— When  an  account  is  suspended  or  disallowed  in  the 
proper  office  of  the  Treasury  Department,  or  explanation  or 
evidence  required  from  the  officer,  it  shall  be  promptly  notified 
to  him  by  the  head  of  the  military  bureau.     And  all  vouchers, 


no 

evidence  or  explanation  returned  by  him  to  the  Trea.^ury  De- 
partment shall  pass  through  the  bureau. 

939. — Chiefs  of  the  disbursing  departments  shall,  under 
tiie  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  designate,  as  far  as 
practicable,  the  places  where  the  principal  contracts  and 
purchases  shall  be  made  and  supplies  procured  for  distribu- 
tion. 

940. — All  purchases  and  contracts  for  supplies  or  services 
for  the  army,  except  personal  services,  when  the  public  ex- 
igences do  not  require  the  immediate  delivery  of  the  article 
or  performance  of  the  service,  shall  be  made  by  advertising 
a  sufficient  time  previously  for  proposals  respecting  the  same. 

941. — The  officer  advertising  for  proposals  shall,  when  the 
intended  contract  or  purchase  is  considerable,  transmit  forth- 
with a  copy  of  the  advertisement  and  report  of  the  case  to 
the  proper  bureau  of  the  War  Department. 

942. — Contracts  will  be  made  with  the  lowest  responsible 
bidder;  and  purchases  from  the  lowest  bidder  who  produces 
the  proper  article.  But  when  such  lowest  bids  are  unrea- 
sonable, they  will  be  rejected,  and  bids  again  invited  by  pub- 
lic notice ;  and  all  bids  and  advertisemets  shall  be  sent  to 
the  bureau. 

943. — When  sealed  bids  are  required,  the  time  of  opening 
them  shall  be  specified,  and  bidders  have  privilege  to  be 
present  at  the  opening. 

944. — When  immediate  delivery  or  performance  is  required 
by  the  public  exigency,  the  article  or  service  i^squired  may 
be  procured  by  open  purchase  or  contract  at  the  places,  and 
in  the  mode  in  which  such  articles  are  iisually  bought  and 
sold,  or  such  services  engaged,  between  individuals. 

945. — Contracts  shall  be  made  in  quadruplicate  ;  one  to  be 
kept  by  the  officer,  one  by  the  contractor,  and  two  to  be  sent 
to  the  military  bureau,  one  of  which  for  the  officer  of  the 
Second  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury. 

946._The  contractor  shall  give  bond,  with  good  and  suf- 
ficient security,  for  the  true  and  faithful  performance  of  his 
contract,  and  each  surety  shall  state  his  place  of  residence. 

947. — An  express  condition  shall  be  inserted  in  contracts 
that  no  member  of  Congress  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share 
or  part  therein,  or  any  benefit  to  arise  therefrom. 

948._No  contract  shall  be  made  except  under  a   law  au- 
thorising it,  or  an  appropriation   adequate  to  .its  fulfilment 
except  contracts  by  the  Secretary  of  War  for  the  subsistence 
€)r  clothiuff  of  the  armv,  or  the  Quartermaster's  Department. 


120 

949. — It  is  the  duty  ofevery  commanding  otliccr  to  enforce 
XI  rigid  econoiihy  in  the  public  expcnces. 

950. — The  commander  ot  a  geographical  district  or  de- 
partment shall  require  abstracts  to  be  rendered  to  him,  at 
least  once  in  each  cpiarter,  by  every  officer  under  his  ordern 
who  is  charged  with  the  care  of  public  property  or  the  di.s- 
bursement  of  public  money,  showing  all  property  received, 
issued,  and  expended  by  the  officer  rendering  the  account; 
and  the  property  remaining  on  hand,  and  all  moneys,  received, 
paid,  or  contracted  to  be  paid  by  him,  and  the  balances  re- 
maining in  his  hands ;  and  where  such  officer  is  serving 
under  any  intermediate  commander,  as  of  the  post,  regimenf, 
&c.,  the  abstracts  shall  be  revised  by  such  commander;  and 
both  the  accounting  officer  and  the  commanding  officer  shall 
accompany  the  abstracts  with  full  explanations  of  every  cir- 
cumstance that  may  be  necessary  to  a  complete  understand- 
ing, by  the  commander  of  the  department,  of  all  the  items 
\)n  the  abstracts.  These  abstracts,  Avhere  the  accounting 
officer  is  serving  in  more  than  one  staff  ai)pointment,  will 
be  made  separately  for  each. 

951. — The  commander  of  the  department  shall  promptly 
correct  all  irregularities  and  extravagances  which  he  may 
discover.  lie  shall  also  forward,  as  soon  as  practicable,  the 
money  abstracts  to  the  bureau  of  the  ^ar  Department  to 
which  the  accounts  appertain,  with  such  remarks  as  may  be 
necessary  to  explain  his  -  opinions  and  action  thereon. 

952. — All  estimates  for  supplies  of  property  or  money  for 
the  public  service  within  a  department  shall  be  forwarded 
through  the  commander  of  the  department,  and  carefully 
revised  by  him.  And  all  such  estimates  shall  go  through 
the  immediate  commander,  if  such  there  be,  of  the  officer 
Tendering  the  estimate,  as  of  the  post  or  regiment,  who  shall 
•be  required  by  the  department  commander  to  revise  the  esti- 
mates for  the  service  of  his  own  c<  mmand. 

953. — The  administrative  control  exercised  by  department 
commanders  shall,  when  troops  are  in  the  field,  devolve  on 
the  commanders  of  divisions;  or,  when  the  command  is  less 
than  a  division,  on  the  commander  of  the  whole. 

954,  955,  956,  957,  dbS-^Omktcd. 

ARTICLE  XLI. 

quaktermaster's  department. 

959. — This  department  provides  the  quarters  and  transport- 
ation of  the  ai'my  ;  storage  and  transportation  for  all  army 


12] 


>upplies  ;  army  clotliing  ;  camp  and  garrison  eqiUpage  ;  cav- 
alry and  artillery  horses  ;  fuel  ;  forage  ;  straw  and  station- 
ery. 

9G0.— The  incidental  expenses  of  the  army  paid  through  the 
< Quartermaster's  Department  include  per  diem  to  extra-duty 
men  ;  postage  on  puhlic  service  ;  the  expenses  of  courts-mar- 
rial,  of  the  pursuit  and  apprehension  of  deserters,  of  the  buriaU 
of  officers  and  soldiers,  of  hired  escorts,  of  expresses,  inter}»re- 
tei-s,  spies  and  guides,  of  veterinary  surgeons  and  medicine* 
for  horses,  and  of  supplying  posts  with  water  ;  and  gener- 
ally the  proper  and  authorized  expenses  for  the  movements 
and  operations  of  an  army  not  expressly  assigned  to  any  other 
department. 

BARRACKS   AND   QUARTERS. 

•  ~  961. — Under  this  head  afe  included  the  permanent  buildings 
for  the  use  of  the  army,  as  bai-racks,  quarters,  hospitals,  store 
houses,  offices,  stables. 

J)62. — Wiien  barracks  and  quarters  are  to  be  occupied,  they 
will  be  allotted  by  the  Quartermaster  at  the  station,  under  th*e 
control  of  the  commanding  officer. 

963. — omitted, 

964. — Merchantable  hard  wood  is  the  standard  ;  the  cord  is 
128  cubic  feet. 


965. — No  officer  shall  occupy  more  than  his  proper  quar- 
ters except  by  order  of  the  commanding  officer  when  there  is 
an  excess  of  quarters  at  the  station  ;  which  order  the  Quarter- 
master shall  forward  to  the  Quartermaster-General,  to  be  laid 
before  the  Secretary  of  War.  But  the  amount  of  quarters 
shall  be  reduced  pro  rata  by  the  commanding  officer  when  the 
number  of  officers  and  troops  make  it  necessary  ;  and  when 
the  public  buildings  are  not  sufficient  to  quarter  the  troops,  the 
commanding  officer  shall  report  to  the  commander  of  the  de- 
])artment  for  authority  to  hire  quartei*s,  or  other  necessary  or- 
ders in  the  case.  The  department  commander  shall  report  the 
case,  and  his  orders  therein,  to  the  Quartermaster-General. 

966. — A  mess-room,  and  fuel  for  it,  are  allowed  only  when  a 
majority  of  the  officers  of  a  post  or  regiment  unite  m  a  mess ; 
never  to  less  than  three  officers,  nor  to  any  who  live  in  hotels 
or  boarding-houses.  Fuel  for  a  mess-room  shall  not  be  used 
elsewhere,  or  for  any  other  purpose. 

907. — Fuel  issued  to  officers  or  troops  is  public  property  for 


122 

their  use ;  what  they  do  not  actually  consume  shall  be  re- 
turned to  the  Quartermaster,  and  taken  up  on  his  quarterly 
return. 

968. — In  November,  December,  January  and  February,  the 
fuel  is  increased  one-fourth  at  stations  from  the  39th  degree  to 
the  4:3d  degree  north  latitude,  and  one-third  at  stations  north 
of  the  43d  degree. 

969. — Fuel  shall  be  issued  only  in  the  month  when  due. 

970. — In  allotting  quarters,  officers  shall  have  choice  accord- 
ing to  rank,  but  the  commanding  officer  may  direct  the  officers 
to  be  stationed  convenient  to  their  troops. 

971. — An  officer  may  select  quarters  occupied  by  a  junior  ; 
but,  having  made  his  choice,  he  must  abide  by  it,  and  shall  not 
agaia  at  the  post  displace  a  junior,  unless  himself  displaced 
by  a  senior.  • 

972. — The  set  of  rooms  to  each  quarters  will  be  assigned  by 
the  Quartermaster,  under  the  control  of  the  commanding  offi- 
cer ;  attics  not  counted  as  rooms. 

*973. — Officers  cannot  choose  rooms  in  differentsets  of  quart- 
ers. 

974. — When  public  quarters  cannot  be  furnished  to  officers 
at  stations  without  troops,  or  to  enlisted  men  at  general  or  de- 
partment head-quarters,  quarters  will  be  commuted  at  a  rate 
fixed  by  the  Secretary  of  W  ar,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  de- 
livered. When  fuel  and  quarters  are  commuted  to  an  officer 
by  reason  of  his  employment  on  a  civil  work,  the  commutation 
shall  be  charged  to  the  appropriation  for  tlie  work.  No  com- 
mutation of  rooms  or  fuel  is  allowed  for  officers  or  messes. 

975. — An  officer  is  not  deprived  of  his  quarters  and  fuel, 
or  commutation,  at  his  station,  by  temporary  absence  on  duty. 

976.  —Officers  and  troops  in  the  field  are  not  entitled  to  com- 
mutation for  quarters  or  fuel. 

977. — An  officer  arriving  at  a  station  shall  make  requisition 
on  the  Quartermaster  for  his  quarters  and  fuel,  accompanied 
by  a  copy  of  the  order  putting  him  on  duty,  at  the  station.  If 
in  command  of  troops,  his  requisition  shall  be  for  the  whole, 
and  designate  the  number  of  officers  of  each  grade,  of  non-^ 
commissioned  officers,  soldiers,  servants,  and  washerwomen. 

978. — Bunks,  benches  and  tables  provided  for  soldiei-s'  bar- 
racks and  hospitals,  are  not  to  be  removed  from  them,  except 
by  the  Quartermaster  of  the  station,  or  order  of  the  command- 


123 

ing  officer,  and  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  station  except 
by  order  of  the  Quartermaster-General. 

979,  980,  981,  982,  983,  984,  985,  9S6— Omitted. 

ARMY  TRANSPORTATION. 

987.— When  troops  are  moved,  or  officers  travel  with  escort:* 
or  stores,  the  means  of  transport  provided  shall  be  for  the 
whole  command.  Proper  orders  in  the  case,  and  an  exact 
return  of  the  command,  including  officers'  servants  and  com- 
pany women,  will  be  furnished  to  the  (Jnartcrmaster,  who  is 
to  provide  the  transportation. 

988. — The  baggage  to  be  transported  is  limited  to  camp 
and  garrison  equipage,  and  officers'  baggage.  Officers'  bag- 
gage shall  not  exceed  (mess-chests  and  all  personal  effects  in- 
cluded) as  follows : 


In  the  tield.       Changing  stations. 


General  officers 
Field  officers  - 
Captains       -     - 
Subalterns 


125  pounds 
100 

80 
80 


1000  pounds. 
800 
700 
600 


These  amounts  shall  be  reduced  ^rom/a  by  the  command- 
ing officer  when  necessary,  and  may  be  increased  by  the 
Quartermaster-General  on  transports  by  water,  when  proper, 
in  special  cases. 

989.— The  regimental  and  company  desk  prescribed  in 
army  regulations  will  be  transported  ;  also  for  staff  officers, 
the  books,  papers,  and  instruments  necessaiy  to  their  dutie^: 
and  for  medical  officers,  their  medical  chest.  In  doubtful 
cases  under  this  regulation,  and  whenever  baggage  exceeds 
the  regulated  allowance,  the  conductor  of  the  train,  or  officer 
in  charge  ot  the  transportation,  will  report  to  the  command- 
ing officer,  who  will  order  an  inspection,  and  all  excess  to 
be  rejected. 

990.— Estimates  of  the  medical  director,  approved  by  the 
commanding  officer,  for  the  necessary  transportation  to  be 
provided  for  the  hospital  [service,  will  be  furnished  to  the 
Quartermaster. 


12' 


991.— The  sick  will  be  transported  on  the  application  of 
the  medical  officers. 

992.— Certified  invoices  of  all  public  stores  to  be  trans- 
ported will  be  furnished  to  the  Quartermaster  by  the  officer 
having  charge  of  them.  In  doubtful  cases,  the  orders  of  the 
commanding  officer  will  be  required. 

993.— Where  officers'  horses  are  to  be  transported,  it  must 
be  authorized  in  the  orders  for  the  movement. 

994.— The  baggage  trains  ambulances,  and  all  the 
means  of  transport  continue  in  charge  of  the  proper  officers 
of  the  Quartermaster's  Department,  under  the  control  of  the 
commanding  oflScers. 

995,  996,  997,  998,  999, 1000,  lOW,  1002, 1003, 1004, 1005, 
1006,  1007,  1008,  \0^^.— Omitted. 


FORAGE. 

1010. -^The  forage  ration  is  fourteen  pounds  of  bay  and 
twelve  pounds  of  oats,  corn  or  barley. 

1011. — Forage  shall  be  issued  to  officers  only  in  the  month 
when  due,  and  at  their  proper  stations,  and  for  the  horses 
actually  kept  by  them  in  service.         ^'        *        *         '^ 

\-  ^  '\=-  -^  -'.<■  -:-  ;!: 

1012. — No  officer  shall  sell  forage  issued  to  him.  Forage 
issued  to  public  horses  or  cattle  is  public  property ;  what 
they  do  not  actually  consume  to  be  properly  accounted  for. 

STKAW. 

1013. — In  barracks,  twelve  pounds  of  sti^aw  per  month  for 
bedding  w^ill  be  allowed  to  each  man,  servant,  and  company 
woman. 

1014. — The  allowance  and  change  of  straw  for  the  sick  is 
regulaetd  by  the  surgeon. 

1015. — One  hundred  pounds  per  month  is  allowed  for  bed- 
ding to  each  horse  in  public  service. 

low.-"  Omitted. 

Straw  not  actually  used  as  bedding  shall  be  accounted  for 
as  other  public  property. 


STATIONERY. 


1017. — Issues  of  stationery  are  made  qnarterlv,  in  amount 
follows  : 


Commander  of  an  army,  dcpartjuent  or  dirison  (what  may  b< 
necessary  for  himself  and  staff"  for  their  public  duty) ... 

•Commander  of  a  brigade,  for  himself  and  staff [ ,[ 

Officer  commanding  a  regiment  or  post  of  not  less  than  five  com- 
panies, for  himself  and  statf 

Officer  commanding  a  post  of  more  than  two  and  less  than  fivi 
companies 

Commanding  officer  of  a  post  of  two  companies 

Cominaiiding  officer  of  a  post  of  one  company  or  less,  and  com- 
manding officer  of  a  eomnany 

A  Lieutenant-Colonel  or  Mnjor  not  in  command  of  a  regiment  oi 
post 

Officers  of  the  Inspector-General's,  Pay.  and  Quartermaster's  De- 
partment (the  prescribed  blank  books  and  printed  forms,  and 
the  stationary  required  for  their  public  duty) 

All  officei"S,  including  Chaplains,  not  ennmerated  above,  when  oij 
duty  and  not  supplied  by  their  respective  departments 


/" 

Steel  pens,  with  one  holder  to  12  pens  may  be'issued  in  place 
©f  quills,  and  envelopes  in  place  of  envelope  paper,  at  thJprate 
of  100  to  thejimie, 

1018.— M/Tien  an  officer  is  relieved  i|i  command,  he  shall 
transfer  the  office  stationary  to  his  successor. 

1019. — ^To  each  office  table  is  allowed *one  inkstand,  unr 
stamp,  one  paper-folder,  one  sand-box,  one  wafer-box,  and  as 
many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four  per 
annum. 

1020.— Necessary  stationary  for  military  courts  and  ho&nh 
will  be  furnished  on  the  requisition  of  the  recorder,  approved 
hj  the  presiding  officer. 

1021.— The  commander  of  an  army,  department  or  division, 
may  direct  orders  to  be  printed,  when  the  requisite  dispatch 
and  the  number  to  be  distributed  make  it  necessary.  The  ne- 
cessity will  be  set  out  in  the  order  for  the  printing,  or  certified 
#n  the  account.  .       • 

1022. — Regimental,  company,  and  past  books,  and  print^ 


127 

blanks  for  the  officers  of  Quartermaster  and  Pay  Departments, 
will  be  procured  by  timely  requisition  to  the  Quartermaster- 
General. 

l02S.~-0mitied.. 

EXPENSES    OF   OOCKTS-MAKTIAL. 

1024. — An  ofiicer  who  attends  a  general  court-martial  or 
conrt  of  inquiry,  convened  by  authority  competent  to  order  a 
general  court-martial,  will  be  paid,  if  the  court  is  not  held  at 
me  station  where  he  is  at  the  time  serving,  one  dollar  a  dav 
while  attending  the  court  and  travelling  to  and  from  it  if  en- 
titled to  forage,  and  one  dollar  and  twenty -five  cents  a  day  if 
not  entitled  to  forage. 

'  1025.--The  Judge  Advocate  or  liecorder  will  be  paid,  be- 
sides, a  per  diem  of  one  dollar  and  twenty-five  cents  for  every 
<lay  he  is  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  When 
it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  clerk  to  aid  the  Judge  Advocate, 
the  court  may  order  it ;  a  soldier  to  be  procured'when  practi- 
cable. 

1026. — A  citizen  witness  shall  be  paid  his  actual  transporta- 
tion or  stage  fare,  and  three  dollars  a  day  while  attending  the 
court  and  travelling  to  and  from  it,  counting  the  travel  at  fifty 
miles  a  day. 

1027. — ^The  certificate  of  the  Judge  Advocate  shall  be  evi- 
dence of  the  time  of  attendance  on  the  court,  and  of  the  time 
he  was  necessarily  employed  in  the  duty  of  the  court.  Of  the 
time  occupied  in  traveling,  each  ofiicer  will  make  his  own  cer- 
tificate. 

EXTRA-DUTY   MEN. 

1028. — Duplicate  rolls  of  the  extra-duty  men,  to  be  paid  by 
the  Quartermaster's  Department,  will  be  made  monthly,  and 
certified  by  the  Quartermaster,  or  other  officer  having  cliarge 
of  the  work,  and  countersigned  by  the  commanding  officer. 
One  of  these  will  be  transmitted  direct  to  the  Quartermaster- 
Oeneral,  and  the  other  filed  in  support  of  the  pay-roll. 

PUBLIC   POSTAGE. 

1029, — Postage  and  dispatches  by  telegraph,  on  public  busi- 
ness, paid  by  an  officer,  will  be  refunded  to  him  on  his  certifi- 
cate to  the  account,  and  to  the  necessity  of  the  communica- 
tion by  telegraph.  The  amount  for  postage,  and  for  telegraph 
dispatches,  will  be  stated  separately. 


127 


■      y     \c  ;    ^";  tllOJtSES  FOR  Md-UNTED  OFFiCEKsf 

'  lTOO.'^n*tffc^licld,  "or  on  the  frojiticr,  tl  iKinding 

officer  may  {mthorizc  a  mountod  oftieer,  wlio  ( .  iherwis© 

provide  Limsolf  with  two  liorses,  to  take  tfiein  iVoiu  tiie  public 
at  the  cost  price,  when  it  can  be  ascertained,  and  wlien  not,  at 
a  fair  valuation,  to  be  fixed  by  a  board  of  survey,  provided  he 
^h all  not  take  the  hoi-seofany  trooper.  -  A  hoi-seso  taken  shall' 
tiot  bo  exchanged  or  returned.  Horses  of  mounted  officew 
shall^be  shod  U/ the  public  fah-ier  or  blacksmith. 
'#■    .  •    **  ;•*'    •.    V  ,  • 

\^     VhOTtil^Q,  CAMP  AND  GARRI802J  EiitiPAjaE — Omitted. 

10^>,  1032,  1033,  lOSi-^Omitied. 

f  ALLO^^ArNCE   OF^AMP    AND   GARRISON  i  Viljii'AUt.       ^ 


A  General , ....it.   . . . 

Field  or  staff  officer  above  the  rinkioi  Cap^in  . , 

Other  staff  officers  or  Captains „ 

Subalterns  of  a  company,  to  every  tvA-Oi 


2 

1 

1 

To  everv  fifteen  foot  anil  tbirteen'tronnted  wef\ ...'. . . '    1 


£l3 


2 


2  S 


1035. — Bed-sacks  are  provided  for  troops  in  garrison,  and 
iron  pots  may  be  furnished  to  tliem  instead  of  camp  fettles. 
Keqnisltions  will  be  sent  to  the  Quartermaster-General  for  the 
authorized  flags,  colors,  standards,  guidone,  drums,  fifes,  bugles, 
and  trum[5%ts.^ 

ALLOWANCE   OF   CLOTTflK. 

1036,  1037— Omitted.    ' 

1038. — Commanders  of  companies  fjraw  the  clothing  of 
their  men,  and  the  camp  and  garri.soii  cvpiipage  for  the  officers 
and  men  of  their  company.  The  camp  and  garrison  equipage 
of  ot)ier  officers  is  drawn  on  their  own  receipts. 

1039. — When  clothing  is  needed  for  ijsrio  to  the  men,  the 
company  commander  will  procure  it  from  the  quartermaster  on 
requisition,  approved  by  the  commanding  officer. 

1040. — Ordinarily  the  company  commander  will  procure  and 
issue  clothing  to  his  men  twice  »  year  ;  at  other  times,  wiieu 
necessary  in  special  cases.  •« 

104:1. — Such  articles  of  clothing'as  the  soldier  may  need  wi.* 
be  ir.r.ued  to  him.     AVhen  the  issues  cqi\iri  in  value  his  ^llovi' 

9*  .      . 


128 

ance  for  the  year,  further  issues  are.extra  issues,  to  be  charged 
to  him  on  the  next  muster-roll.  ->tn^'l 

104:2.— Omittedr  iSPl£i^ 

1043. — Officers  receiving  clothing,  or  camp  and  garrison 
equipage,  will  render  quarterly  returns  of  it  to  the  Quarter- 
master-General. 

1044. — Commandei's  of  companies  will  take  the  receipts  of 
their  men  for  the  clothing  issued  to  them,  on  a  receipt- 
witnessed  by  an  officer,  or,  in  the  absence  of  an  officer,  by  a 
non-commissioned  officer  ;  the  witness  to  be  witness  to  the  fact 
of  the  issue,  and  the  acknowledgment  and  signature  of  the 
soldier.  The  several  issues  to  a  soldier  to  be  entered  separately 
on  the  roll,  and  all  vacant  spaces  on  the  roll  to  be  filled  with  a 
cipher.  This  roll  is  the  voucher  for  the/issue  to  the  quarterly 
return  of  the  company  commander.  Extra  issues  will  be  so 
noted  on  the  roll. 

1045. — Each  soldier's  clothing  account  is  kept  by  the  com- 
pany commander  in  a  company  book.  This  account  sets  out 
only  the  money  value  of  the  •  clothing  which  he  received  at 
each  issue,  for  which  his  receipt  is  entered  in  the  book,  and 
witnessed  as  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 

1046. — When  a  soldier  is  transferred  or  detached,  the  amount 
due  to  or  by  him  on  account  of  clothing  will  be  stated  on  his 
descriptive  list. 

1047. — When  a  soldier  is  discharged,  the  amount  due  to  or 
by  him  for  clothing  will  be  stated  on  the  duplicate. certificates 
given  for  the  settler^ent  of  his  accounts. 

1048. — Deserter's  clothing  will  be  turned  into  store.  The 
invoice  of  it,  and  the  quartermaster's  receipt  for  it,  will  state 
its  condition,  and  the  name  of  the  deserter. 

1049, — ^The  inspection  report  on  damaged  clothing  shall  set 
out,  with  the  amount  of  damage  to  each  article,  a  list  of  such 
articles  as  are  fit  for  issue,  at  a  reduced  price  stated. 

1050. — Commanding  officers  may  order  necessary  issues  of 
clothing  to  prisoners  iind  convicts,  taking  deserters,  or  other 
damaged  clothing  when  there  is  such  in  store. 

1051. — In  all  cases  of  deficiency,  or  damage'of  any  article  of 
clothing,  or  camp  or  garrison  equipage,  the  officers  accountable 
for  the  property  is  required  by  iaw  ''to  show  by  one  or  more 
depositions  setting  forth  the  circumstances  of  the  case,  that  the 
deliciency  was  by  unavoidable  accident  or  loss  in  actual  ser- 
Tice,  without  any/ahit  on  bis  part,  and  in  case  of  damage,  that 


129 

<hie  care  and  attention  wef^  exerted  on  his  pai*t,  and  that  the 
|*L.  ^damage  did  not  result  from  neglect." 

RETURNS   IN     THE  QUARTERMASTER '8   DEPARTiUtNT. 

1052. — All  officers  and  agents  having  money  and  property 
,         of  tlie  Department  to  account  for,  are  required  to  make  the 
,         monthly  and  quarterly  returns  to  the  Quartermaster-General 
prescribed  in  the  Regulations  of  the  Quartermaster's  Depart- 
ment. '^  t 

1053,  1054,  1055,  1256^,1057,  106a— pm*«<?(?.      ' 


130 


o 

u 

'->  I 

=; 

s 

IP       i 

33 
0 

ir 

i 

^^ 

14      '' 

I 

<-K  o 

=  5: 

3  " 

era 

•     5?» 

•o  o 

O 

C   3 

3 

cro. 

f*. 

m 

^ 

0<5 

rJ 

3 

(» 

o 

a. 

g 

& 

►n- 

? 

Si 

00         1    ^ 


\ 


o 

O 

^_ 

2 

•-t> 

o' 

•rt- 

ct> 

^ 

tr* 

Ul 

^ 

<s 

^  t 

fD 

to 

o 

&> 

cr 

») 

•-•• 

o 

o 

3 

< 

"t 

a 

cb 

2 

o" 

P 

3 

o5 

$:!• 

f*- 

rp 

u 

c 

a 

s 

P' 

o 

fe 

^ 

o 

W 

p 

■so 

S9 

c- 

>^ 

' 

<0 

p 

3 

5* 

g. 

CP3 

3 

3* 

t2j 
p 

to 


o 
a 
o 


*>         r-r 


131 


^ 


^^ 


I 


5?     S 


I. 


"^ 


0} 

1 

o 

o 

i 

1 

» 

, 

shqs.g 

S 

waqDuj 

*spaoo 

* 

•gpaoo  ui  'qaB9  oj 

>     t 
<     ■ 

•Wox 

puB  gsajpunuT 

•so!^i?Aiad  puB  . 
suTjiOTsnin  'sjoo^o 
pauoissirauioo-uo^ 

0 

•soao^l^qns 

SUlTS^d^O 

J 
1 

i 

put 

1?  1  i" 

•5§.    -      1 

®  s      o      5 

'=^^  -g    ^ 

>-»«       c       s: 

«'« 

*« 

t-  «= 

e 

•§P 

1 

d  S 

e 

1^  1  « 

Xi 

K 

■*» 

s     -1 

s      s 

r 
I 


o 
a 
c 

a 
8-^ 


3 


I  §. 


-"  o 


fl 


S  o 


H-  «    as 


I> 


132 


s- 

n 

tz; 

w^ 

1-H 

S     o8.^§ 

H        5^ 

=^2. 

•-* 

1    ? 

?  ^ 

•? 

H      I 

►3-        .r 

0 

5-     : 

5' 

^      t 

"^ 

0 

§   s 

1^ 

B 
0 

:«        S 

5  f-* 

■*»cc' 

p^ 

C^       < 

^  05 

cr 

r 

P 

o"      c 

o        ^ 

5-s. 

CD 

O.       J 

s 

s- 

?=^    - 

y 

0 

^      "^ 

1  1 

2!"* 

> 

3 

hO 

c 

^  ^ 

fL 

§ 

35 

5* 

i 

S 

CD 

§■ 

?? 

0 
r^ 

S9 

H3f 

02 

c 

E 

Ui 

0 

g 

m 

J-^ 

p 

p 

CO 

CG 

?? 

> 

g- 

o 

•1 

•n- 

H 

HH 

1 

1 
1 

D 

0 

i^ 

0 

J» 

CO 

! 

1 

f 

^ 

t-3 

hrj         hg 

1 

0 

0      0 

1 

s- 

".       -i 

mysel 
privat 

i 

e  servant,    - 



■-- 





Cords. 

:^ 

, 

Feet. 

1 

Inches. 

Bushels. 

? 

p 

r^ 

Pounds. 

td 

Q 

2 

P 

►r 

pr 

zn 

^ 


o 


a      o 

I  i 

a.   E 


'5> 


13a. 


N 


,00 


0"«fc 


P5 

H 

CO 

<: 

o 

H 

o 

o 

> 


CM 

CO 


o 


I 


'^  ^ 


•1  - 


>     ^ 


00 


I" 


1 

p 

t 

OR                                     1                                      .                , 

-^                                     i 

ei 

C 

s             * 

^ 

• 

1 

t  - 

.'C5 

JO  spuno<j             ^^.. 

& 

jospanoj            1             j^,     .' 

at 

^  ■ 

it-H 

o 

J 
JO  spunod 

-«      -      - 

3 

» 

* 

t>^ 

i 

I 

o 

^p  spano^ 

• . 

*  i 

ea 

-  • 

^  -*- 

-.1 

B 

» 

O 

JO  spunod 

t  ^ 

Q 

»  * 

« 

!»■  I  - 

*  '-r. 

\y 

-g 

•jappoj  spuno^j 

t       1 

S       1 

^ 

•  '' 

, 

g       1   '^Bq  JO  spuno  J. 

i 

'tif, 

k*^' 



•s^'BO  JO  spuno^j 

'7i 

t- 

t 
4 

■ 

•^H'cq  spuno  J 

J*^ 

V. 

^ 

, 

Q 

•ujopjospuno^ 

!  •  "j 

•suoi^BJ  JO  jaquin^ 

;    '  '  , 

• 

•8jC«p  JO  laqoin^ 

* 

1  .. 

1 

•stBini^B  aoquinu  i«^ox 

•;rj 

»v' 

I 

4||i9xo  JO  aaquin^ 

1   ■:''% 

• 

o 

1 

•sainw  JO  JoqranK 

1 

2 

•sosaou  JO  aaquinNj 

11 

*5  ^  ' 

o 

•u 

opism 

baj  JO  o;«a 

, 

l"5* 

t 


a     ■ 

'I. 

1, 


k 


1^ 


I 

I 

il 

':i 

I? 

:b3 


S2^ 


Is. 


o 


s. 


O  5  -; 


a   " 

2  3 


I'Si 


o 

M  2  <^  2 

cr2.»  ^ 
a  <  ^  ^ 
arj  »  03  ^ 

2-p  •    2 


1 


o 


2«0 


^1- 

2  22.  ^ 

c 


;?»J       a 


>         X 


05 


'^ 


£ 
''4 

» 

* 
*  • 

•? 

%       * 

• 

^  _J                   Number  of  hoi^es. 

*  ^      "      Pounds 

1 

P 

Pound§ 

0 

*  ,^'JNt  •  •       l«ounds 

♦ 

Bushels. 
(56  1.) 

0 

2 
3 

0 

•  E 

s 

.8 

■••1- 

Pounds 

BusSels.' 
(82    lbs.) 

0 

Pounds    ^ 

i" 

Pounds 

•5 

1  ' 

1 

Pounds 

1 

1 

4 

i 

a; 
> 

2    «^ 


=*  on? 


o. 


"^ 


S-  hs 

^ 

^^      ~i 

0 

(-i 

*^l 

n 

te 

i 

0 

c2 

< 

^ 

0 

a 

«* 

0 

^ 

^ 

K 

(- 

i      5^ 

H 

■> 

^       Cfe 

» 

^s 

H 

'^    -^ 

0^ 

li- 

> 

^.^ 

Cfe        ^ 

> 

c% 

0 

0 

H 

P 

02 

^ 


00 


hk 


135 


S 


;:>^ 
-o 


00 


o 

Sri 

CO 

a». 

■ 

5^ 

o 

^.^ 

^ 

/'A 

o 

■Si 


^ 

•.J  - 

• 
•       • 

■ 

f 

AS, 

o 

• 
■ 

• 

) 

If 

03 

.♦  ^  -  . ... 

4 

'          1 

S^UTJAJOg 

•sossojpunBq 

» 

•S9:^BAUd   pU« 

suBiDisnui  'saao^o 
pau'oissiraraoo-uo^ 

3 

-> 
0 

:» 

1 1 


2  §• 

eg 


.SQ 


S 


c 
o 
•a 

I 


c 

I 


O        s: 
5        I 


i 

<  • 


2        ^. 


-   ^^ 


en 

I 

"3- 

9 

& 


•^    I' 


ilu^. 


136 


U3 

§ 

i    s- 

»<*• 

o 

a   ^ 

g 

s* 

p 

o 

o 

2 

<  • 

•T3 

'^       o 

1 

►§ 

►O          C 

^ 

O          O 

o* 

e 

00 

.« 

O 

J^ 

as 

J2 

■^ 

% 

•T3 

"* 

s 

-^   » 

p 

^ 

t— ' 

^^ 

g- 

CO 

p 

o 

1— 1 

- 

p- 

1 

O          < 

p 
< 

o 

&• 

•-b 

"-J 

==  ^ 

P 

ss 

P            CO 

o*       to" 

-"  f 

p 

o 

^_^' 

..   <o 

s 

^  •  r. 

■  1 

.-'^* 

0< 

5» 

Cu 

P 

c 

o         g 

TJ 

^    & 

'^ 

o 
P 

►1 

►c 

2.     P 

b 

Vw^ 

2      CO 

•-^ 

•  c-»- 

w      > 

■  cr 

CD 

1  ^ 

f 

^o 

WJ 

TS 

CO 

5* 

o 

C^ 

►c       ^ 

* 

2       o> 

o 

*^       t3 

^       ^ 

3 

rt> 

t^uires  of  letter 
paper. 


1 


I  Quires  of  fools- 
'  y  "    cap  paper. 
"^  ^1   {Sheets  of  Cart 
^•|      ridge  paper. 
Number  of 
quills.  * 


•*, 


a: 


'   * ,  »*''i — : — *- 


-*«■  t 


;.'. 


,#■  • 


f 


«    I 


ll  Ounces  of 
wafers. 


Uunfes  of*seal- 
ing  wax.    *• 


Pifeces  of  fape^ 


Papers  of  ink 
Bpwder. 


^ 

«. 


"^ 


^ 


?• 


*i- 


I' I, 


'^. 


CD 

C5 


I  __, 


\x 


\4 


H 

O 

< 

03 

«'' 

H 

5 

00 

o 

P 

trt 

<^ 

&■ 

OJ 

O 

D 

H 

O^ 

^ 

a 

g 

o 

t3 

^ 

O 

U 

> 

H 

■ — -^ 

CL| 

1 
i 

cc 

d 

"^ 

6 

^ 

I 


org 

•5  ?■' 


0)  -J 


03    c 


^-e 


e3   <v 
<T3    O 


,2  s= 


•5  S 


.3  's* 
S.5 


n  :i 


us 

«    » 

'i 


s 


-S 


fe  /^ 


*2 

a 


■^       a 


•5 


E         ^ 


oj  a 


t. 


...    § 


2S 


o 

.5:  c 


3    o 


CO  1> 
"-^ 
05     » 

o  c 

0,  c 


138 


O 

ro 

w 

> 

ft     H-l 

<x> 

TS 

tf   o 

1 

1- 

£3    3- 

fiS 

— ?  o 

S- 

, ,p 

^  er' 

a>0 

3g 

►-•  ■-» 

3  ~- 

W     c+ 

o 

t3 

r* 

I-? 

-.tr 

cp^ 

O    «> 

<tq' 

S^g 

D 

O    <D 

«> 

►-S    fi, 

C^ 

:?>5' 

Cb  1 

sn 

►§S 

> 

1 

O    P 

DO     O 

a.  tr 
P  o 

<T>    ^ 


fc 
^ 


b    'f 


I 


fi».r 


'ft 

5S    P 

PS   o- 

O-O 

o] 

< 

^fl. 

<r 

CO 

P9     »-S 

O 

b-fs 

< 

<:>  ti* 

o 

-  «• 

ro 

O    CI. 

t3 

^  p 

?    •-: 

B 

s:^ 

CO 

cr. » 

o  o 

—  .   05 

f> 

p 

I> 

^r 

w 

y 

td 

o  c 

en 

■- 

- 

^^ 

ce 

^ 

^ 

a>  o 

Co 

1 

ce 

a 

S 

Si 

/T'  OQ 

i 

1 

a. 

"§ 

S 

<|. 

-'   E 

5S 

- 

^ 

"^ 

?? 


^ 


^  - 


^ 


Co 
o 


•• 

!• 

«139. 

5  -♦•  . 

.    • 

• 

J9  , 

•1- 

:!■-*■ 

^  i. 

0=3 

•  •5 

'^  i 

y^'K 

If 

§ 

^iv 

1   «•  u; 
"i  •<    K 

0  JX 
^  0 

^ 

0  ^^ 

• 

ff'Jo 

1 

>: 

§2 

■^ 

^ 

t^tj% 

:^ 

OS              ^• 

^  * 

Tt 

^           5 

0^ 

-            ^ 

ci           ii 

i^ 

'-^          O- 

5    ^ 

2                <U   «n 

2ja 

K       ^• 

^, 

lis 

-^             %-   o 

li 

^-5 

u)a2 

i 

1    -=.1 

S           «  to 
-a             s:f7> 

• 

s        1 

1   >  ^^1 

* 

-s      1 

«  o.d 

1      ^_'      « 

w               tti^ 

^3   a  0 

1   -"1 

1     <^       S 

i 

i 

■' 

1   .  *o        ?^ 

1 

1 

rt             "^ 

aj3  ca 

I-  jl  -1-*   1 

t 

^        1 

0  0  „ 

■  •  ■        t    5^  • 

"^                l' 

^  c^ 

1  i 

•J' 

•'M 

^.                1 

S               1 

S.2  a 

1     :i 

O 
4 

• 

V*7 

p*5      1 

ill 

£J3  § 

Med 

O 

4 

i 

si  "- 
Ji 

111 

I      f* 

V 

^ 

™  » 

.IS.S 

c=) 

to 

{ 

'^=    1 

1 

1  o. 

^ 

1.1    1 

m 

^ 

0 

0  • 

i 

e 

1 

k 

a- 

li 

140 
ARTICLE  XLli. 

T  S  T  E  N  C  E     D  !•:  P  AR  T  M  1 ;  N  T  . 

SU  p  PL  I  Es.—  Um  litet 

1059,  1060,  1061,  1062,*  1068,  1904,  IO60,  1066,  t067, 
1068.— Ow/^^eJ. 

THE    RATION. 

1069. — The  ration  is  tliree-fourfhs  of  a  pound  of  pork  or 
bacon,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  fresh  or  salt  beef; 
eighteen  ounces  of  bread  or  flour,  or  twelve  ounces  of  hatd 
bread,  or  one  and  a  fourth  pounds  of  corn  meal ;  and  at  the 
rate,  to  one  hundred  rations,  of  eight  quarts  of  peas  or  beans, 
or,  in  lieu  thereof,  ten  pounds  of  rice ;  six  pounds  coffee ; 
twelve  pounds  sugar  ;  four  quarts  of  vinegar ;  one  and  a  half 
pounds  of  tallow,  or  one  and  a  fourthpounds  adamantine,  or 
one  pound  sperm  candles  ;  four  pounds  of  soap,  and  two 
quarts  of  salt.  ^ -^ 

1070.— The  annexed  table  shows  the  quantity  of  each  part 
of  the.  ration  in  aiiy  number  of  rations  from  one  to  ten 
thousand.  ;     ^ 

1^1. — On  a  campaign,  or  on  marches,  or  on  board  of 
tran»ort8,  the  ration  of  hard  Wead  is  one  pound,  m 

ISSUES. 

1072. — Returns  for  issues  to  companies  will,  when  practi- 
cable, be  consolidated  for  the  po^t  or  I'egiment  (see  Form 
14.)  At  the  end  of  the  month,, .the  issuing  commissary  will 
make  duplicate  abstracts  of  the  iasues,  which  the  command- 
ing officer  will  compare  wkh  J;he  original  returns,  and 
certify  (see  Form  2.)  This  sSg^ct  is  a  voucher  of  the  issye 
for  the  monthly  return.  t^  1^     # 

1073. — Issues  to  the  hosjIiW  wiU,.be  onreturi^,  by  the 
medical  officer  for  such  provisions  only  as  are  actually  re- 
quired for  the  sick  and  the  attendants.  The  cost  of  such 
parts  of  the  ration  as  are  issued  will  b#  charged  to  the  hos- 
pital at  contract  or  cost  prices,  and  thel?8^pital  will-be  cred- 
ited by  the  whole  number  of  complete  rations  due  through 
the  month  at  con#act  or  cost  prices  (see  note  7)  ;  th^balance, 
constituting  the  Hospital  Fund,  or  any  poution  of  it,  may  be 
expended  by  the  commissary,  on  the  requisition  of  the  medi- 
cal officer,  in  the  purchase  of  any  articki  f^  he  subsistence  or 
comfort  of  the  sick,  not  authorizedjMbedviionvi^'-  furnished 


141 

(see  Fomi  3.)  At  larp^o  depots  or  general  liospitals,  t^wfiind  may 
be  partly  expended  for  the  benefit  of  depoiKlcnf  '     ifh- 

ments,  on  requisitions  approved  by  the   mod  ,,  or 

senior  Surgeon  of  the  district.  On  the  1st  ofJamiarv,  each 
year,  one-fourth  of  every  hospital  fund  if  less  than  $150,  and 
one  half  if  more,  will  be  dropped  by  the  commissary  from  the 
fund  (Form  3),  and  will  be  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Military  Asylum  by  the  Commissary-Greneral. 

1074. — ^The  articles  purchased  for  the  hospital,  iw  well  as 
those  issued  from  the  subsistence  store-house,  will  bo  included 
in  the  Surgeon's  certificate  of  issues  to  the  hospital,  and  f)orne 
on  the  monthly  return  of  provisions  received  and  issued. 
Touchers  for  purchases  for  the  hospital  must  eitffer  be  certi- 
fiedby  the  Surgeon  or  accompanied  by  his  requisition. 

1075. — Abstracts  of  the  issues  to  the  hospital  will  b* 

by  the  commissary,  certified  by  the  Surgeon,  and  countei- 
by  the  commanding  ofiicer  (see  Form  3.) 

1076. — In  order  that  the  authorized  women  of  companies 
may  draw  their  rations  while  temporarily  separated  from  their 
companies,  the  officer  commanding  the  company  must  make  a 
report  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  post  where  the  women 
may  be  left,  designating  such  as  are  to  draw  rations  as  attach- 
ed  to  his  company.  Their  rations  are  not  commuted,  and 
they  can  only  draw  them  at  a  military  post  or  station  where 
there  are  supplies. 

mi.— Omitted. 

1078. — Issues  to  volimteers  and  rniUtia,  to  sailors^  to  inarines, 
to  citizens  employed  by  any  of  the  departments,  or  to  Indians, 
will  be  entered  on  separate  abstracts  to  the  monthly  return. 

1079. — An  extra  issue  o^fifteen  pounds  of  tallow  or  jten  of 
sperm  candles,  per  month,  lYiay  be  made  to  the  principal  jguard 
of  each  camp  and  garrlsoif,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  Extra  issues  of  soapy  candles  and  vinegar,  are  per- 
mitted to  the  hospital  when  the  Surgeon  does  not  avail  liini- 
self  of  the  commutation  of  the  hospital  rations,  or  when  there 
is  no  hospital  fund;  s^lt  in  small  quantities  may  be  issued  for 
public  Horses  and  cattle.  When  the  officers  of  the  Medical 
Departrtlfent  find  anti-sc^-butics  necessary  for  the  health  of  the 
troops,  Jjhe  commanding  officer  may  order  issues  of  fresh  vege- 
tables, pickled  onions,  sour  krout,  or  molasses,  with  an  e.xtni 
quantity  of  rice  a^d  vinegar.  (Potatoes  are  usually  issued  at 
me^atodtone  ■  j|HQ^a)er  ration,  and  onions  at  thfc  rate  of 
thr^  biiUlls  inlHBi  one   of  beanl.)     Occasional  issue,'* 


\i2 

(extra)  of  molasses  are  made — two  quarts  to  one  hundred  ra- 
tions— and  of  dried  apples  of  from  one  to  one  and  a  half 
bushels  to  one  hundred  rations.  Troops  at  sea  are  recommen- 
ded to  draw  rice  and  an  extra  iss\ie  of  molasses  in  lieu  of 
beans.  When  anti-scorbutics  are  issued,  the  medical  officer 
will  certify  the  necessity,  and  the  circumstances  which  cause 
it,  upon  the  abstract  of  extra  issues  (see  Form  4.) 

lOSO. — When  men  leavfe  their  company,  the  rations  they 
have  drawn,  and  left  with  it,  will  be  deducted  from  the  next 
returji  for  the  company  ;  a  like  rule  when  men  are  discharged 
from* the  hospital  will  govern  the  hospital  return. 

#- ; 

♦     liECRUiTiNG  SERVICE. — Omitted. 
^1081,  1082^  1083, 'i0|4,  1085, 10S6,  1087,  10SS,~  Omitted. 

SUBSISTENCE  TO  OFFICERS. 

1089. — An  officer  may  draw  subsistence  stores,  paying  cash 
for  them  at  contract  or  cost  prices,  without  including  cost  of 
transportation,  on  his  certificate  that  they  are  for  his  own  use 
and  the  use  of  his  family.  These  certified  lists  the  command- 
ing officer  shall  compare  with  the  monthly  abstracts  of  sales, 
which  he  shall  countersign  (seeForm  5).  The  commissary  will 
enter  the  sales  on  his  monthly  return,  and  credit  the  money  in 
his  quarterly  account  current. 

BACK  RATIONS. ^ — Omitted 
1090.— OmitU'd 

COMMUTATION    OF    RATIONS. 

1091.— When  a  soldier  is  detached  on  duty,  and  it  is  im- 
practicable to  carry  his  subsistence  with  him,  it  will  be  com- 
muted at  seventy-five  cents  a  da^jv  to  be  paid  by  the  commis- 
sary when  due,  or  in  advance,  on  the  order  of  the  commanding 
officer.  The  officer  detaching  the  aoldier  will  certify,  on  the 
voucher,  that  it  is  impracticable  for  him  to  carry  his  rations, 
and  the  voucher  will  show  on  its  face  the  nature  and  extent  of 
the  duty  the  soldier  was  ordered  to  perform  (see  Form  18). 

1092. — ^The  expenses  of  a  soldier  placed  temporarily  in  a 
private  hospital,  on  the  advice  ofthe senior  Surgeon  o||the  post 
or  detachment,  sanctioned  by  the  commanding  officgp  wil'  be 
paid  by  the  Subsistence  Department,  not  to  exceed  semity-five 
cents  a  day.  ^W 

103^2.-7-The  ration  of  a  soldier  statiapa^n  a  citj,  with  no 
opportunity  of  messing,  will  be  commyjpBI  forty  c«mts.     The 


143 

rations  of  the  non-commissioned  regimental  stall*  and  ordnance 
sergeants,  when  they  have  no  opportunity  of  messing,  and  of 
soldiers  on  furlough,  or  stationed  where  rations  cannot  be  is- 
sued in  kind,  may  be  commuted  at  the  cost  or  value  of  the  ra- 
^  tion  at  the  post. 

1094,— When  a  soldier  on  duty  has  necessarily  paid  for  hib 
own  subsistence,  he  may  be  refunded  the  cost  of  the  ration. 
When  more  than  the  cost  of  the  ration  is  claimed,  the  account 
must  be  submitted  to  the  Commissary-General. 

EXTRA-DUTY   MEN. 

1095.— The  commanding  officer  will  detail  a  suitable  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier  for  extra  duty,  under  the  orders 
of  the  Commissary,  and  to  be  exempt  from  ordinary  company 
and  garrison  duty.  All  extra-duty  men  employed  in  the  Com- 
missariat will  be  paid  the  regulated  allowance  (see  Article 
XXXIX)  by  the  Commissary,  if  not  paid  extra  pay  in  any 
other  department. 

1096. — Barrels,  boxes,  hides,  &c.,  will  be  sold,  and  the  pro- 
ceeds credited  in  the  quarterly  account  current. 

ACCOUNT!?. 

1097. — ^The  following  are  the  accounts  and  returns  to  be 
rendered  to  the  Commissary-General : 

Monthly. 
Return  of  provisions  and  forage  received  and  issued 

in  the  month  .  .  .  ,  •  •  •  Form  -1 
Abstract  of  issues  to  troops,  &c.  (see  paragraph  1078)  "  3 
Abstract  of  issues  to  hospital        .         .         .         .        ''        3 

Abstract  of  extra  issues '-4 

Abstract  of  sales  to  officers,  .         .         .      -•  *•        r> 

Distinct  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Summary  statement  of  money  received  and  expended 

during  the  month "6 

Quarterly. 

Account  current Form     7 

Abstract  of  all  purchases  of  provisions   and  forage 

during  the  quarter "8 

Abstract  of  expenditures  in  the  quarter,  except  for 
purchase  of  provisions,  and  forage  for  cattle  (Pa- 
graph  1064) *^        9 

Consolidated  abstract  of  sales  to  officers  during  the     ■ 

quarter "10 

Distict  abstract  of  other  sales. 

Estimate  of  funds  required  for  next  quarter      .        .     "       11 

Quarterly  return  of  all  property  in  the  department, 

except  provisions,  and  forage  for  cattle        .        **       lii 
10 


144 

1098. — Tlie  abstracts  of  issues  will  show  the  corps  or  de- 
tachment. When  abstracts  require  more  than  one  sheet,  the 
sheets  will  be  numbered  in  series,  and  not  pasted  together  ; 
the  total  at  the  foot  of  each  carried  to  the  head  of  the  next, 
&c.,  &c. 

1099. — All  lists  of  subsistence  shall  run  in  this  order :  meat, 
bread-stuff,  rice  and  beans,  coffee,  sugar,  vinegar,  candles, 
soap,  salt,  anti-scorbutics,  purchases  for  hospital,  forage  for  cat- 
tle. 

1100, — No  charge  for  printing  blanks,  as  forms,  will  be  al- 
lowed. 

1101. — A  book  will  be  kept  by  the  commissary  at  each  post, 
in  which  will  be  entered  the  monthly  returns  of  provisions  re- 
ceived and  issued  (Form  1).  It  will  show  from  whom  the 
purchases  have  been  made,  and  whether  paid  for.  It  is  called 
the  Commissary's  book,  and  will  not  be  removed  from  the  post. 

1102. — ^When  any  officer  in  the  Commissariat  is  relieved, 
he  will  close  his  property  accounts  ;  but  money  accounts  will 
be  kept  open  till  the  end  of  the  quarter,  unless  he  ceases  to  do 
duty  in  the  department. 

1103. — Commissaries  of  Subsistence  in  charge  of  principal 
depots  will  render  quarterly  statements  of  the  cost  and  quality 
of  the  ration,  in  all  its  parts,  at  their  stations. 

NOTES. 

1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6, — Omitted. 

7. — Mode  of  ascertaining  the  hospital  ration  :  100  complete 
rations  consist  of,  say 

32'  rations  of  fresh  beef,  is  40  lbs.  at  4  cents  $1  60 

68        "         pork,  is  51  lbs.  at  6  cents        .  3  06 

100        "         ilour,  is  112  lbs.  at  2  cents  .  2  25 

( 100        "        beans,  is  8  quarts,  at  4  cents  32  ) 

^   or                                                         ^                [•  0  46 

(  100         "        rice,  is  10  lbs.  at  6  cents        60  ) 

100         "         coffee,  is  6  lbs.  at  9  cents .         .  0  54 

100        "        sugar,  is  12  lbs.  at  8  cents     .  0  96 

100         "         vinegar,  is  4  quarts  at  5  cents  .  0  20 

100        "        candles,  is  1  1-2  lbs.  at  12  cents  0  18 

100        "         soap,  is  4  lbs.  at  6  cents    .         .  0  24 

100       .  •'        salt,  is  2  quarts  at  3  cents     .  0  06 

Cost  of  one  hundred  rations  $9  55 

or  9  cents  ^"^^  mills  per  ration. 


4 


t 


145 


•9 


S    hi) 


>> 


d 

a: 

• 

o 

1 

•*i«s 

. 

1 

•dBOg 

1 

•S8ipu«0 

ub39ui^ 

•j^Sng 

•aajgoo 

•aoig 

•suBag 

•juoi^  1 

•31J0J  1 

•jaaq  'qsajj  i 

•suGi^Bj  JO  jaqran^ 

•SABp  JO  jaqran^^ 

•l«;ox 

•uaraoM  JO  jaqran^ 

•uooi  JO  jaqoiriNj 

ro.ST  OK  STATION. 

1 

I 
s 


« 
o 

JO 
as 

g, 


14() 


POST  OR  STATION. 

Number  of  inen. 

Number  of  women. 

Total. 

-• 

Number  of  daj's. 

Number  of  rations. 

1  Fresh  Beef. 

1  Pork. 

1  Flour. 

— 

1  Beans. 

1  Rice. 

1  Coffee. 

1  Sugar. 

1  Vinegar. 

1  Candles. 

1  Soap. 

1  Salt. 

1 

• 

o 
a 

: 
i 

> 
rr. 

? 


I- 


5  0? 


Oto 


5 


147 


MISCELLANEOUS  ITEMS. 

A  box,  24  by  16  inches  square,  and  22  inches  deep  will  con- 
tain one  barrel,  or  10,752  cubic  inches. 

A  box  16  by  16.8  inclies  square,  and  8  inches  deep,  will 
contain  one  bushel,  or  2150.4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  8  by  8,4  inches  square,  and  8  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain one  peck,  or  537.6  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  7  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.8  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain a  half  gallon,  or  131.4  cubic  inches. 

A  box,  4  by  4  inches  square,  and  4.2  inches  deep,  will  con- 
tain one  quart,  or  67.2  inches. 

One  bushel  of  corn  weighs 56  pounds. 

"     wheat     "    60 

"    rye         "    56 

"     buckwheat  weighs 52 

"     barley  "      

"     oats  "      

"     beans  *'      

"     potatoes  "      

"     onions  "       

*'     dried  peaches  "      

"     dried  apples    "      

"     salt  '*      

Ten  gallons  pickled  onions        "      


sour  krout 


,48 
.40 
.60 
.60 
.57 
.33 
.22 
.50 
.83 
.81 


148 


One  thousand  rations  of        i 

pop    ►-'.  C    O    •— '•  fD  !^  '— '  &s    O      I 


p  o 
?—•  p 


p  . —  - 

Dj  CD    p 

Ct)    p 
00     & 


o   ^ 

CD    « 

S  • 


5^ 


(^  ^_4  ^  ^_i  j^ 
jpa.c^topiC;ipi^foooh-*cocooo 

00  Oi  ^  Ci  <j  l_i  K-i 


o       o       o 

o       o       o 

I— ^  o  ►—«  o  ►-»  o 


tfa.  ^^  ^  CO  oi  CO 

O  to  O  CO  Ot  CO 

o  oi  ^^  ci  o»  o 

65  <!  CO  00  CO  H* 


tfu.  i-i  (Xi  to  Ci  o 

p  en  to  p  c  c 
*    *    bi  *    *    * 


l-i   O   ^   H-'   -^   <f 

C;i  O  en  to  Oi  C;t 
Oi  o  o  Cn  o  o 


to 

o 


to 

to 

to  O  to  Oi  to 

"to  to  b  te  w  to 

O  en  H-i  Oi  CO  en 
C5           O  H-' 

to      lo      to 


rl 

K*^! 


t^ 

rb 

TJ 

c*- 

O 

5i 

fD 

Q^Oq 

V' 

p' 

i-i|— I  H-MtOCOtOCOtO 

CC'>f».|-^003<J>-k<ItOtO(»0(--^ 
pOp<f<!CnOjf^;«J!OOH-irfi.COOO 

Ci6oenenc^coeneococibh-*<j 
eo  CO  to  o       h-'  w  00  en  00  en 

too  enn-*       oDenosoiCi 

00  en  ^  c^  <f  H*  H-i 


to  to  CO 

<!  rfs«.  O 

to  ►-^  tf^ 

to  p  to  p  CO  <? 

<j  ^  i4;>.  ?o  b  M 

10  ^  )->'  }f^  >i^  (X) 

c:>  en  CO  ct  <!  O 

►f'^  <!  to  GO  t-'  »-* 


ppoooppptopen^^i.. 
H^i^oeoeneohf^<ibb<jcoeo 

enoococo        ^fi»Oil-'^fi'COCOO<? 
p<It^CO  QOtOff^QOH-kCOK^en 

tO<icn  oocoto  <lco 


ft 


o 

^  O  ' 

CD 

o 
0 


cr. 


CO 


o  :-"  o  to 

h-'   to  H-'  Oi 

CO  00  Ci  en 

to  to  to  o 

00  <!  O 


w 

c 

h- 1 

^ 

h-i 

Gr 

t3 

<SS 

o- 

to 

cr 

^ 

00 

O 


?  g  p  g  •  • 

p-.g       ^„ 


p 


D-  C-i  «j  O    o    ^ 
Qj 

C^  Ci-  Q-"  ^    ,-.    P 


Oq 


!=5 


149 


5.     ill. 


^ 


s       o: 


'^ 


:^ 
o 

CO 

r3 

o 
o 

H 
» 

o 


3     ^ 


1 

r 


O  O! 

•E     ■- 

J    -2 


.o     S 


i 


3   ^ 


>«> 


7i 
a. 


EC 


c 
o 

o 


flH 


> 
o 


•73 


j5^ 


o 
tc 

s 

n3 


1 


"S 


2      -i 


150 


g 

^ 

>      52J 

W 

dl         HH 

s 

»       O 

0<?        o 

2S.      H 
02      !=- 

CD 

2. "  S 

> 

cs 

a 

C        ft) 

B     ^ 

"       ^ 

^ 

Jibove 
rgeoii  1 

'^  1 

3 

1 
Co 

i  § 

i— * 
00 

p  3. 

© 

^ 

rtifica 
ongin 

J 

o 

CD         CD 

i  i 

© 

s^ 

P 

o     3 

p         CD 

P 

g- 

«-*-      so 

zL,      P 

c^- 

=r-    ^ 

CD         ^ 

§^ 

c^ 

^       o- 

2      o' 

to 

o 

5      22 

© 

•          3 

X  ^ 

?» 

CD 

^     o 

Cu 

-e^ 

H 

CD 
C^ 

© 
> 

tri- 

p" 

as 

er' 

-^ 

ct> 

CO 

ctci 

W 

si 

as 

CD 

OQ 

o^ 

o 

-i 

o 

i=s 

3" 

3 

CD 

•  P 

CJ 

TT 

O 

GO 

(t. 

CD 

B' 

3 

CTQ 

F 

• 

O 

rf- 

Er* 

»-'• 

rrf- 

CO 

zs 

CD 

l-J 

*~*v 

CD 

c^ 

CO. 

■       hO 

'— ! 

o* 

ff 

o 

?^ 

^i! 

'-*5 

p 

* 

2J; 

r-H 

?t- 

© 

^-^ 

1 

s 

CD 

1 

>* 

P 

^ 

1 

o 

O 

Cq 

^1 

5=         > 

<5 

CD 

P 

1 

1 

CD 

S 

o 

iP 

4 

ft 

3 

o 

S 

P 
SI 

to 

o     c 

1 

d 

r*« 

r-t- 

b 

o     c 

D 

o 

2:l 

H^ 

CD 

o 


© 


CO 


151 
Form  12. 

Army  of  the  Confederate  SiTates. 

(Coat  of  Arms. 

Certificate  of  Disability  for  Disduirge. 

A.  B.,  of  Captain 's  company  (— )  of  the. . .  .regiment 

of  Confederate  States ,  was  enlisted  by ,  of  the 

regiment  of ,  at on  the  day  of ,to 

.Qerve years ;  he  was  born  in ,  in  the  State  of , 

years  of  age, feet inches  high, complexion, 

eyes, hair,  and  by  occupation  when  enlisted . 

During  the  last  two  months  said  soldier  has  been  unfit  for 
duty days. 

(The  company  commander  will  here  add  a  statement  of  all 
the  facts  known.to  him  concerning  the  ditease  or  wound,  or. 
cause  of  disability  of  the  soldier:  the  time,  place,  manner, 
and  all  the  circumstances  under  which  the  injury  occurred, 
or  disease  originated  or  appeared ;  the  duty,  or  service,  or 
.situation  of  the  soldier  at  the  time  the  injury  was  received 
or  disease  contracted,  or  supposed  to  be  contracted ;  and 
whatever  facts  may  aid  a  judgment  as  to  the  cause,  immedi- 
ate or  remote,  of  the  disability,[and  the  circumstances  attend- 


ing it. 


D.,  Commanding  Comjfafiy. 


When  the  facts  are  not  known  to  the  company  comman- 
der, the  certificate  of  any  officer,  or  affidavit  of  other  person 
liaving  such  knowledge,  will  be  appended. 

I  certify  that  I  have  carefully  examined  the  said  ....  of 
(.^aptain 's  company,  and  find  him  incapable  of  perform- 
ing the  duties  of  a  soldier,  because  of  (here  describe  partic- 
ularly the  disability,  wound,  or  disease  ;  the  extent  to  which 
it  deprives  him  of  the  use  of  any  limb  or  faculty,  or  aftecta 
his  health,  strength,  activity,  constitution,  or  capacity  to 
labor  or  earn  his  subsistence.)  The  surgeon  will  add,  from 
bis  knowledge  of  the  facts  and  circumstances,  and  from  the 
evidence  in  the  case,  his  professional  opinion  of  the  cause  or 
origin  of  the  disability.  E.  F.,  Surgehyt. 

(Duplicates.) 


152 


^ 

9 

' 

B 

. 

Tonwn  or 
county. 

a 

S3 

State  or 
kingdom. 

• 

Age. 

g 

P 

By  whom  enlisted. 

1 
i 

The  remarks  will   state   the 
cause  of  rejecting  any  who 
are  examined,  &c.,  &. 

1 

1.53 


^ 


1% 


o 


c 


[■B:^idsoi{  i^jouaS  o;  :^u8g 


•p8S.IBl[081Q 


•iC:^np  o:^  p8uin:^a^ 


Total. 

•8.i8:^'Bnb  uj 

•[B^idsoq  iij 

'^019  ua!iiFjj 

• 

'  Remaining 
at   last 
report. 

•8.ia:^aBnb  uj 

V 

•{B^^idsoq  UJ 

£ 

o 
O 


154 
Form  17. 

CONTRACT   WITH  A    PRIVATE    PHYSICIAN. 

This  contract,  entered  into  this day  of IS. . 

at ,  State  of ,  between ,  of  the  Con- 
federate States  Army,  and  Dr of  . . . . ,  in  the  Stut( 

of  . . . .,  witnesseth,  that  for  the  consideration  hereafter  men 

tioned,  the  said  Dr promises  and  agrees  to  perforn 

the  duties  of  a  medical  officer,  agreeably  to  the  Army  Regu 

lations,  at  . {aiid  to  furnish  the  necessary  medicines.)     Aiu 

the  said promises  and  agrees,  on  behalf  of  the  Confedc' 

rate  States,  to  pay,  or  canse  to  be  paid  to  the  said  Dr. 
the  sum  of  ... .  dollars  for  each  and  every  month  he  shal 
continue  to  peiform  the  services  above  stated,  which  shall  b< 
his  full  compensation,  and  in  lieu  of  all  allow^ances  and  emolu 
ments  whatsoever,  (except  that  for  medicines  furnished,  whici 
shall  be  at  the  rate  of  per  cent  on  his  monthly  pay,  to  he  de 
termined  by  the  Surgeon  Grjm'al.)  This  contract  to  continue 
till  determined  by  the  said  doctor,  or  the  commanding  office 
for  the  time  being,  or  the  Surgeon  General. 

[SEAL.] 

Signed,  sealed  and  delivered 
in  presence  of 

[seal.] 

I  certify  that  the  number  of  persons  entitled  to  medical  at 

tendance  agreeably  to  regulations,  at is — ,  an( 

that  no  competent  physician  can  be  obtained  at  a  lower  rate 

,  Comma?iding  Officer. 


io5 
Form  No.  4. 
Certificate  to  be  (jiven  a  soldier  at  the  time  oi  his  discharge. 
I  certify  that  the  within   named  ,  a  of 

ptain      .  company  (—)  of  the  regiment  of 

,  born  in  ,  in  the  State  of       ,  aged  years, 

feet,        inches  high,        complexion,  eyes, 

ir,  and  by  a  profession  a  ,  was   enlisted  by 

,  on  the         day  of  eighteen   hundred  and 

serve  for        years,  and  is  now  entitled  to  a  discharge  by 
ason  of 

The  said  was  last  payed  by  Paymaster  , 

:o  include  the  day  of         ,  eighteen  hundered  and 

md  has  pay  due  from  that  time  to  the  present  date. 
There  is  due  him        dollai*s  retained  pay. 
There  is  due  him        dollars   on' account  of  clothing  not 
wn  in  kind. 

le  is  indebted  to  the  Confederate  State        dollars,   on 
u  'Oimt  of  extra  clothing,  &c. 
1  le  is  indebted  to  ,  laundress,  at        ,        dollars. 

The  contract  price  of  the  ration  at  is        cents. 

(xiven  in  duplicate  at         u-,  this        day  of        ,  18 —     . 


Commanding  Company. 


Note. — When  a  soldier  transfers  his  certificates,  the  transfer  must  be  made  on 
.  witnessed  by  a  commissioned  ©fficer   when  practicable,  or  bj  some  other 

iible  person  known  lo  the  Paymaster. 


156 


w 

rt> 

hQ 

s. 

Si 

o 

^ 

>-^ 

s 

o 

e. 

■^ 

g 

o 

a. 

1 

3 

c«> 

SO 

?S 

3 

O 

CD 

s- 

CO 

_ 

S" 

^ 

2? 

g 

a> 

Si 

2j 

^ 

S' 

o 

s 

;5 
a. 


H 

OfO 

o 

3    » 

• 

§* 

ri. 

* 

to 

^  s 

■fl 

? 

p 

o 

1 

5' 

^        1                           « 

'xt. 

"^    ^"*                           2 

^ 

00                                         > 

1= 

J                  r 

s 

,-^ 

j 

•S>^ 

1 

1 

1 

^ 

tow' 

6-pdr  gun  carriages. 

c* 

s* 

i- 
« 

O 

o  o 

O  Oi 

Infantry  cartridge  boxes. 

(— » 

_      ___ 

1 

00 

o 

o 

In3  O 

o  o 
o  o 

Cannon  powder,  pounds. 

1' 

^ 

*- 

o« 

Slow  match,  pounds. 

g. 

Jl 

Ci  o 

■  - 

1— ' 

(— ' 

Shot  guages,  sets. 

&c.,  &c. 

i 

7i 

> 

I- 


I 


05     3 


I 


I- 


lo7 


I 


~s^ 


^ 

^ 


11 


^ 


CM 


I  1 

I  ^ 

.2  •« 

'  I 

8  « 

a  a 

a  oa 

s  « 


O     cc 


•p8Xi)')0qs*jpj-9  (  =5 


•sSajis  an^ 


•sajBid  ?|aq  jsiu^ 


•spatjqqeDS  ;8uoivg 


•sjpq-xoq  a3pu^B3 


soxoq  aifpujauo 


"spaoMS  .SJ80IJJO  p,uioo-ao)^ 


•»j9ldinoo  'sja3(snj^ 


'so3q{jjbo  'Jpdg 


•uonuuo  ssHjq  'jpd-g 


=  5 

I 


o      O 

B     5 


I- 


a 

tf 

«fe 

t3 

o 

■v^^ 

1  -Si-c 

*S  6 

O 

3:  3 

3  2 

if 

o 

■li 

O 

^ 

•^1 

a 

J 

11 


:.2ot    ^c« 

if 

^•r 

^«> 

rl  5 

S  t» 

^o 

4,  m 

r-r.3 

?:3 

JS  «> 

§  o 

Is 

1 

ft 

»s 

•-^c- 

1 

d 


15S 

AETICLE  XLYII. 


RECRUITING     SERVICE. 

12S3. — ^The  recruiting  service  will  be  conducted  by  the  Ad- 
jutant-Greneral,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1284. — Field  officers  will  be  detailed  to  superintend  the  re- 
cruiting parties.  The  recruiting  service  will  form  a  special 
roster.  The  Adjutant-General  w^ill  detail  the  field  officers, 
and  announce  in  orders  the  number  of  Lieutenants  to  be  detail- 
ed from  each  regiment  by  the  Colonel.  When  the  detail  is 
not  according  to  the  roster,  the  special  reason  of  the  case  shall 
be  reported  and  laid  before  the  Secretary  of  War. 

1286. — A  recruiting  party  will  consist  generally  of  one  Lieu- 
tenant, one  non-commissioned  officer,  two  privates,  and  a  drum- 
mer and  fifer.  The  parties  will  be  sent  from  the  principal  de- 
pots, and  none  but  suitable  men  selected. 

1286. — Officers  on  the  general  recruiting  service  are  not  to 
be  ordered  on  any  other  duty,  except  from  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral's office. 

1287. — As  soon  as  a  recruiting  station  is  designated,  the 
superintendent  sends  estimates  for  funds  to  the  Adjutant-Gen- 
eral, and  requisitions  on  the  proper  departments  (through  the 
Adjutant-General)  for  clothing,  camp  equipage,  arms,  and 
accoutrements. 

1288. — Subsequent  supplies  for  the  station  in  his  district  are 
procured  by  the  superintendent  on  consolidated  estimates  ; 
these  are  made  quarterly  for  funds,  and  ^very  six  or*  twelve^ 
months  for  clothing,  equipage,  arms,  and  accoutrements.  Es- 
timates for  funds  will  be  the  following  form  : 


Estimate  of  ReGruiting  Funds  required  for  the 
during  the  quarter  ending 


186 


Names. 

1 

s 

to 

S 

-^ 
C3 

a 

Amonnt    ex- 
pended last 
quarter. 

Amoimt  on  ' 
hand.        1 

Amount 
required. 

Remarks. 

$     1    cts. 

$       1     cts.   : 

.  $     !    cts. 

! 

" 

Total  amoun 

t  requii 

ed 



1 

.... 

. . . ., 

>^(>pe) 

'inUndxr^f: 

159 


1289.— Funds  and  supplies  of  clothing,  camp  andirarrison 
equipage,  arms  and  accoutrements,  when  ordered,  will  be 
sent  direct  to  each  station. 

1290. — For  subsistence  to  recruiting  stations,  see  regula- 
tions of  the  Subsistence  Department.  When  army  rations  are 
issued  for  recruits,  savings  on  the  rations  shall  be  applied 
for  their  benefit,  as  in  companies. 

^  1291.— The  superintendents  will  transmit  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  consolidated  monthly  returns  of  the  recruiting  par- 
ties under  their  superintendence,  according  to  directions  on 
the  printed  blanks,  accompanied  by  one  copy  of  the  enlist- 
ment of  each  recruit  enlisted  within  the  month. 

1292. — When  recruits  are  sent  to  regiments,  a  superintend- 
ent will  report  to  the  Adjutant-General  for  instructions  in 
reference  thereto. 

1293.— When  recruits  are  sent  from  a  depot  or  rendezvous? 
to  a  regiment  or  post,  a  muster  and  descriptive  rollj  and  an 
account  of^  clothing  of  the  detachment,  Avill  be  given  to  the 
officer  assigned  to  the  command  of  it.  And  a  duplicate  of 
the  muster  and  descriptive  roll  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Adju- 
tant-General by  the  superintendant,  who  will  note  on  it  the 
names  of  all  the  officers  on  duty  with  the  detachment,  and 
the  day  ot  its  departure  from  the  depot  or  rendezvous. 

1294. — The  superintendent  will  report  all  commissioned  ^m 
or  non-commissionedofficers  who  may  be  incapable  orne^-  ^% 
ligent  in  the  discharge  of  their  functions.     Where  a  recrutt- 
ing  party  fails  to  get  recruits  from  any  cause  other  than  the 
fault  of  the   officer,    the  superintendent  will  recommend 
another  station  for  the  party. 

1295. — When  a  rendezvous  is  closed,  the  superintendent 
will  give  the  necessary  instructions  for  the  safe-keeping  or 
disposal  of  the  public  property,  so  as  not  to  inv^olve  any  ox- 
}3ense  for  storage. 

1296. — Tours  of  inspection  by  superintendents  will  be  made- 
only  on  instruction  from  the  Adjutant-General's  office.  Offi- 
cers on  the  recruiting  service  will  not  be  sent  from  place  to 
place  without  orders  from  the  same  source.  Kecruitiug 
officers  will  in  no  case  absent  themselves  from  their  stations 
without  authority  from  the  superintendent. 

1297. — They  will  not  allow  any  man  to  be  deceived  or 
inveigled  into  the  service  by  false  representations,  but  will 
in  person  explain  the  nature  of  the  service,  the  length  of  the 
term,  the  pay,  clothing  rations,  and  other  allowances  to  which 

11 


a  soldier  is  entitled  by  law,  to  ever  man  before  he  signs  the 
enlistment. 

1298. — With  the  sanetion  ot  superintendents,  recruiting 
officers  may  insert,  in  not  exceeding  two  newspapers,  brief 
notices  directing  attention  to  the  rendezvous  for  further  infor- 
mation. 

1299. — Any  free  white  male  person  above  the  age  of 
eighteen  and  under  thirty -five  years,  being  at  least  live  feet 
four  and  a  half  inches  high,  eftbctive,  able-bodied,  sober,  free 
trom  disease,  of  good  character  and  habits,  and  with  a  com- 
petent knowledge  of  the  English  language,  may  be  enlisted. 
This  regulation  so  far  as  respects  the  hoiglit  and  age  of  the 
recruit,  shall  not  extend  to  musicians  or  to  soldiers  who  may 
^^re-enlist^'  or  have  served  honestly  and  faithfully  a  previous 
enlistment  in  the  army. 

1300. — ^o  man  having  a  wife  or  child  shall  be  enlisted 
hi  time  of  peace  without  special  authority  obtained  from  the 
Adjutant-G-eneral's  Office,  through  the  superintendent.  This 
rule  is  not  to  apply  to  soldiers  who  '^reenUst.^' 

1301. — Xo  person  under  the  age  of  twenty-one  years  is  to 
be  enlisted  without  the  written  consent  of  his  parent,  guar- 
dian or  master.  The  recruiting  officer  must  be  very  partic- 
ular in  ascertaining  the  true  age  of  the  recruit. 

1302. — If  a  minor  who  has  no  parent  or  guardian  offer  to 
enlist,  a  guardian  (who  must  not  be  any  one  connected  with 
he  recruiting  party)  may  be  appointed  by  the  proper  legal 
authority. 

1303. — After  the  nature  of  the  service  and  terms  of  enlist- 
ment have  been  fairly  explained  to  the  recruit;  the  officer, 
before  the  enlistments  are  tilled  up,  will  read  to  him,  and  offer 
for  his  signature,  the  annexed  declaration,  to  be  appended  to 
each  copy  of  his  enlistment : 

I,  .  . . .,  desiring  to  enlist  in  the  Army  of  the  Confederate 

States  for  the  period  of years,  do  declare  that  lam  .... 

years  and  ....  months  of  age;  that  I  have  neither  wife  nor 
child; that  Ilwive  never  been  discharged  from  the  Confed- 
erate States  service  on  account  of  disability,  or  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial,  or  by  order  before  the  expiration  of 
a  term  of  enlistment ;  and  I  know  of  no  impediment  to  my 
»*erving  honestly  and  faithfully  as  n  soldier  for years. 


Witness : 


161 

1304. — If  the  recruit  be  a  minor,  his  parent,  /guardian,  or 
master,  must  sign  a  consent  to  his  enlisting,  which  will  be 
added  to  the  preceding  declaration,  in  the  following  form: 

I, ,  do  certify  that  I  am  tlie  (father  only  surrivlng  ixi- 

rentt  legal  master^  or  guardian^  as  (he  rase  may  he)  o^ ; 

that  the  said   ....  is years  of  age ;  and  I  do  hereby 

freely  give  my  consent  to  his  enlistment  as  a  soldier  in  the 
Army  of  the  Confederate  States  for  the  period  of  ... .  years. 


Witness : 


1.305. — The  forms  of  declaration,  and  of  consent  in  case  ol 
a  minor,  having  been  signed  and  witnessed,  the  recruit  will 
then  be  duly  examined  by  the  recruiting  officer,  and  surgeon 
if  one  be  present,  and,  if  accepted,  the  i^Oth  and  87th  Articles 
of  War  will  be  read  to  him  ;  after  which  he  will  be  allowed 
time  to  consider  the  subject  until  his  mind  appears  to  be  fully 
made  up  before  the  oath  is  administered  to  him. 

1306. — As  soon  as  practicable,  and  at  least  within  six  d'ays 
after  his  enlistment,  the  following  oath  will  be  administered 
to  the  recruit : 

'*  I,  A —  B — ,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the  case  may 
be)  that  I  will  bear  true  allegiance  to  the  Confederate  States 
•>f  America,  and  that  I  will  serve  them  honestly  and  faithfully 
against  all  their  enemies  or  opposers  whatsoever,  and  observe 
and  obey  the  orders  of  the  President  of  the  (.Confederate  States, 
and  the  orders  of  the  officers  appointed  over  me,  according  to 
the  rules  and  articles  for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the 
Confederate  States."     (See  10th  Art.  of  War.) 

1307. — ^Under  the  article  of  w^ar  above  cited,  and  the  act* 
of  Congress  approved  September  Kith,  1850,  and  July  29th, 
1854,  a  justice  of  the  peace,  the  chief  magistrate  of  any  town 
or  city  corporate  (not  being  an  officer  of  the  Anny),  a  notar}' 
jmblic,  or  when  recourse  cannot  be  had  to  such  civil  magis- 
trates, a  judge  advocate  may  administer  the  above  oath. 

1308. — It  is  the  duty  of  the  recruiting  officers  to  be  present 
at  the  examination  of  the  recruit  by  the  medical  officer. 

1309. — Recruiting  officers  will  not  employ  private  physi- 
eians  without  authority  from  the  Adjutant-! J eneraPs  Office, 
for  the  special  purjiose  of  examining  the  recruits  prior  to  their 
enlisting. 

1310. — If  it  be  necessaiy,  as  in  cases  of  sickness,  to  employ 
a  physician,  the  recruiting  officer  may  engage  his  services  by 
••ntract  on  reasonable  terms,  "  by  the  visit,"  or  by  the  inouth. 


162 

If  by  the  month,  the  examination  of  the  recruits  must  be  sta- 
ted in  the  contract  as  part  of  his  duty.  In  vouchers  for  medi- 
cal attendance  and  medicines,  the  name  of  each  patient,  date 
of,  and  charge  for  each  visit,  and  for  medicine  furnished,  must 
be  given,  and  the  certificate  of  the  physician  added,  that  the 
rates  charged  are  the  usal  rates  of  the  place. 

1311. — Enlistments  must,  in  all  cases,  betaken  in  triplicate. 
The  recruiting  officer  will  send  one  copy  to  the  Adjutant- 
General  with  his  quarterly  accounts,  a  second  to  the  superin- 
tendent with  his  monthly  return,  and  a  third  to  the  depot  at 
the  time  the  recruits  are  sent  there.  In  cases  of  soldiers  re- 
enlisted  in  a  regiment,  or  of  regimental  recruits,  the  third 
copy  of  the  enlistment  will  be  sent  at  its  date  to  regimental 
head-quarters  for  file. 

1312. — When  ordnance  sergeants  re-enlist,  the  recruiting 
♦jfficer  will  immediately  send  the  second  copy  of  the  enlistment 
•dn-ect  to  the  Adjutant-General,  and  the  third  copy  to  the  sta- 
tion of  the  ordance  sergeant  for  file. 

1313. — A  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
soldier,  who  may  re-enlist  into  his  company  or  regiment  within 
two  months  before,  or  one  month  after  the  expiration  of  his 
term  of  service,  shall  receive  a  bounty  of  three  months'  extra 
pay — that  is  to  say,  the  pay  he  was  receiving  as  pay  of  his 
grade,  and  as  additional  pay  for  length  of  service  and  for  cer- 
tificate of  merit.  This  bounty  shall  be  paid  by  the  recruiting 
officer  at  the  time  of  enlistment,  and  noted  on  the  descriptive 
list.  Ordnance  sergeants  and  hospital  stewards  are  non-com- 
missioned officers  entitled  to  the  bounty  in  the  case  provided. 

1314. — Enlistments  must,  in  no  case,  be  ante-dated  so  as  to 
entitle  a  soldier  to  bounty  who  applies  after  the  period  for 
"  re-e}iUsti?ig^^  has  expired. 

1315. — A  premium  of  two  dollars  will  be  paid  to  any  citi- 
zen, non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier  for  each  accepted 
recndt  that  he  may  bring  to  the  rendezvous;  but  not  for  sol- 
diers w^ho  receive  bounty  for  "  re-enlisting." 

1316. — The  recruiting  officer  will  see  that  the  men  under 
his  command  are  neat  in  their  personal  appearance,  and  will 
require  the  permanent  party  to  wear  their  military  dress  in  a 
becoming  manner,  especially  when  permitted  to  go  abroad. 

1317. — Only  such  articles  of  clothing  as  are  indispensable 
for  immediate  use  will  be  issued  to  recruits  at  the  rendezvous 
Their  equipment  will  not  be  made  complete  till  after  they 


163 

have  passed  the  inspection  subsequent  to  their  arrival  at  the 
depot. 

1318. — The  instruction  of  the  recruits  will  commence  at  the 
rendezvous  from  the  moment  of  enlistment.  The  general  su- 
perintendent will  see  that  all  recruiting  officers  give  particular 
attention  to  this  subject. 

1319. — Kecruitswill  be  sent  from  rendezvous  to  depot*> 
every  ten  days,  or  oftener  ifpracticable,  provided  thenuml)or 
disposable  exceeds  three.  The  detachments  of  recruits  will  be 
sent  from  rendezvous  to  depots  under  charge  of  a  non-commis- 
sioned officer. 

1320. — Every  officer  commanding  a  recruiting  party  will 
procure  the  necessary  transportation,  forage,  fuel,  straw,  and 
stationery,  taking  the  requisite  vouchers. 

1321. — The  transportation  of  recruits  to  depots,  and  from 
one  recruiting  station  to  another,  will  be  paid  from  the  recruit- 
ing funds  ;  transportation  of  officers  and  enlisted  men  on  the 
recruiting  service  will  be  paid  in  the  same  manner,  except 
when  first  proceeding  to  join  that  service,  or  returning  to  their 
regiments  after  having  been  relieved. 

1822. —  No  expenses  of  transportation  of  officers  will  be  ad- 
mitted that  do  not  arise  from  orders  emanating  from  the 
Adjutant-General's  Office,  except  they  be  required  to  visit 
branch  or  auxiliary  rendezvous  under  their  charge,  when  they 
will  be  allowed  the  stage,  steam-boat,  or  railroad  fare,  porter- 
age included. 

1323, 1324, 1325, 1326,  1327,  1328,  n^^,— Omitted, 

1330. — ^To  each  office  table  is  allowed  one  inkstand,  one 
wafer-stamp,  one  wafer-box,  one  paper  folder,  one  rule,  and 
as  many  lead  pencils  as  may  be  required,  not  exceeding  four 
per  annum. 

1331.— Such  blank  books  as  may  be  necessary  are  allowed 
to  the  general  superintendent  and  at  permanent  recruiting 
depots;  also  one  descriptive  book  for  the  register  of  recruits 
It  each  permanent  station.  Blank  books  will  be  purchased  by 
recruiting  officers,  under  instructions  from  the  superintendent. 

1332,— When  a  recruiting  officer  is  relieved,  the  blanksi 
books,  and  unexpended  stationery,  with  all  the  other  public 
property  at  the  station,  will  be  transferred  to  his  successor, 
who  will  receipt  for  the  same. 

IZZ^.-'Omitted. 


IG4 

1334:.— Letters  addressed  to  the  Adjutant-General  ''o^i  ?y- 
cndting  sermce^'^  will  be  so  endorsed  on  the  envelopes,  under 
the  words  "official  business." 

1335. — On  all  vouchers  for  premiums  for  bringing  recruits 
and  fees  for  oaths  of  enlistme  nt,  the  names  of  the  recruits  for 
whom  the  expenditure  is  made  must  be  given  The  vouchers, 
may  be  made  in  form  of  consolidated  receipt-rolls,  authentica- 
ted by  the  officer*s  certificate  that  they  are  correct. 

1386. — The  fee  usually  allowed  for  administering  the  oath 
of  enlistment  being  twenty-  five  cents  for  each  recruit,  when 
a  greater  araoant  is  paid,the  officer  must  certify  on  the  voucher 
that  it  is  the  rate  allowed  by  law  of  the  State  or  Territory. 

1337. — To  each  voucher  for  notices  inserted  in  newspapers, 
a  copy  of  the  notice  will  be  appended. 

1338. — Enlistments  must  be  filled  up  in  a  fair  and  legible 
hand.  The  real  name  of  the  recruit  must  be  ascertained,  cor  - 
rectly  spelled,  and  written  in  the  same  way  wherever  it  occurs ; 
the  Christian  name  must  not  be  abbreviated.  Numbers  must 
be  written,  and  not  expressed  by  figures.  Each  enlistment 
must  be  endorsed  as  follows: 

Xo.— 

A B , 

enlisted  at 


January  — ,  186 — , 

By  Lt.  C--—  D , 

—  Eegiment  of 

The  number  in  each  month  to   correspond   with  the  names 
alphabetically  arranged. 

1339. — ^Whenever  a  soldier  re-enters  the  service,  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him  will  endorse  on  the  enlistment,  next  below 
his  own  name  and  regiment,  "second  (or  third)  enlistment,"  as 
the  case  may  be,  together  with  the  name  of  the  regiment  and 
the  letter  of  the  company  in  which  the  soldier  last  served,  and 
date  of  discharge  from  former  enlistment.  This  information 
the  recruiting  officer  must  obtain,  ifpossible,  from  the  soldier's 
discharge^  which  he  should  in  all  cases  be  required  to  exhibit. 
(See  22d  Art.  of  War.) 

1340. — The  name  of  the  Staic^  as  well  as  the  town,  'where 
each  recruit  is  enlisted,  will  be  recorded  on  all  muster,  pay, 
and  descriptive  rolls. 

1341,  1342,  n^Z.—OmitUd. 


i6r> 

1344.- — The  recruits  are  to  be  dressed  in  uniform  according 
to  their  respective  iirins,  atul  will  be  regularly  mustered  and 
inspected.  They  are  to  be  well  drilled  in  the 'infantry  tactics, 
through  the  school  of  the  soldier  to  that  of  tlie  battalion,  and 
in  the  exercise  of  field  and  garrison  pieces.  Duty  to  be  done 
according  to  the  strict  rules  of  the  service. 

1345,  1346,  l^^l.— Omitted, 

134S. — Permanou  paiiies  at  depots,  and  rttruiting  imrtk^, 
vdll  be  nmstered,  inspected,  and  paid  in  the  same  manner  a« 
other  soldiers.  Recruits  will  be  mustered  for  pay  only  at 
depots,  and  \vhen  paid  there,  one-half  of  tlieir  monthly  pay  will 
be  retained  until   they  join  their  regiments. 

1349.— The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  are  to  be  read  to  the 
recruits  in  depot  every  month  after  the  inspection  ;  and  so 
nmch  thereof  as  relates  to  the  duties  of  non-commissioned 
officers  and  soldiers  will  be  read  to  them  every  week. 

1350. — Recruits  are  not  to  be  put  to  any  labor  or  work 
which  would  interfere  with  their  instruction,  nor  are  they  to 
be  employed  otherwise  than  soldiers  in  the  regular  duties  of 
garrison  or  camp. 

1351. — When  recruits  are  received  at  a  garrisoned  post,  the 
commanding  officer  will  place  them  under  the  charge  of  a 
commissioned  officer. 

1352. — The  superintendent  or  connnaiiding  officer  will  cause 
a  minute  and  critical  inspection  to  be  made  of  every  recruit 
received  at  a  depot,  two  days  after  his  arrival ;  and  should  any 
recruit  be  found  unfit  for  service,  or  to  have  been  enlisted 
contrary  to  law  or  regulations,  he  shall  assemble  a  Board  of 
Inspectors  to  examine  into  the  case. 

1353. — Every  detachment  ordered  from  a  depot  to  any 
regiment  or  post,  shall,  immediately  preceding  its  departure,  be 
critically  inspected  by  the  sui)erintendent  or  connnanding 
officer  and  surgeon;  and,  w4ien  necessary,  a  Board  of  In- 
spectors will  be  convened. 

1354. — Recruits  received  at  a  military  j)ost  or  station  shall 
be  carefully  inspected  by  the  commanding  officer  and  surgeon, 
on  the  third  day  after  their  arrival ;  and  if,  on  such  inspection, 
any  recruit,  in  their  opinion,  be  unsound  or  otherwise  defective 
in  such  degree  as  to  disqualify  him  for  the  duties  of  a  soldier, 
then  a  Board  of  Inspectors  will  be  assembled  to  examine  into 
and  report  on  the  case. 

1355. — Boards  of  htspcctors  for  the  examination  of  recruits 


166 

will  be  composed  ol  the  three  senior  regimental  officers  present 
on  duty  with  the  troops,  including  the  commanding  officer  and 
the  senior  medical  officer  of  the  army  present. 

1356. — In  all  cases  of  rejection,  the  reason  therefor  will  be 
stated  at  large  in  a  special  report  by  the  board ;  which  together 
with  the  surgeons'  certificate  of  the  disability  for  service,  will 
be  forwarded  by  the  superintendent  or  commandant  of  the 
post  direct  to  the  Adjutant-General.  If  the  recommendation 
of  the  board  for  the  discharge  of  the  recruit  be  approved,  the 
authority  will  be  endorsed  on  the  certificate,  which  will  be 
sent  back  to  be  filled  up  and  signed  by  the  commanding  offi- 
cer, who  will  return  the  same  to  the  Adjutant-General's  office. 

1357. — The  board  will  state  in  the  report  whether  the  dis- 
ability, or  other  cause  of  rejection,  existed  before  his  enlist- 
ment, and  whether,  with,  proper  care  and  examination,  \i  might 
have  then  been  discovered. 

1358. — An  officer  intrusted  with  the  command  of  recruits 
ordered  to  regiments,  will,  on  arriving  at  the  place  of  desti- 
nation, forward  the  following  papers : 

1.  To  the  Adjutant- General  and  the  Suijerintcrideiit,  each  a 
descriptive  roll  and  an  account  of  clothing  of  such  men  as  may 
have  deserted,  died,  or  been  left  on  the  route  from  any  cause 
whatever ;  with  a  special  report  of  the  date  of  his  arrival  at 
the  post,  the  strength  and  condition  of  the  detachment  when 
turned  over  to  the  commanding  officer,  and  all  circumstances^ 
worthy  of  remark  which  may  occurred  on  the  march. 

2.  To  the  Commanding  Officer  of  the  regiment  or  post,  the 
muster  and  descriptive  roll  furnished  him  atthe  time  of  setting 
out,  properly  signed  and  completed  by  recording  the  names 
of  the  recruits  j?7*c5c/i?,  and  by  noting  in  the  column  for  remarks, 
opposite  the  appropriate  spaces,  the  time  and  place  of  death, 
desertion,  apprehension,  or  other  casualty  that  may  have 
occurred  on  the  route. 

1359. — Should  an  officer  be  relieved  in  charge  of  a  detach- 
ment en  route^  before  it  reaches  its  destination,  the  date  and 
place,  and  name  of  the  officer  by  whom  he  is  relieved,  must 
be  recorded  on  the  detachment  roll.  Without  the  evidence  of 
such  record,  no  charge  for  extra  pay  for  clothing  accounta- 
bility of  a  detachment  equal  to  a  company  will  be  allowed. 

1360. — The  "  original  muster  and  descriptive  roll"  of  every 
detachment,  with  remarks  showing  the  final  disposition  of  each 
recruit,  and  the  regiment  and  letter  of  the  company  to  which 


167 

he  may  be  assigned,  will  be  signed  by  the  commanding  ofiicer, 
and  forwarded  to  the  Adjutant-General. 

1361. — ^The  regimental  recruiting  will  be  conducted  in  the 
manner  prescribed  for  the  general  service. 

1362. — Every  commander  of  a  regiment  is  the  superintend- 
ent of  the  recruiting  service  for  his  regiment,  and  will  endea- 
vor to  keep  it  up  to  its  establishment  ;  for  which  purpose  he 
will  obtain  the  necessary  funds,  clothing,  &c.,  by  requisition  to 
the  Adjutant-General. 

1363. — At  every  station  occupied  by  his  regiment,  or  any 
part  of  it,  the  Colonel  will  designate  a  suitable  o.icer  to  at- 
tend to  the  recruiting  duties  ;  which  selection  will  not  relieve 
snch  officer  from  his  company  or  other  ordinary  duties.  The 
officer  thus  designated  will  be  kept  constantly  furnished  with 
funds,  and,  when  necessary,  with  clothing  and  camp  equipage. 

1364. — The  regimental  recruiting  officer  will,  with  the  ap- 
probation of  the  commanding  officer  of  the  station,  enlist  all 
suitable  men.  He  will  be  governed,  in  rendering  his  acounts 
and  returns,  by  the  rules  prescribed  for  the  general  service  ; 
and  when  leaving  a  post,  will  turn  over  the  funds  in  his  hands 
to  the  senior  company  officer  of  his  regiment  present,  unless 
some  other  be  appointed  to  receive  them. 


16S 


Form  A. 

Abstract  of  dishursements  on  account  of  contingencies  cf  the 

Recruiting  Service^  by ,  171  the  quarter  ending — •., 

18-,   at—. 


No.  of 
voucher. 


Date  of 
payment. 


To  whom  paid. 


On  what  acc't. 


Amount. 


Dol.  I  Cts. 


Recruiting  offi.eer. 


169 

Fonii  B. 
The  Coiifederatc  States, 

To 

Dk. 

Date. 

For 

Dolls. 

Oenta. 

[  certify  that  the  above  account  is  correct. 

Rearuiting  officfr. 

Received, this day  of ,  18 — ,  of ,  recruitio^ 

officer, dollars  and cents,  in  full  of  the  above  account. 


(Duplicates.) 


^ 

»' 


.».:.* 


171 


APPENDIX 


ARTICLES   OF   WAR. 

AN  ACT  ESTABLISHING  RULES  AND    ARTICLES  FOR   THE  GOVERN- 
MENT OF  THE  ARMIES  OF  THE  CONFEDERATE  STATES. 

Section.  1.  That,  from  and  after  the  passing  of  this  act, 
the  following  shall  be  the  rules  and  articles  by  which  the 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  governed  : 

Article  1.  Every  officer  now  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  shall,  in  six  months  from  the  passing  of  this  act, 
and  every  officer  \vho  shall  hereafter  be  appointed  shall, be-, 
fore  he  enters  on  the  duties  of  his  office,  subscribe  these' 
rules  and  regulations. 

Art.  2.  It  is  earnestly  recommended  to  all  officers  and 
soldiers  diligently  to  attend  divine  service  ;  and  all  officers 
who  shall  behave  indecently  or  irreverently  at  any  place  "of 
divine  worship  shall,  if  commissioned  officers*,  be  brought 
before  a  general  court-martial,  there  to  be  publicly  and  se- 
verely reprimanded  by  the  president ;  If  non-commissioned 
officers  or  soldiers,  every  person  so  offending  shall,  for  his 
first  offense,  forfeit  one  sixth  of  a  dollar,  to  be  deducted  out 
of  his  next  pay  ;  for  the  second  offense,  he  shall  not  only  for- 
feit a  like  sum,  but  be  confined  twenty-four  hours  ;  and  for 
every  like  offense,  shall  suffer  and  pay  in  like  manner  :  ^vhich 
money,  so  forfeited,  shall  be  applied,  by  the  captain  or  sen- 
ior officer  of  the  troop  or  company,  to  the  use  of  the  sick 
soldiers  of  the  company  or  troop  to  which  the  offender 
belongs. 

Art.  3.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  wh** 
shall  use  any  profane  oath  (-r  execration,  shall  incur  the  pen- 
alties expressed  in  the  foregoing  article ;  and  a  commissioned 
officer  shall  forfeit  and  pay,  for  each  and  every  such  offense 
one  dollar,  to  be  applied  as  in  the  preceding  article. 

■» These  rules  and  articles,  with  the  exceptions  indicated  by  the  notes,  annesnJ 
to  articles,  20,  Oj.  and  87;  remain  unaltered,  and  in  force  ut  present. 


[72 

Akt.  4  Evxry  chaplain  commi^jsioncd  iu  the  army  or 
armies  of  the  Confederate  States,  who  shall  absent  himself 
from  the  duties  assigned  him  (excepting  in  cases  of  sickness 
or  leave  of  absence,)  shall,  on  conviction  thereof  before  a 
court-martial,  be  iined  not  exceeding  one  month's  pay,  be- 
Bides  the  loss  of  his  pay  dnringhis  absence  ;  or  be  discharged, 
as  the  said  court-martial  shall  judge  proper. 

Art.  5.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  contemp- 
tou3  or  disrespectful  words  against  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  againstthe  Vice-President  thereof,  against 
the  Congress  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  against  the  Chief 
Magistrate  or  Legislature  of  any  of  the  Confederate  States 
in  which  he  may  be  quartered,  if  a  commissioned  officer, 
shall  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  a  court-martial 
shall  direct ;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  he 
shall  sufter  such  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  on  him  by 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art..  6.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  behave  himself 
with  contempt  or  disrespect  towards  his  commanding  officer, 
shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  ofiense,  by 
the  judgment  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  7.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  begin,  excite, 
cause,  or  join  in,  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  in  any  troop  or 
company  in  the  service  of  th6  Confederate  State,  or  in  any 
party,  post,  detachment,  or  guard,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such 
other  punishment  as  by  a  court-martial  shall  be  inflicted. 

Art.  8.  Any  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier, 
who  being  present  at  any  mutiny  or  sedition,  does  not  use 
his  utmost  endeavors  to  suppress  the  same,  or,  coming  to  the 
knowledge  of  any  intended  mutiny,  does  not,  without  delay, 
give  information  thereof  to  his  commanding  officer,  shall 
be  punished  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial  with  death, 
or  otherwise,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense. 

Art.  9.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  strike  his  supe- 
rior officer,  or  draw  or  lift  up  any  weapon,  or  offer  any  vio- 
lence against  him,  being  in  the  execution  of  his  office,  on 
any  pretense  whatsoever,  or  shall  disobey  any  lawful  com- 
mand of  his  superior  officer,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other 
punishment  as  sh;  11,  according  to  the  nature  of  his  offense, 
be  inflicted  upon  him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  10.  Every  non-commissioned  officeror  soldier,  who 
shall  enlist  himself  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
shall,  at  the  time  of  so  enlisting,  or  within  six  days  after- 


I7:i 

ward,  have  the  Articles  tor  the  government  of  the  armies  of 
the  Confederate  States  read  to  ^him,  and  shall,  l)y  the  officer 
who  enlisted  him,  or  by  the  commanding  officer  of  the  troop 
of  company  into  which  ho  was  enlisted,  be  taken  before  the 
next  justice  of  the  peace,  or  chief  magistrate  of  any  city  or 
town  corporate,  not  being  an  officer  of  the  army,  or  where  re- 
course cannot  be  had  to  the  civil  magistrate,  before  the  judge 
advocate,  and  in  his  presence  shall  take  the  following  oath  or 
affirmation  :  "I,  x\.  B.,  do  solemnly  swear  or  affirm  (as  the 
case  may  be,)  that  T  will  boar  true  allegiance  to  the  Confede- 
rate States  of  America,  and  that  1  will  serve  them  honestly 
and  faithfully  against  all  their  enemies  or  opposei*s  whatsoever; 
and  observe  and  obey  tho  orders  of  the  President  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  and  the  ordei's  of  the  officers  appointed  over 
me,  according  to  the  Rules  and  Articles  for  the  government  of 
the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States."  Which  justice,  magis- 
trate, or  judge  advocate  is  to  give  to  the  officer  a  certificate, 
signifying  that  the  man  enlisted  did  take  the  said  oath  or  affiira- 
ation. 

Art.  11.  After  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  shall 
liave  been  duly  enlisted  and  sworn,  he  shall  not  be  dismissed 
the  service  without  a  discharge  in  writing ;  and  no  discharge 
granted  to  him  shall  bo  sufficient  which  is  not  signed  by  a  field 
officerof  the  regiment  to  which  he  belongs,  or  commanding 
«^fficer,  where  no  field  officer  of  the  regiment  is  present ;  and 
no  discharge  shall  be  given  to  a  non-commissioned  officer  or 
soldier  before  his  term  of  service  has  expired,  but  by  order  of 
the  President,  the  Secretary  of  War,  the  commanding  officer  of 
a  department,  or  the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial  ;  nor 
shall  a  commissioned  officer  be  discharged  the  service  but  by 
order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  by  sentence 
of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  12.  Every  colonel,  or  other  officer  commanding  a 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  and  actually  quartered  with  it, 
may  give  furloughs  to  non-commissioned  officorsor  soldiers,  in 
►;nch  numbers,  and  for  so  long  a  time,  as  he  shall  jndge  to  be 
most  consistent  with  the  good  of  the  service  ;  and  a  captain, 
or  other  interior  officer,  commanding  a  troop  or  company,  or  in 
any  garrison,  fo)-t,  or  barrack  of  the  Confederate  States  (his 
field  officer  being  absent),  may  give  furlouglis  to  non-commis- 
sioned officers  or  soldiers,  for  a  time  not  exceeding  twenty  days 
in  six  months,  but  not  to  more  than  two  persons  to  be  absent 
at  the  same  time,  excepting  some  extraordmary  occasion  should 
require  it. 


174 

Art.  13.  At  every  muster,  the  commanding  officer  of  each 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  there  present,  shall  give  to  the 
commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer  who  musters  the  said 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  certilicates  signed  by  himself,  sig- 
nifying how  long  such  officers,  as  shall  not  appear  at  the  safd 
muster,  have  been  absent,  and  the  reason  of  their  absence.  In 
like  manner,  the  commanding  officer  of  every  troop  or  company 
shall  give  certificates,  signifying  the  reasons  of  the  absence  of 
the  non-commissioned  officers  and  private  soldiers ;  which 
reasons  and  time  of  absence  shall  be  inserted  in  the  muster- 
rolls,  opposite  the  names  of  the  respective  absent  officers  and 
soldiers.  The  certilicates  shall,  together  with  the  muster-rolls, 
be  remitted  by  the  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer 
mustering,  to  h  e  Department  of  War,  as  speedily  as  the  dis- 
tance of  the  place  will  admit. 

Art.  14.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
general  court-martial  of  having  signed  a  false  certificate  rela- 
ting to  the  absence  of  either  officer  or  private  soldier,  or  rela- 
tive to  his  or  their  pay,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Akt.  15.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
muster  of  man  or  horse,  and  every  officer  or  commissary  ot 
musters  who  shall  willingly  sign,  direct,  orallow  the  signing 
of  muster-rolls  wherein  such  false  muster  is  contained,shall. 
upon  proof  made  thereof,  by  two  witnesses,  before  a  general 
court-martial,  be  cashiered,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disa- 
bled to  have  or  hold  any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of 
the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  16.  Any  commissary  of  musters,  or  other  officer,  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  taken  money,  or  other  thing,  by 
way  of  gratification,  on  mustering  any  regiment,  troop,  or 
company,  or  on  signing  muster-rolls,  shall  be  displaced  from 
his  office,  and  shall  be  thereby  utterly  disabled  to  have  or  hold 
any  office  or  employment  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate 
States. 

Art.  17.  Any  officer  who  shall  presume  to  muster  a  per- 
son as  a  soldier  who  is  not  a  soldier,  shall  be  deemed  guilty 
of  having  made  a  false  muster,  and  shall  suflPer  accordingly. 

Art.  18.  Every  officer  who  shall  knowingly  make  a  false 
return  to  the  Department  of  War,  or  to  any  of  his  superioi* 
officers,  authorized  to  call  for  such  returns,  of  the  state  of  the 
regiment,  troop,  or  company,  or  garrison,  under  his  command  ; 
or  of  the  arms,  ammunition,  clothing,  or  other  stores  there- 
unto belonging,  shall,on  conviction  thereof  before  a  court- 
martial,  be  cashiered. 


Art.  19.  The  conimiiuding  olHcer  of  every  regiment, 
troop,  or  indepeident  company,  or  garrison,  of  the  Confed- 
erate States,  shall,  in  the  heginning  of  every  inontli.  remit, 
through  the  proper  channels,  to  the  Department  of  War,  an 
exact  return  of  the  regiment,  troop,  independent  company, 
or  garrison,  under  his  command,  specifying  the  names  of  the 
officers  then  absent  from  their  posUj,  with  the  reasons  for 
and  the  time  of  their  absence.  And  any  officer  who  shall  be 
convicted  of  having,  through  neglect  or  design,  omitted 
sending  such  returns,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  the  na- 
ture of  his  crime,  by  the  judgment  of  a  general  couTt-martial. 
Art.  20.  All  officers  and  soldiers  who  have  received  pay, 
or  have  been  duly  enlisted  iu  the  service  ot  the  Confederate 
States,  and  shall  be  convicted  of  having  deserted  the  same. 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as.  bv  xMif  ciu  »> 
of  a  court-martial,  shall  be  inflicted.* 

Art.  21.  Any  non  commissioned  officer  or  soiaicr  who 
rihall,  without  leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  absent 
himselt  from  his  troop,  company  or  detachment,  shall,  upon 
being  convicted  thereof,  be  punished  according  to  tlie  na- 
ture of  his  oiiense,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  22.  ISTo  non-commissioned  officer  or  Boldier  shall 
enlist  himself  in  any  other  regiment,  troop,  or  company, 
without  a  regular  discharge  from  the  regiment,  troop,  or 
company  in  which  he  has  last  served,  on  the  penalty  of  being 
reputed  a  deserter,  and  suffering  accordingly.  And  iu  case 
any  officer  shall  knowingly  receive  and  entertain  such  non- 
commissioned officer  or  soldier,  or  shall  not,  after  his  being- 
discovered  to  be  a  deserter,  immediately  confine  him,  ana 
give  notice  thereof  to  the  corps  in  which  he  last  seized,  the 
said  officer  shall,  by  a  court-martial,  be  cashiered. 

Art.  23.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  of 
having  advised  or  persuaded  any  other  officer  or  soldier  to 
desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  shall  sufler 
death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon 
him  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  24.  INTo  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  use  any  reproach- 
ful or  provoking  speeches  or  gestures,  to  another,  upon  pain, 
if  an  officer,  of  being  put  in  an-est;  if  a  soldier  confined,  and 
of  asking  pardon  of  the  party  ofiended,  in  tlie  presence  of 
his  commanding  officer. 
Art.  25.    No  officer  or  soldier  shall  send  :i  challeugo  to 

^'  Modifiedby  act  of  29th  Mi-    i^'^" 
12 


\16 

another  officer  or  sokUer,  to  tight  a  duel,  or  accept  a  chal- 
lenge if  sent,  upon  pain,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  of  being 
cashiered  ;  if  a  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier,  of  suf- 
fering corporeal  punishment,  at  the  discretion  of  a  court- 
martial. 

Art.  26.  If  any  commissioned  or  non-commissioned 
officer  commanding  a  guard  shall  knowingly  or  willingly 
suffer  any  person  whatsoever  to  go  forth  to  tight  a  duel,  he 
shall  be  punished  as  a  challenger ;  and  all  seconds,  promoters, 
and  carriers  of  challenges,  in  order  to  duels,  shall  be  deemed 
principals,  and  be  punished  accordingly.  And  it  shall  be 
the  duty  of  every  officer  commanding  an  army,  regiment, 
company,  post,  or  detachment,  who  is  knowing  to  a  chal- 
lenge being  given  or  accepted  by  any  ofiicer,  non-commis- 
sioned officer,  or  soldier,  under  his  command,  or  has  reason 
to  believe  the  same  to  be  the  case,  immediately  to  arrest 
and  bring  to  trial  such  offenders. 

Art.  27.  All  officers,  of  what  condition  soever,  have 
power  to  part  and  quell  all  quarrels,  frays,  and  disorders, 
though  the  persons  concerned  should  belong  to  anotherreg- 
iment,  troop  or  company ;  and  either  to  order  officers  into 
arrest,  or  non-commissioned  officers  or  soldiers,  into  confine- 
ment, until  their  proper  superior  officer  shall  be  acquainted 
therewith;  and  whosoever  shall  refuse  to  obey  such  officer 
(though  of  an  inferier  rank),  or  shall  draw  his  sword  upon 
him,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  28.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  upbraid  another 
for  refusing  a  challenge,  shall  himself  be  punished  as  a  chal- 
lenger ;  and  all  officers  and  soldiers  are  hereby  discharged 
from  any  disgrace  or  opinion  of  disadvantage  which  might 
arise  from  their  having  refused  to  accept  of  challenges,  as 
they  will  only  have  acted  in  obedience  to  the  laws,  and  done 
their  duty  as  good  soldiers  who  subject  themselves  to 
discipline.  « 

Akt.  29.  JS'o  sutler  shall  be  permitted  to  sell  an^^  kind  of 
liquors  or  victuals,  or  keep  their  houses  or  shops  open  for 
the  entertainment  of  soldiers,  after  nine  at  night,  or  before 
the  beating  of  the  reveille,  or  upon  Sundays,  during  divine 
service  or  sermon,  on  the  penalty  of  being  dismissed  from  all 
future  sutling. 

Art.  30.  All  officers  commanding  in  the  field,  forts,  bar- 
racks, or  garrisons  of  the  Confederate  States,  are  hereby  re- 
quired to  see  that  the  persons  permitted  to  suttle  shall  supply 
die  soldiers  wdth  good  and  wholesome  provisions,  or  other 
articles,  at  a  reasonable  price,  as  they  shall  be  answerable 
fox  their  neglect 


J  77 

Art.  31.  No  ofticer  conimaiuHug  in  any  of  the  garrisonb, 
forts,  or  barracks  of  the  Confederate  iStates,  shall  exact  exor- 
bitant prices  for  houses  or  stalls,  let  out  to  sutlers,  or  connive 
at  the  like  exactions  in  others  ;  nor  by  his  own  autliority  and 
for  his  private  advantage,  lay  any  duty  or  imposition  upon, 
or  be  interested  in,  the  sale  of  any  victuals,  licjours,  or  other 
necessaries  of  life,  brought  into  the  garrison,  fort,  or  barracks, 
for  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  on  the  penalty  of  heing  discharged 
from  the  service. 

Art.  52.  Every  officer  commanding  in  quart<M*8,  garrisons, 
or  on  the  march,  shall  keep  good  oider,  and,  to  the  utmost  of 
bis  power,  redress  all  abuses  or  disorders  which  may  be  com- 
mitted by  any  officer  or  soldier  under  his  command;  if,  upon 
complaint  made  to  him  of  officers  or  soldiers  beating  or  other- 
wise ill-treating  any  person,  or  disturbing  fairs  or  markets,  or 
of  committing  any  kind  of  riots,  to  the  disquieting  of  the  citi- 
zens of  the  Confederate  States,  he,  the  said  commander,  who 
shall  refuse  or  omit  to  see  justice  done  to  the  ottender  or  oflend- 
ers,  and  reparation  made  to  the  party  or  parties  injured,  as 
far  as  part  of  the  offenders  pay  shall  enable  him  or  them,  sliall, 
upon  proof  thereof,  be  cashiered,  or  otherwise  punished,  as  i* 
general  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  33.  When  any  commissioned  otKcer  or  soldier  shall  be 
accused  of  a  capital  crime,  or  of  having  used  violence,  or  com- 
mitted any  offense  against  the  person  or  property  of  any  citizen 
of  any  of  the  Confederate  States,  such  as  is  punishable  by  the 
known  laws  of  the  land,  the  commanding  officer  and  officers 
of  every  regiment,  troop  or  company,  to  which  the  person  or 
persons  so  accused  shall  belong,  are  hereby  required,  upon 
application  duly  made  by,  or  in  behalf  of  the  party  or  parties 
injured,  to  use  their  utmost  endeavors  to  deliver  over  such 
accused  person  or  persons  to  the  civil  magistrate,  and  likewise 
to  be  aiding  and  assisting  to  the  officers  of  justice  in  appre- 
hending and  securing  the  person  or  persons  so  accused,  in  ordei 
to  bring  him  or  them  to  trial.  If  any  commirnding  officer  or 
officers  shall  wilfully  neglect,  or  shall  refuse,  upon  the  appli- 
cation aforesaid,  to  deliver  over  such  accused  person  or  persons 
to  the  civil  magistrates,  or  to  be  aiding  and  a.ssisting  tc>  the 
officers  of  justice  in  apprehending  such  person  or  persons,  the 
officer  or  officers  so  otlending  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  34.  If  any  officer  shall  think  himself  wronged  by  his 
Colonel,  or  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  and  shall 
*2pon  due  application  being  made  to  him,  be  refused  redress, 
cie  may  complain  to  the  General  commanding  in  the  State  or 


i"/8 

Territory  where  such  regiment  shall  be  stationed,  in  order  to 
obtain  justice  ;  who  is  hereby  required  to  examine  into  said 
complaint  and  take  proper  measures  for  redressing  the  wrons; 
complained  of,  and  transmit,  as  soon  as  possible,  to  the  De- 
partment of  War,  a  true  state  of  such  complaint,  with  the 
proceedings  had  thereon. 

Art.  35.  If  any  inferior  officer  or  soldier  shall  think  himself 
wronged  by  his  captain  or  other  officer,  he  is  to  complain 
thereof  to  the  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment,  who  is 
hereby  required  to  summon  a  regimental  court-inartial,  for  the 
doing  justice  to  the  complainant,  from  which  regimental 
court-martial  either  party  may,  if  he  thinks  himself  still  ag- 
grived,  appeal  to  a  general  court-martial.  But  if,  upon  a 
second  hearing,  the  appeal  shall  appear  vexatious  and  ground- 
less, the  person  so  appealing  shall  be  punished  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  said  court-martial. 

Art.  36.  Any  commissioned  officer,  store-keeper,  or  com- 
missary, who  shall  be  convicted  at  a  general  court-martial  of 
having  sold  without  a  proper  order  for  that  puqiose,  embez- 
zled, misapplied,  or  wilfully,  or  through  neglect,  sufleied  any 
of  the  provisions,  forage,  arms,  clothing,  ammunition  or  other 
military  stores  belonging  to  the  Confederate  States  to  be 
spoiled  or  damaged,  shall,  at  his  own  expense,  make  good  the 
loss  or  damage,  and  shall,  moreover,  forfeit  all  his  pay,  and  be 
dismissed  from  the  service. 

Art.  37.  Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who  shall 
be  convicted  at  a  regimental  ourt-martial  of  having  sold,  or 
designedly,  or  through  neglect,  wasted  the  ammunition  de- 
livered out  to  him,  to  be  employed  in  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  shall  be  punished  at  the  discretion  of  such 
court. 

Art.  38.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  who 
shall  be  convicted  before  a  court-martial  of  having  sold,  lost. 
or  spoiled,  through  neglect,  his  horse,  arms,  clothes,  or  accou- 
trements, shall  Tindergo  such  weekly  stoppages  (not  exceeding 
the  half  of  his  pay)  as  such  court-martial  shall  judge  sufficient 
for  repairing  the  loss  or  damage:  and  shall  suffer  confine- 
ment, or  such  other  corporeal  punishment  as  his  crime  shall 
deserve. 

Art.  39.  Every  officer  who  shall  be  convicted  before  a 
court-martial  of  having  embezzled  or  misapplied  any  money 
with  which  he  may  have  been  intrusted,  for  the  paymeilt  of 
th^^en  under  his  command,  or  for  enlisting  men  into  the 


179 

service,  or  for  otlier  purposes,  if  a  commissioned  officer,  shall 
be  cashiered,  and  compelled  to  refund  the  money  ;  if  a  non- 
commissioned officer,  shall  be  reduced  to  the  ranks,  be  put 
under  stoppages  until  the  money  be  made  good,  and  suffersuch 
corporeal  punishment  as  such  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  40.  Every  captain  of  a  troop  or  company  is  charged 
with  the  arms,  accountrements,  ammunition,  clotliing,  or  other 
warlike  stores  belonging  to  the  troop  or  company  binder  his 
command,  which  lie  is  to  be  accountable  for  to  his  Colonel  in 
case  of  their  being  lost,  spoiled,  or  damaged,  not  by  unavoid- 
able accidents,  or  on  actual  service. 

Art.  41,  All  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers  who 
shall  be  found  one  mile  from  the  camp  without  leave,  in  writ- 
ing, from  their  commanding  officer,  shall  suffer  such  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the  sentence,  of  a 
court-martial. 

Art.  42.  No  officer  or  soldiers  shall  lie  out  of  his  quarters, 
garrison,  or  camp  without  leave  from  his  superior  officer,  upon 
penalty  of  being  punished  according  to  the  nature  of  his 
offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  43.  Every  non-commissioned  officer  and  soldier  shall 
retire  to  his  quarters  or  tent  at  the  beating  of  the  retreat  ;  in 
default  of  which  he  shall  be  punished  according  to  the  nature 
of  his  ofi'ense. 

Art.  44.  l^o  officer,  non-commissioned  officer,  or  soldier 
shall  fail  in  repairing,  at  the  time  fixed,  to  the  place  of  parade, 
of  exercise,  or  other  rendezvous  appointed  by  his  commanding 
officer,  if  not  prevented  by  sickness  or  some  other  evident 
necessity,  or  shall  go  from  the  said  place  of  rendezvous  with- 
out leave  from  his  commanding  officer,  before  he  shall  be 
regularly  dismissed  or  relieved,  on  the  penalty  of  being  pun- 
ished according  to  the  nature  of  his  oiiense,  by  the  sentence 
of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  45.  Any  commissioned  officer  who  shall  be  found 
drunk  on  his  guard,  party,  or  other  duty,  shall  be  cashiered. 
Any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier  so  offending  shall  suf- 
fer such  corporeal  punishment  asshall  be  inflicted  by  the  sen- 
tence of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  46.  Any  sentinel  who  shall  be  found  sleeping  upon 
his  post,  or  sliall  leave  it  before  h«  shall  be  regularly  relieved, 
shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflict- 
ed by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 


180 

Art.  47.  No  soldier  belonging  to  an}'-  regiment,  troop  or 
company  shall  hire  another  to  do  his  duty  for  him,  or  be  ex- 
cused from  duty  but  in  cases  of  sickness,  disability,  or  leave 
of  absence  ;  and  every  snch  soldier  found  guilty  of  hiring  his 
duty,  as  also  the  party  so  hired  to  do  another's  duty,  shall  be 
punished  at  the  discretion  of  a  regimental  court-martial. 

Art.  48.  And  every  non-commissioned  officer  conniving  at 
such  hiring  of  duty  aforesaid,  shall  be  reduced  ;  and  everr 
commissioned  officer  knowing  and  allowing  such  ill  practices 
in  the  service,  shall  be  punished  by  the  judgement  of  a  gene- 
ral court-martial. 

Art.  49.  Any  officer  belonging  to  the  service  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  who  by  discharging  of  fire-arms,  drawing  of 
swords,  beating  of  drums,  or  by  any  other  means  whatsoever, 
shall  occasion  false  alarms  in  camp,  garrison,  or  quarters, shall 
suffer  death,  or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by 
the  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Art.  50.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall,  without  urgent 
necessity,  or  without  the  leave  of  his  superior  officer,  quit  his 
guard,  platoon,  or  division,  shall  be  punished,  according  to  tiie 
nature  of  his  offense,  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  51.  'No  officer  or  soldier  shall  do  violence  to  any  per- 
son who  brings  provisions  or  other  necessaries  to  the  camp, 
garrison,  or  quarters  of  the  forces  of  the  Confederate  States, 
employed  in  any  parts  out  of  the  said  States,  upon  pain  of  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  the  court-martial  shall  direct. 

Art.  52.  Any  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  misbehave  him- 
self before  the  enemy,  run  away,  or  shamefully  abandon  any 
fort,  post,  or  guard  which  he  or  they  may  be  commanded  to 
defend,  or  speak  words  inducing  others  to  do  the  like,  or  shall 
cast  away  his  arms  and  ammunition,  or  who  shall  quit  his  post- 
er colors  to  plunder  and  pillage,  every  such  offender,  being* 
duly  convicted  thereof,  shall  sufferdeath,or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial. 

Art.  53.  Any  person  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
federate States  who  shall  make  known  the  watchword  to  anv 
person  who  is  not  entitled  to  receive  it  according  to  the  rules 
and  discipline  of  war,  or  shall  presume  to  give  a  parol  or 
watchword  different  from  what  he  received,  shall  suffer  death, 
or  such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence 
of -a,  general  court-martial. 


181 

Aii-r.  54.  All  officers  and  sokliei-s  arc  tu  behave  theraseWeb 
orderly  in  quarters  and  on  their  inarch;  and  whoever  shall 
commit  any  waste  or  spoil,  either  in  walks  of  trees,  i)ark8,  war- 
rens,  lish-ponds,  houses,  or  «rardens,  corn-iields,  inclosurse  ot 
meadows,  or  shall  maliciously  destroy  any  proi)erty  what- 
soever belonging  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  Confederate  States 
unless  by  order  of  the  then  commander-in-ciiief  of  the  armies 
ot  the  said  States,s]iall  (beside  such  penalties  as  they  are  liable 
to  by  law),  be  punished  according  to  the  nature  and  degree 
ottheoflense,  by  the  judgment  of  a  regimental  or  general 
court  martial. 

Art.  55.  Whosoever,  belonging  to  the  armies  of  the  Con- 
iederate  btates  m  foreign  parts,  shall  force  a  safeguard,  shall 
suifer  death. 

^  Art  56.  Whosoever  shall  relieve  the  enemy  with  money, 
victuals,  or  ammunition,  or  shall  knowingly  harbor  or  protect 
an  enemy,  shall  suffer  death,  orsuchotherpunishment  as  shall 
be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court  martial. 

Art.  57.  Whosoever  shall  be  convicted  of  holding  corres- 
pondence with,  or  giving  intelligence  to,  the  enemy,  either 
directly  or  indirectly,  shall  suffer  death,  or  such  other  punish- 
ment as  shall  be  ordered  by  the  sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  58.  All  public  stores  taken  in  the  enemy's  camp, 
towns,  forts,  or  magazines,  whether  of  artillery,  ammunition, 
clothing,  forage  or  provisions,  shall  be  secured  for  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States;  for  the  neglect  of  which  the  com- 
manding officer  is  to  be  answerable. 

Art..  59.  If  any  commander  of  any  garrison,  fortress,  or 
post  shall  be  compelled  by  the  officers  and  soldiers  under  his 
command,  to  give  up  to  tlie  enemy,  or  to  abandon  it,  the  coii»- 
missioned  officers,  noncommissioned  oflicers,  soldiers  who 
shall  be  convicted  of  having  so  offended,  shall  suffer  death,  or 
such  other  punishment  as  shall  be  inflicted  upon  them  by  the 
sentence  of  a  court-martial. 

Art.  go.  All  sutlers  and  retainers  to  the  camp,  and  all 
persons  whatsoever,  serving  with  the  armies  of  the  Confede- 
rate States  in  the  field,  though  not  enlisted  soldiei-s,  are  to  b** 
subject  to  orders,  according  to  the  rules  and  discipline  of  war. 

Art.  Gl.  Officers  having  brevets  or  commissions  of  a  prior 
date  to  those  of  the  corps  in  which  they  serve  will  take  place 
on  courts-martial  or  of  inquiry,  and  on  boards  detailed  for 
military  purpose,  when  composed  of  different   corps,  accx^rd- 


1S2 

ing  to  the  ranks  given  them  in  tlieir  brevet  or  former  com- 
missions, but  in  the  regiment,  corps  or  compay  to  which  such 
officers  belong,  they  shall  do  duty  and  take  rank,  both  in 
courts  and  on  boards  as  aforesaid,  which  shall  be  composed  of 
tlieir  own  corps,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  they 
are  there  mustered. 

Art.  62.  If  upon  marches,  guards,  or  in  quarters,  different 
corps  shall  happen  to  join  or  do  duty  together,"the  otiicer  high- 
est in  rank,  according  to  the  commission  by  which  he  is  must- 
ered in  the  army,  navy,  marine  corps  or  militia,  there  on  duty 
by  orders  from  competent  authority,  shall  command  the  whole 
and  give  orders  for  what  is  needful  for  the  service,  unless 
otherwise  directed  by  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States 
in  orders  of  special  assignment  providing  for  the  case. 

Aet.  63.  Tlie  functions  of  the  engineers  being  generally 
confined  to  the  most  elevated  branch  of  military  science,  they 
are  not  to  assume,  nor  are  they  subject  to  be  ordered  on  any 
duty  beyond  the  line  of  their  immediate  profession,  except  by 
the  special  order  of  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States; 
but  they  are  to  receive  every  mark  of  respect  to  which  their 
rank  in  the  army  may  entitle  them  respectively,  and  are  liable 
to  be  transferred,  at  the  discretion  of  the  President,  from  one 
corps  to  another,  regard  being  paid  to  rank. 

Art.  64.  General  courts-martial  may  consist  of  any  number 
of  commissioned  officers,  from  five  to  thirteen,  inclusively;  but 
they  shall  not  consist  of  less  than  thirteen  ^vhere  that  number 
can  be  convened  without  manifest  injury  to  the  service. 

Art.  65.*  Any  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or 
Colonel  commanding  a  separate  department,  may  appoint 
general  courts-martial  whenever  necessary.  But  no  sentence 
of  a  court-martial  shall  be  carried  into  execution  until  after 
the  whole  proceedings  shall  have  been  laid  before  the  officer 
ordering  the  same,  or  the  officer  commanding  the  troops  for 
the  time  being-  neither  shall  any  sentence  of  a  general  court- 
martial,  in  the  time  of  peace,  extending  to  the  loss  of  like,  or 
the  dismission  of  a  commissioned  officer,  or  which  shall,  either 
in  time  of  peace  or  w^ar,  respect  a  general  officer,  be  carried 
into  exection,  until  after  the  w^iole  proceedings  shall  have  been 
transmitted  I  o  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  laid  before  the 
President  of  the  Confederat  States  for  his  confirmation  or  dis- 
approval, and  orders  in  the  case.  All  other  sentences  may  be 
confirmed  and  executed  by  the  officer  ordering  the  court  to 
assemble,  or  commanding  officer  for  the  time  being  as  the 
case  may  be. 

^Modified  by  act  of  26th  Mf  y,  ]8S0. 


183 

Art.  60.  Every  ofiicer  commandiDg  a  regiment  or  corps 
may  appoint  for  his  own  regiment  or  corps,  courts-martial  to 
consist  of  three  commissioned  olHcers,  for  the  trial  and  pun- 
ishment of  oftences  not  capital,  and  decide  upon  their  sentences. 
For  the  same  purpose  all  officers  commanding  any  of  the 
garrisons,  forts,  barracks,  or  other  places  where  the  troops 
consist  of  different  corps,  may  assemble  courts-martial,  to  con- 
sist of  three  commissioned  officers,  and  decide  upon  their  sen- 
tences. 

Art.  67.  No  garrison  or  regimental  court-martial  shall  have 
the  power  to  try  capital  cases  or  commissioned  officers;  neither 
shall  the}^  inflict  a  tine  exceeding  one  month's  pav,  nor  im- 
prison, nor  put  to  hard  labor,  any  non-commissioned  officer  or 
soldier  for  a  longer  time  than  one  month. 

Art.  68.  Whenever  it  may  be  found  convenient  and  neces- 
sary to  the  public  service,  the  officers  of  the  marines  shall  be 
associated  with  the  officers  of  the  land  forces,  for  the  purpose 
of  holding  courts-martail,  and  trying  offenders  belonging  to 
either ;  and,  in  such  cases,  the  orders  of  the  senior  officer  of 
thither  corps  who  may  be  present  and  duly  authorized,  shall 
be  received  and  obeyed. 

Art.  69.  The  judge  advocate  or  some  person  deputed  by 
J  dm,  or  by  the  general,  or  officer  commanding  the  army,  de- 
tachment or  garrison,  shall  prosecute  in  the  name  of  the  Con- 
federate States,  but  shall  so  far  consider  himself  as  counsel  for 
the  prisoner,  after  the  said  prisoner  shall  have  made  his  plea, 
as  to  object  to  any  leading  question  to  any  of  the  witnesses, 
or  any  question  to  the  prisoner,  the  answer  to  which  might 
tend  to  criminate  himself;  and  administer  to  each  member  of 
the  court,  before  they  proceed  upon  any  trial,  the  following 
oath,  which  shall  also  be  taken  by  all  members  of  the  regi- 
mental and  garrison  courts-martial : 

"You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will  well  and  truly  try  and 
determine,  according  to  evidence,  tlie  matter  now  before  you, 
between  the  Confederate  States  of  Americii  aii<l  tht^  [)risoner 
to  be  tried,  and  that  3'ou  will  duly  adminisier  jiKsiice,  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  '  An  act  establishing  Rules  and  Articles 
for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States,' 
without  partiality,  favor  or  aftection  ;  and  if  any  doubt  should 
arise,  not  explained  by  said  Articles,  according  to  your  con- 
science, the  best  of  your  understanding,  and  the  custom  of 
war  in  like  cases  ;  and  you  do  further  swear  that  you  will  not 
divulge  the  sentence  of  the  court  until  it  shall  be  published  by 


1st 

xhe  proper  authority  ;  neither  will  you  disclose  or  discover  the 
vote  or  opinion  of  any  patticular  member  of  the  court-martial, 
unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a  witness,  by  .1 
jcourt  of  justice,  in  due  course  of  law.     So  help  you  God.'*' 

As  soon  as  the  said  oath  shall  have  been  administered  to 
the  respective  members,  the  pi-esident  of  the  court  shall  ad- 
minister to  the  judge  advocate,  or  person  officiating  as  such, 
iin  oath  in  the  following  words  : 

"You,  A.  B.,  do  sw^ear,  that  you  will  not  disclose  or  dis- 
cover the  vote  or  opinion  of  any  particular  member  of  the 
,coui-t-martial,  unless  required  to  give  evidence  thereof,  as  a 
witness,  by  a  court  of  justice,  in  due  course  of  law  ;  nor  di- 
vulge the  sentence  of  the  court  to  any  but  the  proper  autho- 
rity, until  it  shall  be  duly  disclosed  by  the  same.  80  help 
you  God." 

Art.  70.  When  a  prisoner,  arraigned  before  a  general  court- 
martial,  shall,  from  obstinacy  and  deliberate  design,  stand 
miite,  or  answer  foreign  to  the  purpose,  the  court  may  pro- 
ceed to  trial  and  jugment  as  if  the  prisoner  had  regularly 
Iileaded  not  guilty. 

Art.  71.  When  a  member  shall  be  challenged  by  a  prisoner, 
he  must  state  his  cause  of  challenge,  of  which  the  court  shall, 
after  due  deliberation,  determine  the  relevancy  or  validity,  and 
decide  accordingly ;  and  no  challenge  to  more  than  one  mem- 
ber at  a  time  shall  be  received  by  the  court. 

Art.  I'Z.  All  the  members  of  a  court-martial  are  to  behave 
with  decency  and  calmness ;  and  in  giving  their  votes,  are  to 
begin  with  the  youngest  in  commission. 

Art.  73.  All  persons  who  give  evidence  before  a  court- 
martial,  are  to  be  examined  on  oath  or  affiraiation,  in  the  fol- 
lowing form  : 

"You  swear,  or^affirm  (as  the  case  may  be),  the  evidence 
you  shall  give  in  the  cause  now^  in  hearing,  shall  be  the  truth, 
the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth.  So  help  you 
God." 

Art.  74.  On  the  trials  of  cases  not  capital,  before  courts- 
nfiartial,  the  deposition  of  witnesses,  not  in  the  line  or  staff  of 
the  army,  may  be  taken  before  some  justice  of  the  peace,  and 
read  in  evidence  ;  provided  the  prosecutor  and  person  accused 
are  present  at  the  taking  the  same,  or  are  duly  notified  thereof. 

Art.  75.  No  officer  shall  be  tried  but  by  a  general  court- 
martial,  nor  by  officers  of  an  inferior  rank,  if  it  can  be  avoided. 
Nor  shall  any  proceedings  of  trials  be  carried  on,  excepting 


iba 


between  the  hours  of  eight  in  the  morning  an«i  three  in  the 
afternoon,  excepting  in  cases  which,  in  the  opinion  of  the  the 
officers  appointing  the  court-martial,  require  immediate  ox- 
ample. 

Art.  76.  No  person  whatsoever  shall  use  any  u..  i.acu.- 
words,  signs  or  gestures,  in  presence  of  a  court-martial,  or  sliafi 
cause  any  disorder  or  riot  or  disturb  their  proceedings,  on  the 
penalty  of  being  punished  at  the  discretion  of  the  said  court- 
martial. 

Art.  77.  Whenever  any  officer  shall  be  charged  wiih  a 
crime,  he  shall  be  arrested  and  confined  in  his  barracks,  quar- 
ters, or  tent,  and  deprived  of  his  sword  by  the  commanding 
officer.  And  any  officer  who  shall  leave  his  confinement  before 
he  shall  be  set  at  liberty  by  his  commanding  officer,  or  by  a 
superior,  shall  be  cashiered. 

Art.  78.  Non-commissioned  officei-s  and  soldiers,  charged 
with  crimes,  shall  be  confined  until  tried  by  a  court-martial, 
or  released  by  proper  authority. 

Art.  79.  No  officer  or  soldier  who  shall  be  put  in  arrest, 
shall  continue  in  confinement  more  than  eight  days,  or  until 
such  time  as  a  court-martial  can  be  assembled. 

Art.  so.  No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provOvSt  mar- 
shal, shall  refuse  to  receive  or  keep  any  prisoner  committed  to 
his  charge  by  an  officer  belonging  to  the  forces  of  the  Confed- 
erate States;  provided  the  officer  committing  shall,  at  the  same 
time,  deliver  an  account  in  writing,  signed  by  himself,  of  the 
crime  with  which  the  said  prisoner, is  charged. 

Art.  81.     No  officer  commanding  a  guard,  or  provost  mar- 
shal, shall  presume  to  release  any  person  cmmitted  to  his  charge 
without  proper  authority  for  so  doing,  nor  shall  he  sutFer 
person  to  escape,  on  the  penalty  of  being   punished    for  i  ^ia- 
the  sentence  of  a  court-martial.  f  hv 

Art.  82.  Every  officer  or  provost  mai-shjil,  to  whose  charge 
prisoners  shall  be  committed,  shall,  within  twenty-four  hours 
after  such  commitment,  or  as  soon  as  he  shall  be  relieved  from 
his  guard,  make  report  in  writing,  to  the  commanding  officer 
of  their  names,  their  crimes,  and  the  names  of  the  officers  who 
committed  them,  on  the  penalty  of  being  punished  for  disobe- 
dience or  neglect,  at  the  discretion  of  a   court-martial. 

Art.  83.     Any  commissioned  officer  covicted  before  a  geurC 
eral  court-martial  of  conduct  unbecoming  an  officer  aud  » 
gentleman,  shall  be  dismissed  the  service. 

Art.  84.     In  case  where  a  court-martial  may  think  it  proper 


18G 

to  sentence  a  commissioned  officer  to  be  suspended  from  com- 
mand, tliey  shall  have  power  also  to  suspend  his  pay  and 
emoluments  for  the  same  time,  according  to  the  nature  anil 
heinousness  of  his  offense. 

Art.  85.  In  all  cases  where  a  commissioned  officer  is  cash- 
iered for  cowardice  or  fraud,  it  shall  be  added  in  the  sentence, 
that  the  crime,  name,  and  place  of  abode,  and  punishment  of 
the  delinquent,  be  published  in  the  newspapers  in  and  about 
the  camp,  and  of  the  particular  State  from  which  the  offender 
came,  or  where  he  usually  resides;  after  wliich  it  shall  be 
deemed  scandalous  for  an  officer  to  associate  with  him. 

Art.  86.  The  commanding  officer  of  any  post  or  detach- 
ment, in  which  there  shall  not  be  a  number  of  officers  adequate 
to  form  a  general  court-martial,  shall  in  cases  which  require 
the  cognizance  of  such  a  court,  report  to  the  commanding 
officer  of  the  depariment,  who  shall  order  a  court  to  be  assem- 
bled at  the  nearest  post  or  department  and  the  party  accused, 
with  necessary  witnesses,  to  be  transported  to  the  place  where 
the  said  court  shall  be  assembled. 

Art.  87.*  ISTo  person  shall  be  sentenced  to  suffer  death  but 
by  the  concurrence  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  a  general 
court-martial,  nor  except  in  the  cases  herein  expressly  mention- 
ed; 7wr  shall  more  than  fifty  lashes  he  inflicted  onanyoffendei\ 
at  the  discretion  of  a  court-mariial:  and  no  officer,  non-com- 
missioned officer,  soldier,  or  follower  of  the  army,  shall  be 
tried  a  second  time  for  the  same  offense. 

Art.  88.  No  person  shall  be  liable  to  be  tried  and  punished 
by  a  general  court-martial  for  any  offense  which  shall  appear 
to  have  been  committed  more  than  two  years  before  the 
issuing  of  the  order  for  such  trial,  unless  the  person,  by  reason 
of  having  absented  himself,  or  some  other  manifest  impediment 
shall  not  have  been  amenable  to  justice  within  that 
period. 

Art.  89.  Every  officer  authorized  to  order  a  general  court 
martial  shall  have  power  to  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punish- 
ment ordered  by  such  court,  except  the  sentence  of  death,  or 
of  cashiering  an  officer;  which,  in  the  cases  where  he  has  autho- 
rity (by  Article  65)  to  carry  tbem  into  execution,  he  may  sus- 
pend, until  the  pleasure  of  the  President  ol  the  Confederate 
■■»» 

*  So  much  of  these  rules  and  articles  as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal  punish- 
ment by  stripes,  was  specially  repealed  by  act  of  16th  May,  1812.  By  act  of  L'd  March, 
1833,  the  repealing  act  was  repealed,  so  far  as  it  applied  to  the  cnine  ot  desetion, 
which,  of  course,  reyived  the  [)uuishraent  by  lashes  for  that  offense. 


187 

4.  *1  ... 


States  can  be  known  ;  which  suspension,  together  with  copiea 
ofthe  proceedings  of  the  court-martial,  the  said  officer  shall 
immediately  transmit  to  the  President  for  his  determination 
And  the  colonel  or  commanding  officer  of  the  regiment  or  irar' 
rison  where  any  regimental  or  garrison  court-maitial  shall  be 
held,  may  pardon  or  mitigate  any  punishment  ordered  by  such 
court  to  be  inflicted.  '' 

Art.  90.  Every  judge  advocate,  or  pei-son  officiating  as 
such,  at  any  general  court-martial,  shall  transmit,  with  a» 
much  expedition  as  the  opportunity  of  time  and  distance  of 
place  can  admit,  the  original  proceedings  and  sentence  of  such 
court-martial  to  the  Secretary  of  War;  which  said  original 
proceedings  and  sentence  shall  be  carefully  kept  and  preserved 
ill  the  office  of  said  Secretary,  to  the  end  that  the  persons 
entitled  thereto  may  be  enabled,  upon  application  to  the  said 
office,  to  obtain  copies  thereof. 

•  The  party  tried  by  any  general  court-martial  shall,  upon 
demand  thereof,  made  by  himself,  or  by  any  person  or  persons 
in  his  behalf,  be  entitled  to  a  copy  of  the  sentence  and  pro- 
ceedings of  such  court-martial. 

Art.  91.  In  cases  where  the  general,  or  commanding  offi- 
cer may  order  a  court  of  inquiry  to  examine  into  the  nature 
of  any  traiisaction,  accusation,  or  imputation  against  any  offi- 
cer or  soldier,  the  said  court  shall  consist  of  one  or  more  officers, 
not  exceeding  three,  and  a  judge  advocate,  or  other  suitable 
person,  as  a  recorder,  to  reduce  the  proceedings  and  evidence 
to  writing  ;  all  of  whom  shall  be  sworn  to  the  faithful  per- 
formance of  their  duty.  This  court  shall  have  the  same  power 
to  summon  witnesses  as  a  court  martial,  and  to  examine  them 
on  oath.  But  they  shall  not  give  their  opinion  on  the  merits 
of  the  case,  excepting  they  shall  be  thereto  specially  required. 
The  parties  accused  shall  also  be  permitted  to  cross-examine 
and  interrogate  the  witnesses,  so  as  to  investigate  fully  the  cir- 
cumstances in  the  question. 

Art.  92.  The  proceedings  of  a*court  of  inquiry  must  be  au- 
thenticated by  the  signature  of  the  recorder  and  the  president, 
and  delivered  to  the  commanding  ( fficer,and  the  said  proceed- 
ings may  be  admitted  as  evidence  by  a  court  martial,  incases 
not  capital,  or  extending  to  the  dismission  of  an  officer,  pro- 
vided that  the  circumstances  are  such  that  oral  testimony  can 
not  be  obtained.  But  as  courts  of  inquiry  may  be  perverted 
to  dishonorable  purposes,  and  may  be  considered  as  engines  of 
destruction  to  military  merit,  in  the  hands  of  weak  and  envious 


JS8 

^►.ommaiKlaiits,  tliey  are  liereby  prohibited,  unless  clirected  by 
the  President  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  demanded  by  tlie 
accused. 

Art.  93.  The  judge  advocate  or  recorder  shall  administer 
to  the  membei*s  the  following  oath  : 

"You  shall  well  and  truly  examine  and  inquire,  according 
to  your  evidence,  into  the  matter  now  before  you,  without 
partiality,  favor,  affection,  prejudice,  or  hope  of  reward.  S<> 
help  you  God." 

After  which  the  president  shall  administer  to  the  judge  ad- 
vocate or  recorder  the  following  oath  : 

"You,  A.  B.,  do  swear  that  you  will,  according  to  your  best 
abilities,  accurately  and  impartially  record  the  proceedings  of 
the  court,  and  the  evidence  to  be  given  in  the  case  in  hearing. 
So  help  you  God." 

The  witnesses  shall  take  the  same  oath  as  witnesses  sworn 
before  a  court-martial. 

Art.  94.  When  any  commissioned  officer  shall  die  or  be 
killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  the  major  of  the 
regiment,  or  the  officer  doing  the  major's  duty  in  his  absence,  or 
in  any  post  or  garrison,  the  second  officer  in  command,  or  the 
assistant  military  agent,  shall  immediately  secure  all  his  effects 
or  equipage,  then  in  camp  or  quarters,  and  shall  make  an  in- 
ventory thereof,  and  forthwith  transmit  the  same  to  the  office 
of  the  Department  of  War,  to  the  end  that  his  executors  or 
administrators  may  receive  the  same. 

Art.  95.  When  any  non-commissioned  officer  or  soldier 
shall  die,  or  be  killed  in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States, 
the  then  commanding  officer  of  the  troop  or  company  shall,  in 
the  presence  of  two  other  commissioned  officers,  take  an  ac- 
count of  what  effects  he  died  possessed  of,  above  his  arms  and 
accoutrements,  and  transmit  the  same  to  the  office  of  the  De- 
partment of  War,  which  said  effects  are  to  be  accounted  for, 
and  paid  to  the  representatives  of  such  deceasd  non-commis- 
sioned officer  or  soldier.  And  in  case  any  of  the  officers,  so 
authorized  to  take  care  of  the  effects  of  deceased  officers  and 
soldiers,  should,  before  they  have  accounted  to  their  representa- 
tives for  the  same,  have  occasion  to  leave  the  regiment  or  post, 
by  preferment  or  otherwise,  they  shall,  before  they  be  permitted 
to  quit  the  same,  deposit  in  the  hands  of  the  commanding  of- 
ficer, or  of  the  assistant  military  agent,  all  the  effects  of  such 
deceased  non-commissioned  officers  and  soldiers,  in  order  that 
the  same  may  be  secured  for,'  and  paid  to,  their  respective  rep- 
resentatives. 


ISO 

Art.  9G.  All  officers,  conductors,  gunners,  raatrosses,  dri- 
vers, or  other  persons  whatsoever,  receiving  pay  or  hire  in  the 
service  of  the  artillery,  or  corps  ot'engineers  of  tlie  Confederate 
States,  shall  be  governed  by  the  aforesaid  Rules  and  Articles, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  officers  and  soldiers  of  the  other  troops  in  the  ser- 
vice of  the  Confederate  States. 

Art.  97.  The  officers  and  soldiers  of  any  troops,  whether 
militia  or  others,  being  mustered  and  in  pay  of  the  Gonfederato 
States,  shall,  at  all  times  and  in  all  places,  when  joined,  or 
acting  in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  of  the  dmfede- 
rate  States,  be  governed  by  these  Rules  and  Articles  of  War, 
and  shall  be  subject  to  be  tried  by  courts-martial,  in  like  man- 
ner with  the  officers  and  soldiei's  in  the  regular  forces  ;  save 
only  that  such  courts-martial  shall  be  composed  entirely  of 
militia  officers. 

Art.  98.  All  officers  serving  by  commission  from  the 
authority  of  any  particular  State,  shall,  on  all  detachments, 
courts-martial,  or  other  duty,  wherein  they  may  be  employed 
in  conjunction  with  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate  States, 
take  rank  next  after  all  officers  of  the  like  grade  in  said  reg- 
ular forces,  notwithstanding  the  commissions  of  such  militaor 
State  officers  may  be  elder  than  the  commissions  of  the  officers 
of  the  regular  forces  of  the  Confederate  States. 

x\rt.  99.  All  crimes  not  capital,  and  all  disorders  and  neg- 
lects which  officers  and  soldiers  may  be  guilty  of,  to  the  prej- 
udice of  good  order  and  military  discipline,  though  not  men- 
tioned in  the  foregoing  Articles  of  War,  are  to  be  taken  cogni- 
zance of  by  a  general  or  regimental  court-martial,  according 
to  the  nature  and  degree  of  the  offense,  and  be  punished  at 
their  discretion. 

Art.  100.  The  President  of  the  Confederate  Stales  shall 
have  power  to  prescribe  the  uniform  of  the  arm}'. 

Art.  lOl.  Tfie  foregoing  Articles  are  to  be  read  and  pub- 
lished, once  in  every  six  months,  to  every  garrison,  regiment, 
troop,  or  company,  mustered,  or  to  be  mustered,  in  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States,  and  are  to  be  duly  observed  and 
obeyed  by  all  officers  and  soldiers  who  are,  or  shall  bo,  in  said 
service. 

Sbo.  2.  Tliatintime  of  war,  all  persons  nofc  citizens  of,  or 
owing  allegiance  to,  the  Confederate  States  of  Ainerica,  who 
^^hall  be  found  lurking  as  spies  in  or  about  the  fortiti cations  or 
encampments  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  anj 


190 

•of  tliem,  shall  suffer  death,  according  to  the  law  and  usage  of 
nations,  by  sentence  of  a  general  court-martial. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  rules  and  regulations  by  which  the  armies 
of  the  Confederate  States  have  heretofore  been  governed,  and 
the  resolves  of  Congress  thereunto  annexed,  and  respecting  the 
same,  shall  henceforth  be  void  and  of  no  effect,  except  so  far  as 
may  relate  to  any  transactions  under  them  prior  to  the  pro- 
mulgation of  this  act,  at  the  several  posts  and  garrisons  res- 
pectively, occupied  by  any  part  of  the  army  of  the  Con- 
federate States. 


EXTRACTS  MOM  ACTS  OF  COifGRESS. 

(adopted.) 


1. — If  any  non-commissioned  officer,  musician,  or  private 
shall  desert  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  he  shall,  in 
addition  to  the  penalties  mentioned  in  the  Rules  and  Articles 
of  War,  be  liable  to  serve  for  and  during  such  a  period  as 
shall,  with  the  time  he  mav  have  served  previous  to  his  deser- 
tion, amount  to  the  full  term  of  his  enlistment ;  and  such  sol- 
dier shall  and  may  be  tried  by  a  court-martial,  and  punished, 
although  the  term  of  his  enlistment  may  have  elapsed  prevous 
to  his  being  apprehended  or  tried. — Aet  16tk  March,  1802. 
Sec,  10. 

2. — '^o  officer  or  soldier  in  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  be  subject  to  the  punishment  of  death  for  desertion 
in  time  of  peace.— J  c?^  29  ih  May  ^  1830. 

3. — So  much  of  the  "Act  for  establishing  rules  and  articles 
for  the  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  United  States," 
as  authorizes  the  infliction  of  corporeal  punishment  by  stripes 
or  lashes,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed. — Act  16th 
May,  1812,  Sec.  7, 

4. — The  seventh  section  of  the  act  entitled  "An  act  mak- 
ing further  provisions  for  the  army  of  the  United  States," 
passed  on  the  16th  May,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and 
twelve,  shall  be,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  it 
applies  to  any  enlisted  soldier  who  shall  be  convicted  by  a 
general  court  martial  of  the  crime  of  desertion. — Act  2d  March. 
1S§3,  Seel. 


191 

o — Whenever  a  general  officer  commanding  an  army,  or  a 
colonel  comniandinir  a  separate  department,  pliall  l»o  accuser  or 
prosecntor  of  any  officer  in  the  army  ot'tlie  Conio(h^rate  States 
nnder  his  command,  the  f>:eneral  conrt-martial  for  the  trial  of 
snch  officer  shall  he  appointed  hy  the  President  of  tho  Ton- 
federate  States.— Act  2dih  J/a//,'l830,  Sec.  1. 

6 — ^The  proceed  in  ITS  and  sentence  of  the  said  court  si » all  be 
sent  directly  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  be  by  him  laid  before 
the  President  for  his  confirmation  or  a])proval,  or  orders  in 
the  CRse.—Act  29  Ilaij,  1830,  Sec.  2. 

7 — So  much  of  the  sixy-fifth  article  of  the  fii-st  section  of 
"An  act  for  establishinc:  nil^  and  articles  for  the  govern- 
ment of  the  armies  of  the  United  States,"  passed  on  the  tenth 
of  April,  eighteen  hundred  and  six,  as  is  repu.fi:nant  hereto, 
shall  bo,  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed. — Act  2dtk  May. 
1830,  Sec.  3. 

8 — That  if  any  person  shall  sell,  exchange,  or  give,  barter 
or  dispose  of,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  to  an  Indian  (in 
the  Indian  country),  such  person  shall  forfeit  and  pay  the  sum 
of  five  hundred  dollars;  and  if  any  person  shall  introduce,  or 
attempt  to  introducce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or  wine  into  the 
Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  shall  be  necessary  for 
the  officers  of  the  Confederate  States  and  troops  of  the  service, 
nnder  the  direction  of  the  War  Department,  such  person  shall 
forfeit  and  pay  a  sum  not  exceeding  three  hundred  dollai-s;  and 
if  any  superintendent  of  Indian  afiiiris,  Indian  agent,  or  sub- 
agent,  or  commanding  officer  of  a  military  post,  has  reason  to 
suspect,  or  is  informed,  that  any  white  person  or  Indian  is 
about  to  introduce,  or  has  introduced,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  in  violatin  of  the  provisions  of 
this  section,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  such  superintendent,  Indian 
agent,  or  sub-agent,  or  military  officer,  agreeably  to  such  regu- 
lations  as  may  be  established  by  the  President  of  the  Confede- 
rate States,  to  cause  the  boats,  stores,  packages,  and  places  of 
deposit  of  such  person  to  be  searched,  and  if  any  such  s])iritu. 
ous  liquor  or  wine  is  found,  the  goods  boats,  packages,  and 
peltries  of  such  persons  shall  be  seized  and  delivered  to  the 
proper  officer,  and  shall  be  proceeded  against  by  libel,  in  the 
proper  court,  and  lorfeited,  one  half  to  the  use  of  the  informer, 
and  the  other  shalf  to  the  use  of  the  Confederate  States:  and 
if  such  person  is  a  trader,  his  license  shall  be  revoked  and  his 
bond  put  in  suit.  And  it  shall  moreover  bc'lawfnl  tor  any  per- 
son in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  or  for  miy  Indian, 
to  take  and  destroy  any  ardent   si)irits  or  wine  found  in  the 


192 

Indian  conntry,  excepting  military    supplies  as  mentioned  in 
this  section. — Act  SOih  Ju?ie,  1S34,  Sec.  20. 

9. — Tliat  if  any  person  whatever  shall,  within  the  limits  of 
the  Indian  country,  set  np  or  continue  any  distillery  for  manu- 
facturing ardent  spirits,  he  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a  pen- 
alty of  one  thousand  dollars,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  super- 
intendent of  Indian  aifairs,  Indian  agent,  or  sub-agent,  within 
the  limits  of  whose  agency  the  same  shall  be  set  up  or  con- 
tinued, forthwith  to  destroy  and  break  up  the  same;  and  it 
shall  be  lawful  to  employ  the  military  force  of  the  Confederate 
States  in  executing  that  duty. — Act  30;^A  June,  1834,  Sec-  21. 

10.— That  the  twentieth  sectiq|i  of  the  "Act  to  regulate  trade 
and  intercourse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  to  preserve  peace 
on  the  frontiers,"  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred 
and  thirty  four,  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  so  amended,  that 
in  addition  to  the  fines  thereby  imposed,  any  person  who  shall 
sell,  exchange,  or  barter,  give,  or  dispose  of,  any  spirituous 
liquor  wine  or  to  an  Indian,  in  the  Indian  country,  or  who  shall 
introduce,  or  attempt  to  introduce,  any  spirituous  liquor  or 
wine  into  the  Indian  country,  except  such  supplies  as  may  be 
necessary  for  the  officers  of  Confederate  States  and  the  troops 
of  the  service,  under  the  direction  of  the  War  Department,  such 
person,  on  conviction  thereof,  before  the  proper  district  court 
of  thhe  Confederate  States,  shall,  in  the  former  case  be  subject 
to  imprisonment  for  a  period  not  exceeding  two  years,  and  in 
the  latter  case  not  exceeding  one  year,  as  shall  be  prescribed 
by  the  court,  according  to  the  extent  and  criminality  of  the 
otfense.  And  in  all  prosecutions  arising  under  tin's  section, 
and  under  the  twentieth  section  of  the  act  to  regulate  trade  and 
intercouse  with  the  Indian  tribes,  and  preserve  peace  on  the 
frontiers,  approved  June  thirtieth,  eighteen  hundred  and  thirty- 
four,  to  which  this  is  an  amendment,  Indians  shall  be  competent 
witnesses. — Act  Zd  2Iarch,  1817,  Sec.  2. 

1 1. — That  no  annuities,  or  moneys,  or  goods  shall  be  paid  or 
distributed  to  the  Indians  while  they  are  under  the  influence 
and  description  of  intoxicating  liquor;  nor  while  there  are 
good  and  sufficient  reasons  for  the  officers  or  agents,  whose 
duty  it  may  be  to  make  such  payments  or  distributions,  for 
believing  that  there  is  any  species  of  intoxicating  liquor  within 
convenient  reach  of  the  Indians;  nor  until  the  chief  and  head 
men  of  the  tribe  shall  have  pledged  themselves  to  use  all  their 
influence,  and  to  "make  all  proper  exertionif  to  prevent  the 
introduction  and  sale  of  such  liquor  in  their  country. — Act 
U  March,  1847,  Sec.  2. 


For  the  establishment  <i7id  organization  of  the  Armxj  of  the  CoU' 
'  federate  States  of  America, 

Section  1.  The  Coiigress  of  the  Confederate  States  of  A,,,,  nm 
do  ena.ct,  That  from  and  after  the  passage  of  this  act  themili- 
{  tary  establishment  of  the  Confederate  States  sliall  bo  composed 
'  of  one  corps  of  engineers,  one  corps  of  artiUery,  six  regiments 
I  of  infantry,  one  regiment  of  cavahy,  and  of  the  stall"  depait- 
l        ments  aheady  established  by  law. 

♦  Sec.  2.  The  corps  of  engineers  shall  consist  of  one  colonel, 

',  fonr  majors,  five  captains,  and  one  company  of  sappers,  hiiners 
•\  and  pontoniers,  wliich  shall  consist  of  ten  sergeants  or  njaster 
workmen,  ten  corporals  or  overseers,  two  mnsicians,  and  thirty- 
nine  privates  of  the  first  class,  or  artilicers,  and  thirty-nine 
privates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers,  making  in  all  one 
hundred. 

Sec.  3.  The  said  corapanj  shall  be  officered  by  one  captain 
of  the  corp  of  engineers,  and  as  many  lieutenants,  to  be  se- 
lected by  the  President  from  tlie  line  of  the  army,  as  lie  may 
deem  necessary  for  the  service,  and  shall  be  instructed  in  and 
perform  all  the  duties  of  sappers,  miners  and  pontoniers,  and 
I  shall,  moi-eover,  under  the  orders  of  the  chief  engineer,  be 
liable  to  serve  by  detachments  in  overseering  and  aiding  labor- 
ers upon  fortifications  or  other  works,  under  the  engineer  de- 
partm<mt,  and  in  supervising  finished  fortifications,  as  fort- 
keepers,  preventing  injuries  and  making  repairs. 

Sec.  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  colonel  of  the  engineer 

t'  corps,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  to  pre- 
^. scribe  the   number,   quantity,  form,  dimensions,  itc,  of  the 
■  'necessary  vehicles,  arms,  pontons,  tools,  implements,  and  other 
supplies  for  the  service  of  the  said  company  as  ;i  body  of  sap- 
^  pers,  minei'S  and  pontoniers. 

Sec.  5.  The  corps  of  artillery,  which  shall  also  be  charged 
with  ordnance  duties,  shall  consist  of  one  colonel,  one  lieuten- 
ant.colonel,  ten  majors,  and  forty  companies  of  urtillerists  and 
artificers,  and  each  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  two 
first  lieutenants,  one  second  lieutenant,  four  sergraiits,  lo-jr 
corporals,  two  musicians  and  seventy  privates,  'inhere  shall 
iilso  be  one  adjutant,  to  be  select<*d  by  the  colonel  from  the 
jirst  lieutenants,  and  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected  from 
the  enlisted  men  of  the  corps.     The  President  may  equip  as 


194 

light  batteries,  of  six  pieces  each,  such  of  these  companies  as 
he  may  deem  expedient,  not  exceeding  four,  in  time  of  peace. 
Sec.  6.  Each  regiment  of  infantry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies ; 
teach  company  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutant, 
two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals  two 
musicians  and  ninety  privates ;  and  to  each  regiment  there 
shall  be  attached  one  adjutant,  to  be  selected  from  the  Unten- 
ants, and  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected  from  the  enlisted 
men  of  the  regiment. 

Sec.  7.  The  regiment  of  cavalry  shall  consist  of  one  colo- 
nel, one  lieutenant-colonel,  one  major  and  ten  companies, 
each  of  which  shall  consist  of  one  captain,  one  first  lieutenant, 
two  second  lieutenants,  four  sergeants,  four  corporals,  one  far- 
rier, one  blacksmith,  two  musicians  and  sixty  privates.  There 
shall  also  be  one  adjutant  one  sergeant-major,  to  be  selected 
as  aforesaid. 

Sec.  8.  There  shall  be  four  brigadier-generals,  who  shall  be 
assigned  to  such  commands  and  duties  as  the  President  may 
specially  direct,  and  shall  be  entitled  to  one  aid-de-camp  each, 
to  be  selected  from  the  subalterns  of  the  line  of  the  army,  who, 
in  addition  to  their  duties  as  aids-de-camp,  may  perform  the 
duties  of  assistants  adjutant-general. 

Sec.  9.  All  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  appointed  by  the 
President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  Congress, 
and  the  rank  and  file  shall  be  enlisted  for  a  term  not  less  than 
three,  nor  more  than  five  years,  under  such  regulations  as  may 
be  established. 

Sec.  10.  No  officer  shall  be  appointed  in  the  army  until  he 
shall  have  passed  an  examination  satisfactory  to  the  President, 
and  in  such  manner  as  he  may  prescribe,  as  to  his  character 
and  fitness  for  the  service.  The  President,  however,  shall  have 
power  to  postpone  this  examination  for  one  year  after  appoint- 
ment, if  in  his  judgment  necessary  for -the  public  interest. 

Sec.  11.  All  vacancies  in  established  regiments  and  corps, 
to  and  including  the  rank  of  colonel,  shall  be  filled  by  promo- 
tion according  to  seniority,  except  in  case  of  disability  or  other 
incompetency.  Promotions  to  and  including  the  rank  of  colo- 
nel, shall  be  made  regimental ly  in  the  infantry  and  cavalry, 
in  the  staft'  departments,  and  in  the  engineers  and  artillery, 
according  to  corps.'  Appointments  to  the  rank  of  brigadier- 
general,  after  the  army  is  organized,  shall  be  made  by  selection 
from  the  army. 


19;-) 

Sec.  lf>.  ThePresident  of  the  Confederate  States  is  here- 
by authorized  to  appoint  to  the  lowest  gra<K»  of  su!)altorn  offi- 
cers such  meritorious  non-commissioned  officers  as  uiav,  upou 
the  recomniendation  of  their  colonels  and  company  officers, 
be  brought  before  an  army  board,  si)ecially  convened  for  the 
purpose,  and  found  qualified  for  the  duties  of  commissioned 
officers,  and  to  attach  them  to  regiments  or  corps,  as  8U]iernu- 
merary  officers,  if  there  be  no  vacancies  :  ProvifUd.There  shall 
not  be  more  than  one  so  attached  to  any  one  company  at  the 
same  time. 

Sec.  13.  The  pay  of  a  brigadier-general  shall  be  three  hun- 
dred and  one  dollaisper  month.  Tlie  aid-de-camp  of  a  brigadier- 
general,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  shall  receive 
thirty -live  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  14.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  corps  of 
engineers  shall  be  as  follows:'  of  the  colonel,  two  hundred  and 
ten  dollars;  of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars; 
of  a  captian,  one  hundred  and  forty  dollars;  lieutenants  serving 
with  the  company  of  sappers  and  miners  shall  receive  the  pay 
of  cavalry  officers  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec  15,  The  montlily  pay  of  the  colonels  of  the  corps  of 
artillery  shall  be  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars;  of  a  lieutenant- 
colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-  five  dollai??;  of  a  major,  one 
hundred  and  fifty  dollars,  and  when  serving  on  ordnance  duty, 
one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  of  a  captain,  one  hundred 
and  thirty  dollars;  of  a  first  lieutenan^^*-*  ninety  dollars;  of  a 
second  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars;  and  fiie  adjutant  shall  re- 
reive,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars  per 
month.  Officers  of  artillery  serving  in  the  light  artillery,  or 
performing  ordnance  duty,  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  offi- 
cers of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade. 

Sec.  1G.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  infantry 
shall  be  as  follows:  of  a  cohmel,  one  hundred  and  ninety-five 
dollars;  of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  seventy  dol- 
lars; of  a  major,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  of  a  captain, 
one  hundred  and  thirty  dollars;  of  a  first  lieutenant,  ninety 
dollars;  of  a  seocnd  lieutenant,  eighty  dollars;  the  adjutant, 
in  addition  to  his  pay  as  lieutenant,  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  17.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  cavalry 
shall  be  as  follows;  of  a  colonel,  two  hundred  and  ten  dollars; 
of  a  lieutenant-colonel,  one  hundred  and  eighty-live  dollais;  a 
major,  one  hundred  and  sixty-two  dollars;  a  capt^iin,  one  hun- 
dred and  forty  dollars;  a  first  lieutenant,  one  hundred  dollars; 


b 


196 

a  second  lieutenant,  ninety  dollars;  tie  adjutant,  ten  dollars  per 
month,  in  addition  to  his  pay  as  iitu  ena  t. 

Sec.  18.  The  pay  of  the  officers  of  the  general  staff,  except 
tliose  of  tlie  medical  department,  shall  be  the  same  as  that  of 
officers  of  cavalry  of  the  same  grade.  The  surgeon-general 
shall  receive  an  annual  salary  of  three  thousand  dollars,  which 
shall  be  in  full  of  all  pay  and  allowances,  except  fuel  and 
quarters.  The  monthly  pay  of  a  surgeon,  often  years'  service 
in  that  grade,  shall  be  two  hundred  dollars;  a  surgeon  of  less 
than  ten  years,  service  in- that  grade,  one  hundred  and  sixty- 
two  dollars;  an  assistant  surgeon  often  years'  service  in  that 
grade,  one  hundred  and  fifty  dollars;  an  assistant  surgeon  of 
live  years'  service  in  that  grade,  one  hundred  and  thirty  dol- 
lars; and  an  assistant  surgeon  of  less  than  live  years'  service, 
one  hundred  and  ten  dollars. 

Sec.  19.  There  shall  be  allowed,  in  addition  to  the  pay 
hereihbefore  provided,  to  every  commissioned  officer,  exce[>t 
the  surgeon-general,  nine  dollars  per  month  for  every  five 
years^  service;  and  to  the  officers  of  the  army  of  the  United 
States,  who  have  resigned  or  may  resign  to  be  received  into 
the  service  of  the  Confederate  States,  this  additional  pay  shall 
be  allowed  from  the  date  of  their  entrance  into  the  former 
service.  There  shall  also  be  an  additional  monthly  allowance 
to  every  general  officer  commanding  in  chief  a  separate  irmy 
actually  in  the  field,  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

Sec.  20.  The  pay  of  officers  as  hereinbefore  established  shall 
be  in  full  of  all  allowances,  except  forage,  fuel,  quarters,  and 
travelling  expenses  while  travelling  under  orders.  The  allow- 
ance of  forage,  fuel  and  quarters  shaU  be  fixed  by  regulations, 
and  shall  be  furnished  in  kind,  except  when  officers  are  serving 
at  stations  without  troops  where  public  quarters  cannot  be 
had,  in  which  case  they  may  be  allowed,  in  lieu  of  forage, 
eight  dollars  per  month  for  each  horse  to  which  they  may  be 
entitled,  provided  they  are  actually  kept  in  service,  and  mus- 
tered, and  quarters  may  be  commuted  at  a  rate  to  be  fixed  by 
the  Secretary  of  War,  and  fuel  at  the  market  price  delivered, 
x^n  officer,  when  travelling  under  orders,  shall  be  allowed 
mileage  at  the  rate  of  ten  cents  per  mile. 

Sec.  21.  In  time  of  w^ar,  officers  of  the  army  shall  be  en- 
titled to  draw  forage  for  horses,  according  to  grade,  as  follows- 
A  b)igadier-  general,  four;  the  adjutant  and  inspector-general, 
quartermaster-general,  commissary-general,  and  the  colonels 
of  engineers,  artillery,  infantry  and  cavalry,  three  each;  all  lieu- 


197 

tenant-colonels  and  majors,  and  captains  of  the  general  statf, 
engineer  corps,  lio-ht  artillery  and  cavalry,  three  each  ;  lieuten- 
ants serving  in  the  corps  of  engineers,  lieutenants  of  liglit 
artillery  and  of  cavah-y,  two  eacli.  In  time  of  peace  :  general 
and  tieid  officers,  three  ;  officers  below  tlie  rank  of  field  offi- 
cers, in  the  general  staff,  c  »rps  of  engineers,  light  artillery  and 
cavalry,  two  :  Provided^  in  all  cases,  that  the  horses  are  actually 
kept  in  service  and  mustered.  No  enlisted  man  in  the  service 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  employed  as  a  servant  by 
any  officer  of  the  army. 

Sec.  22.  The  monthly  pay  of  the  enlisted  men  of  the  army 
of  the  Confederate  States  shall  be  as  follows  :  That  of  a  ser- 
geant or  master  workman  of  the  engineer  corps,  thirty-four 
dollai-s  ;  that  of  a  corporal  or  overseer,  twenty  dollars  ;  pri- 
vates of  the  first  class,  or  artificers,  seventeen  dollars  ;  and 
])ri  vates  of  the  second  class,  or  laborers  and  musicians,-  thirteen 
dollars.  The  sergeant-major  of  cavalry,  twenty-one  dollai-s  : 
first  sergeants,  twenty  dollars  ;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars  ; 
corporals,  farriers  and  blacksmiths,  thirteen  dollars  ;  musi- 
cians, thirteen  dollars  ;  and  privates,  twelve  dollars.  Ser- 
geants-major of  artillery  and  infantry,  twenty-one  dollars  ;  first 
sergeants,  twenty  dollars  each  ;  sergeants,  seventeen  dollars  : 
corporals  and  artificers,  thirteen  dollars  ;  musicians,  twelve 
dollars  ;  and  privates,  eleven  dollars  each.  The  non-commis- 
sioned officers,  artificers,  musicians  and  privates  serving  in  light 
biitteries  shall  receive  the  same  pay  as  those  of  cavalry. 

Sec.  23.  The  President  shall  be  authorized  to  enlist  as 
many  master  armorers,  master  carriage-makers,  master  black- 
smiths, ariKorers,  carriage- makers,  blacksmiths,  artificers,  and 
laborers,  for  ordance  service,  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  not 
exceeding  in  all  one  hundred  men,  who  shall  be  attached  to  the 
corps  of  artillery.  The  ])ay  of  a  master  armorer,  master  car- 
riage-maker, master  blacksmith,  shall  be  thirty-four  dollars  per 
month  ;  armorers,  carriage-makers  and  blacksmitlis.  twenty 
dollars  per  month  ;  artificers,  seventeen  dollars,  and  laborers. 
thirteen  dollars  per  month. 

Sec.  24.  Each  enlisted  man  of  the  army  of  the  Confederate 
States  shall  receive  one  ration  per  day,  and  a  yearly  allowance 
of  clothing,  the  quantity  and  kind  of  each  to  be  established  by 
regulations  from  the  War  Department,  to  oe  approved  by  the 
President. 

Skx".  25.  Eations  shall  generally  be  issued  in  kind,  h\\\ 
under  circumstances  rendering  a  commutation  necessary.  The 
commutation  value  of  the  ration  shall  he  fixed  by  rei^ulatio!n 
of  the  War  Department,  to  be  ap;)roved  by  the  Preside!!!. 


19S 

Sec.  26.  The  officers  appointed  in  the  army  of  the  Confed- 
erate Staes  by  virtue  of  this  act,  shall  perform  all  military 
duties  to  which  they  may  be  severally  assigned  by  authority  of 
the  President,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  War 
to  prepare  and  publish  regulations,  prescribing  the  details  of 
every  department  in  the  service,  for  the  general  government  of 
the  army,  which  regulations  shall  be  approved  by  the  Presi- 
dent, and  when  so  approved  shall  be  binding. 

Sec.  27.  All  officers  of  the  quartermaster's  and  commissary 
departments  shall,  previous  to  entering  on  the  duties  uf  their 
respective  officers,  give  bonds  with  good  and  sufficient  sureties 
to  tlie  Confederate  States,  in  such  sum  as  the  Secretary  of  War 
shall  direct,  fully  to  account  for  all  moneys  and  public  pro- 
perty w^iich  they  may  receive. 

Sec.  28.  I^^either  the  quartermaster-general,  the  commissa- 
ry-general, nor  any  or  either  of  their  assistants,  shall  be  con- 
cerned, directly  or  indirectly,  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  any 
articles  intended  for,  making  a  part  of,  or  appertaining  to  public 
supplies,  except  for  and  on  account  of  the  Confederate  States; 
nor  shall  they,  or  either  of  them,  take  or  apply  to  his  or  their 
own  use  any  gain  or  emolument  for  negotiating  any  business 
in  their  respective  departments,  other  than  what  is  or  may  be 
allowed  by  law; 

Sec.  29.  The  Rules  and  Articles  of  War  established  by  the 
laws  of  the  United  States  of  America  for  the  government 
of  the  army  are  hereby  declared  to  be  of  force,  except  that 
wherever  the  words  "United  States"  occur,  the  words  "Con- 
federate States"  shall  be  substituted  therefor  ;  and  except  that 
the  Articles  of  War  numbers  sixty-one  and  sixty-two  are  here- 
by abrogated,  and  the  following  articles  substituted  therefor. 
(See  Articles  of  War,  61  and  62.) 

Sec.  30.  The  President  shall  call  into  the  service  of  the 
Confederate  States  only  so  many  of  the  troops  herein  provided 
for  as  he  may  been  the  safety  of  the  Confederacy  may  require. 

Sec.  31.  All  laws  or  parts  of  laws  of  the  United  States, 
which  have  been  adopted  by  the  Congress  of  the  Confederate 
States,  repugnant  to  or  inconsistent  with  this  act,  are  hereby 
repealed 

Approved,  March  6,  1861. 


IN-DEX, 


Xo. 
Appointment  on  tlie  Start* 
Arrests  and  Confinements 

Bivouacs 

BaUles '.'.'.'..'.*.'.' 

Bucrg-a^e  Trains .'. 

Biirracks  and  Quarters 

Companies 

Company   Books 

Councils  of  Administration 

Company  Fund 

Continements 

Contributions 

Camps 

Camp  of  Inftintrv 

"  Cavalry 

•♦  Artillerv 

('antonments ' 

Convoys  and  their  Escorts 
Courts-Martial 

"        "  Expenses 

Clothing,  Allowance  of 

Biscipline.—Military  Dis- 
cipline,  

Distribution  of  the  Troops 
Deceased  Officers 

"  Soldiers....!!!! 

Deserters 

Discharges, ! ! !  * 

Discussions,  Publications 

Depots 

Dispatches ! ! ! ! . 

Detachments \\ 

Defence  of  Fortified  j'laces 

Escorts  of  Honor 

Ilxeicises,   Military ! 

Extra-Duty  Men \\ 

Equipage,     Allowance    of 

Camp  and  Garrison .... 
Furloughs  to  EnlistedMeu 

Fun  eral  Honors 

Forms  of  Insi)ection 

Forms  of  Parade 

Forage  

Guard-Mounting 

Guards 

Grand    Guards  and  other 

Outposts 

Hours  of  Service  and  Roll 

Calls 

Honors 

Head-Quarters 

Horses  for  MountedOtticers 
Inspection  of  the  Troops.. 

Issues 

Intrenched  Posts 

Laundrerses 

Leave  of  Absence,  Officers 

Musters 

Marches 

Oiders  andCorrespondence 
Organization   of  an  .\rmy 

in  the  Field 


of  Paragraph. 

33,  35,  3(5 

211  to  210 

531  to  -);18 

099  to  725 

754  to  701. 

9t;i  to  978 

S5  to  122 

123 

185  to  18i» 

197  to  199 

211  to  219 

482 

480  to  nC") 

50»5  to  514 

514  to  027 

528  to  530 

539  to  5o4 

720  to  753 

861  to  882 

1024  to  1027 

103S  to  1051 

1,  2,  3 

37 

145,  14G,  147 

14«<  to  150 

151  to  158 

159  to  167 

210 

488 

548 

6i0  to  tJ46 

820  to  831 

261  to  264 

546 

1028 

1035 
182,  183,  184 
265  to  292 
296  to  316 
325,  326 
1010  to  1012 
365  to  388 
aS9  to  421 

593  to  633 

220  to  223 
227  to  247 

545 

1030 

293  to  295 

552 
634  to  639 
124,125,  126 
170  to  1-^1 
317  to  324 
668  to  69S 
422  to  447 

464     to    431 


ofl'aragraph. 

Orderlies  j-.  -  i,,    4^7 

Orders 547 

<^"tpost.s (Jay 

Post  Books 84 

Post  Fund ".  11.0  to    196 

larade.— Dress  Parade...  327  to    338 

Police  Guard 5»54  to    5S3 

I'icket r,g4  t„    5^2 

Partizana  and  llankei-s 655  to    667 

Prisoners  of  War 726,  727,  72*i 

Police,— General  Police. . .  762  to    76s 

Property,  .Monev,  Accounts  891  to    95:; 

Postage—Public  Postige.  1029 

Quartermaster's  Departm't  959  to    660 

Quarters 96U  to    978 

Rank  and  Command 4  '  Id      U 

Resignation  of  Orticera 24  to      29 

Regiments 69  to      83 

Roll-Calls 224  to    226 

Review  of  a  Battalion  of  In- 
fantry   339  t)    364 

Reti-rxs  an'd  Reports: 

Monthly  Returns 443  to    452 

AnnualReturn—  Casual- 
ties   453 

Return  of  deceased  sol- 
diers  • 454 

Field  Returns 455  to    456 

Reports 457  to    459 

Prisoners  of  War. — Cap- 
tured property 460  to    461 

Inspection  Reports 462  to    463 

The  Roster,  or  Details  for 

Service 553  to    563 

Reconnoissances 647  to    654 

Recruiting  Service 1283  to  1364 

Returns  in  the  Quartermas- 
ter's Department 1052 

Succession  in  Command  (jr 

Duty 1,  to      18 

Sutlers 202  to    209 

Salutes 248 .  to     259 

Safeguards 769 '  to    773 

Sieges 774  to    819 

Straw U>13  to  1015 

Stationery I0I7  to  1022 

SUBSISTEXCE   DhPARIMEXT: 

Ration 10*59  to  1071 

Issues 1072  to  bf^o 

Subsistence  to  Officers. .  10'>9 

Commuiation  <»t  Rati(»ns  1091  to  lti94 

Extra-duty  Men 1095,  lOltfi 

Accounts 1097  to  1 103 

Transfer  of  Officers ZO,     ffl 

Transfer  of  Soldiers 141  to     144 

Travelling  on  Duty 168,    109 

Troups  on  board  of  Trana-  • 

ports 834  to    860 

Transportation,  Army....  987  to    9<.»4 

Watchwords 549  to    5  1 

Working-Parties 888  to    >••  > 


,>' 


TABLES  AND  BLANK  FOMRS. 


1  ndex  of  Letters  required  to  be  kept  ou  File page  A 

Guard  Report 4'.> 

Safeguard,  Form  of H5 

General  Court-martial,  Form  of  order 107 

Miscellaneous  Disbursements loO 

Requisition,  for  Fuel,  Form  No. 2  131 

"            "         "        "       "30 132 

"            ''        Forage,  Form,  No.  82 13:? 

"     33 134 

"        Straw 135 

"            "        Stationery 13') 

Special  Requisition '. 137 

Requisition  of  the  Quartermaster's  Department  for  extra  supplies  of  Medicines 

an;Ihospitai  stores 133 

Bill  of  Medicine,  &c.,  when  purchased  by  an  officer  of  the  Quartermaster's  De- 
partment   13!* 

Mode  of  ascertaining  the  Hospital  Ration 144 

Provision  Return  for  Company 145 

Consolidated  Provision  Return,  for  Regiment 146 

Weig^ht  and  Measure 147 

Weiprht  and  Bulk  of  Rations 143 

Requisition  for  Medicines,  «fcc 1 4!* 

Account  for  ^Medicines,  Ac 150 

Certificate  of  Disability,  for  Discharge lol 

Surgeon's  Record  of  Recruits  Examined 152 

-Morning  Repoit  of  the  Surgeon  of  a  Regiment,  Post,  or  Garrison 153 

Contract  with  a  Private  Physician 154 

Certificate  to  be  given  to  a  Soldier  at  the  time  of  his  Discharge 155 

Requisition  for  Oi-dnance  and  Ordnance  Stores,  for  Arsenal  or  Post 15G 

"  '•  '•  "  Militia  in  the  service  of  the 

Confederate  States 1  j>7 

Estimate  of  Recruiting  Funds 158 

Recruiting  service.  Form  A 16? 

"           «'           "      B 1(59 


A  i^PEXDix. — Articles  of  War 171 

Oi'ganiz  ition  of  tht'  Armv  of  (he  Confederate  States  of  America 193  to  11*  ■ 


J^l> 


M71890 

UE)504- 
.5 

1661 

Cctse, 

1=, 

THE  UNIVEI^ITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARY 


vH^ 


^-•^'Al. 


?#* 


^IMHaWifc 


